FAMILY GOLF CENTERS INC
SB-2, 1996-05-24
MEMBERSHIP SPORTS & RECREATION CLUBS
Previous: FAMILY GOLF CENTERS INC, DEF 14A, 1996-05-24
Next: FLORES & RUCKS INC /DE/, 10-Q/A, 1996-05-24




<PAGE>



     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 24, 1996

                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  FORM SB-2
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  <S>                          <C>                           <C>
          Delaware                       7999                     11-3223246
  (State or jurisdiction           (Primary Standard           (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or       Industrial Classification     Identification No.)
        organization)                Code Number)

</TABLE>

                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.
                             225 BROADHOLLOW ROAD
                           MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747
                                (516) 694-1666

          (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                    COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   <S>                                            <C>
             KENNETH R. KOCH, ESQUIRE             PAUL JACOBS, ESQUIRE FULBRIGHT &
   SQUADRON, ELLENOFF, PLESENT & SHEINFELD, LLP   JAWORSKI L.L.P.
                 551 FIFTH AVENUE                 666 FIFTH AVENUE
             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10176             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
                  (212) 661-6500                  (212) 318-3000 (212) 752-5958 (FAX)
               (212) 697-6686 (FAX)
</TABLE>

   APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable
after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434
under the Securities Act, please check the following box. [ ]

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF       AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE PER  AGGREGATE OFFERING     AMOUNT OF
 SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED     REGISTERED          SHARE(1)            PRICE(1)       REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------  ---------------  ------------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01
 per share ..................    2,300,000(2)         $28.75           $66,125,000         $22,801.73
- ----------------------------  ---------------  ------------------  ------------------  ----------------
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee
       pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act.

   (2) Includes 300,000 shares of Common Stock which the Underwriters have the
       option to acquire solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

   THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR


    
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.




    
<PAGE>

                            CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ITEM NUMBER OF FORM SB-2                         LOCATION OR CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS

       ---------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------

 <S>   <C>                                      <C>
  1.   Front of Registration Statement and
       Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus   Outside Front Cover Page

  2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
       Pages of Prospectus .................... Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover  Page

  3.   Summary Information and Risk Factors  .. Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

  4.   Use of Proceeds ........................ Use of Proceeds

  5.   Determination of Offering Price  ....... Not Applicable

  6.   Dilution ............................... Not Applicable

  7.   Selling Security-Holders ............... Principal Stockholders

  8.   Plan of Distribution ................... Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting

  9.   Legal Proceedings ...................... Business--Legal Proceedings

 10.   Directors, Executive Officers,
       Promoters and Control Persons .......... Management--Executive Officers and Directors

 11.   Security Ownership of Certain
       Beneficial Owners and Management  ...... Principal Stockholders

 12.   Description of Securities .............. Outside Front Cover Page; Description of Capital Stock

 13.   Interest of Named Experts and Counsel  . Legal Matters; Experts

 14.   Disclosure of Commission Position on
       Indemnification for Securities Act
       Liabilities ............................ Description of Capital Stock; Part II

 15.   Organization Within Last Five Years  ... Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                                                Results of Operations

 16.   Description of Business ................ Business

 17.   Management's Discussion and Analysis or
       Plan of Operation ...................... Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and
                                                Results of Operations

 18.   Description of Property ................ Business--Properties

 19.   Certain Relationships and Related
       Transactions ........................... Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 20.   Market for Common Stock and Related
       Stockholder Matters .................... Dividend Policy; Description of Capital Stock

 21.   Executive Compensation ................. Management--Executive Compensation

 22.   Financial Statements ................... Financial Statements

 23.   Changes in and Disagreement with
       Accountants on Accounting and Financial
       Disclosure ............................. Not Applicable

 24.   Indemnification of Directors and
       Officers ............................... Description of Capital Stock; Part II

 25.   Other Expenses of Issuance and
       Distribution ........................... Part II

 26.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities  Part II

 27.   Exhibits ............................... Part II; Exhibits

 28.   Undertakings ........................... Part II
</TABLE>




    
<PAGE>

   Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 24, 1996

PROSPECTUS

                               2,000,000 SHARES

 #############################################################################

                               GRAPHIC OMITTED

 #############################################################################

                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

                                 COMMON STOCK

   All of the 2,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share
(the "Common Stock"), offered hereby (the "Offering"), are being sold by
Family Golf Centers, Inc. (the "Company"). The Common Stock is quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "FGCI." On May 23, 1996, the last
sale price of the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market was
$25 5/8 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock."

      SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 HEREIN FOR A DISCUSSION OF
      CERTAIN MATTERS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY POTENTIAL INVESTORS.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                            IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     PRICE TO         UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO
                      PUBLIC          DISCOUNT (1)        COMPANY (2)
                ----------------  ------------------  -----------------
<S>             <C>               <C>                 <C>
Per Share ..... $                 $                   $
Total(3) ...... $                 $                   $

</TABLE>
- ------------
   (1) The Company and certain stockholders of the Company have agreed to
       indemnify the several underwriters identified elsewhere herein (the
       "Underwriters") against certain liabilities, including liabilities
       under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
       See "Underwriting."

   (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at
          .

   (3) Certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders") have
       granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 300,000
       additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as
       set forth above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the
       Underwriters exercise this option in full, the total Price to Public,
       Underwriting Discount, proceeds to Company and proceeds to the Selling
       Stockholders will be $    , $    , $     and $    , respectively. See
       "Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriting."

   The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, subject to
prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by the Underwriters and
subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters.
It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock will be made against payment
therefor on or about      , 1996, in New York, New York.

JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

                                              HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION

      , 1996




    
<PAGE>



 #############################################################################

                               IMAGE OMITTED
     [Map depicting Locations of Family Golf Centers, Inc. Facilities
 #############################################################################





 #############################################################################

    IMAGES OMITTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER AND INSIDE BACKCOVER OF PROSPECTUS
       VARIOUS PHOTOGRAPHS DEPICTING FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. FACILITIES

 #############################################################################







   IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

   IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS (IF ANY) OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET
MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10b-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."



    
<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in
this Prospectus assumes that (i) the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
not exercised, and (ii) the proposed increase of authorized shares of Common
Stock from 10,000,000 to 50,000,000, the proposed increase of authorized
shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 to 2,000,000 and the Company's
proposed 1996 stock incentive plan are approved at the Company's annual
meeting of stockholders scheduled for June 7, 1996 (the "Annual Meeting"). As
used in this Prospectus, the term "Company" means, unless the context
requires otherwise, Family Golf Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Prospective investors are urged to read this Prospectus in its entirety.

                                 THE COMPANY

   Family Golf Centers, Inc. operates golf centers designed to provide a wide
variety of practice opportunities, including facilities for driving,
chipping, putting, pitching and sand play. In addition, the Company's golf
centers typically offer golf lessons instructed by PGA-certified golf
professionals, full-line pro shops and other amenities to encourage family
participation. The Company currently owns, leases or manages 20 golf
facilities, comprised of 15 golf centers and five combination golf center and
golf course facilities located in eight states. Of the golf centers, seven
are currently operated under the name "Golden Bear Golf Centers," licensed
from Jack Nicklaus' licensing company, Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. Of the
five combination golf center and golf course facilities, four include par-3
golf courses, generally designed to facilitate the practice of golf, and one
includes a regulation 18-hole golf course. The Company has experienced
significant recent growth, primarily through the acquisition or opening of 16
facilities since the Company's initial public offering in November 1994. The
Company's total revenue increased from $1.9 million in 1992 to $12.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995. During the same period, the Company's
net income increased from a net loss of $22,000 to a net profit of $1.1
million.

   The Company's strategy is to grow revenue and net income by (i) increasing
the number of golf centers it owns, leases or manages by (a) identifying and
acquiring well-located ranges that have the potential for improvement under
better management and with improved or expanded facilities, including the
addition of enclosed hitting areas, full-line pro shops, miniature golf
courses and other amenities and (b) building new centers in locations where
suitable acquisition opportunities are not available and (ii) seeking to
realize economies of scale through centralized purchasing, accounting,
management information systems and cash management.

   According to the National Golf Foundation (the "NGF"), there were
approximately 25 million golfers in the United States in 1995. According to
the Golf Range and Recreational Association, there are currently between
1,900 and 2,300 stand-alone driving ranges in the United States. The NGF
estimates that in 1993 92% of all stand-alone driving ranges were managed by
owner-operators. The Company believes that many of these owner-operated
ranges are managed by individuals who may lack the experience, expertise and
financial resources to compete effectively. The Company believes this highly
fragmented industry presents numerous opportunities for the Company to
acquire, upgrade and renovate golf centers and driving ranges.

   The Company believes that it attracts customers to its golf centers
primarily due to the quality, convenience and comfort of its facilities and
their appeal to the whole family. The Company's golf centers are designed
around a driving range with target greens, bunkers and traps to simulate golf
course conditions. The ranges are lighted to permit night play and the
hitting tees are enclosed or sheltered from above and from the rear in a
climate-controlled environment and, in three cases, all or a portion of the
range is enclosed under an air inflated dome to permit all-weather play.
There are approximately 80 to 100 hitting tees in facilities with the
two-tier design and approximately 30 to 60 hitting tees at smaller golf
centers. In addition to the driving range, the Company's golf centers include
a number of amenities designed to appeal to golfers and their families, such
as a 4,000-6,000 square foot clubhouse (including a full-line pro shop,
locker facilities, a restaurant or snack bar and video games), PGA-certified
golf

                                3



    
<PAGE>

instructors, landscaped 18-hole miniature golf courses and a short game
practice area (with putting green and sand traps). The Company's pro shops
are stocked with clubs, bags, shoes, apparel, videos and related accessories
from a number of suppliers, including brand name manufacturers such as
Karsten Manufacturing Corporation (Ping), Callaway Golf Company, Tommy Armour
Golf, Wilson Golf Company, Mizuno Golf Company, Spalding Sports Worldwide,
Titleist and Footjoy Worldwide (Division of American Brands, Inc.), Ashworth
Clothing Company and Nicklaus Golf Equipment Company.

   The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 13, 1994.
The Company operates through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the first of
which was incorporated on March 27, 1991. The Company's principal executive
offices are located at 225 Broadhollow Road, Melville, New York 11747 and its
telephone number is (516) 694-1666 and its World Wide Web address is
http://www.familygolf.com.

                                 THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>
 Common Stock offered by the Company ...................2,000,000shares

Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering  .... 10,598,025shares(1)

Use of proceeds ....................................... For the acquisition, leasing, development and
                                                        improvement of golf facilities and for general
                                                        working capital purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."

Nasdaq National Market symbol ......................... FGCI
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1)    Does not include 730,705 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
       of outstanding options and warrants. See "Description of Capital
       Stock--Outstanding Options and Warrants."




                                         4



    
<PAGE>

        SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA AND OTHER DATA

   The following table presents, for the periods and dates indicated, summary
historical and pro forma financial data and other data of the Company. The
pro forma statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996 give effect to the acquisitions of
Pelham Enterprises, Inc., the Hiland Park Golf Course, RFC Enterprises, Inc.,
Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., The Practice Tee, Inc., Golf Masters Limited
Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership, Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc.,
Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC and associated land and 202 Golf
Associates, Inc. as if they had been consummated as of January 1, 1995. The
"As Adjusted" Balance Sheet Data does not include the effects of the
acquisition of 202 Golf Associates, Inc., which was acquired in April 1996.
This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization,"
"Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Financial
Information and the Company's Financial Statements and the notes thereto,
each included elsewhere herein. The pro forma data set forth below is not
necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have
been had the transactions occurred at the dates referred to above, nor do
they purport to indicate the results of future operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           THREE MONTHS
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED MARCH 31,
                              ---------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                           PRO                            PRO
                                             HISTORICAL                   FORMA        HISTORICAL        FORMA
                              ----------------------------------------  ---------  ------------------  --------
                                1992       1993      1994       1995       1995      1995      1996      1996
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                           <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
 Total revenue  .............  $1,887     $2,632    $6,362    $12,432    $16,118    $1,782    $3,362    $3,473
 Operating expenses  ........   1,128      2,247     4,215      6,614      9,556     1,061     2,252     2,413
 Cost of merchandise sold  ..     320        459       750      1,779      2,150       295       457       459
 Selling, general and
  administrative expenses  ..     351        615       548      1,242      2,404       352       643       692
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
 Operating income (loss)  ...      88       (689)      849      2,797      2,008        74        10       (91)
 Interest expense  ..........    (111)      (192)     (313)      (939)    (1,805)      (92)     (100)     (100)
 Other income  ..............       1        106        16         66         73        22       197       165
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
 Income (loss) before income
  taxes, minority interest
  and extraordinary item  ...     (22)      (775)      552      1,924        276         4       107       (26)
 Income tax expense
  (benefit)  ................      --         --       (65)       669        100         2        38        (9)
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
 Income (loss) before
  minority interest and
  extraordinary item  .......     (22)      (775)      617      1,255        176         2        69       (17)
 Minority interest in
  (income) loss  ............      --         12      (129)        --         --        --        --        --
 Extraordinary item (net of
  tax effect)  ..............      --         --        --        181         --        --        --        --
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
 Net income (loss)  .........  $  (22)    $ (763)   $  488    $ 1,074    $   176    $    2    $   69    $  (17)
                              ========  =========  ========  =========  =========  ========  ========  ========
 Net income (loss) per share
  before extraordinary item               $(0.23)   $ 0.13    $  0.24    $  0.03    $ 0.00    $ 0.01    $ 0.00
 Extraordinary item  ........                 --        --       (.04)        --        --        --        --
                                        ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  --------  --------  --------
 Net income (loss) per share              $(0.23)   $ 0.13    $  0.20    $  0.03    $ 0.00    $ 0.01    $ 0.00
                                        =========  ========  =========  =========  ========  ========  ========
 Weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding                3,272     3,636      5,271      5,637     4,938     8,648     8,779
                                        =========  ========  =========  =========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>


                                   5



    
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  AT DECEMBER 31, 1995       AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                 --------------------  ----------------------------
                                       HISTORICAL        HISTORICAL   AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                 --------------------  ------------  --------------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>                   <C>           <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents  ....        $23,121           $11,147        $ 58,309
 Working capital ...............         20,598            12,950          60,112
 Total assets ..................         61,582            63,130         110,292
 Total long-term debt,
  including current maturities            8,193             8,752           8,752
 Total stockholders' equity  ...         49,388            51,986          99,148
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          THREE MONTHS
                                                                             ENDED
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,
                                        ------------------------------  --------------
                                          1992    1993    1994    1995    1995    1996
                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
OTHER DATA:
 Facilities open at beginning of
  period ..............................    0       1       2        5      5       14
 Facilities built during period  ......    1       1       2        1      1        1
 Facilities or management contracts
  acquired during period ..............    0       0       1        8      0        3
                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
 Facilities open at end of period  ....    1       2       5       14      6       18(2)
                                        ======  ======  ======  ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1)    Assumes the sale by the Company, as of March 31, 1996, of 2,000,000
       shares of Common Stock in the Offering at an offering price of $25.625
       per share.

(2)    Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company acquired two golf facilities.


                                   6


<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

   Prospective investors should carefully consider the specific factors set
forth below, as well as the other information included in this Prospectus,
before deciding to invest in the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from the results discussed
in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to
such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors," as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

   The Company opened its first golf center in March 1992 and, accordingly,
has only a limited history of operations. The Company generated net income of
approximately $488,000 during the year ended December 31, 1994, approximately
$1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 1995 and approximately
$69,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1996. However, the Company
experienced losses prior to 1994 and there can be no assurance that the
Company will operate profitably in the future or that recent results of
operations will be indicative of future results. See "Risk Factors--Expansion
Strategy" and Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations.

EXPANSION STRATEGY

   The Company's ability to significantly increase revenue, net income and
operating cash flow over time depends in large part upon its success in
acquiring or leasing and constructing additional golf facilities at suitable
locations upon satisfactory terms. There can be no assurance that suitable
golf facility acquisition or lease opportunities will be available or that
the Company will be able to consummate acquisition or leasing transactions on
satisfactory terms. The acquisition of golf facilities may become more
expensive in the future to the extent that demand and competition increases.
The likelihood of the success of the Company must be considered in light of
the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays frequently
encountered in connection with the construction and opening of new golf
facilities. See "Risk Factors--Additional Financing Requirements," "Risk
Factors--Dependence Upon Key Employee; Recruitment of Additional Personnel,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business."

   To successfully implement its expansion strategy, the Company must
integrate acquired or newly- opened golf facilities into its existing
operations. As the Company grows, there can be no assurance that additional
golf facilities can be readily assimilated into the Company's operating
structure. Inability to efficiently integrate golf facilities could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, a number of the golf facilities which the Company
has acquired have, and golf facilities it may acquire in the future may have,
experienced losses. On a pro forma basis, as adjusted to give effect to the
acquisitions consummated after January 1, 1995 as if they had occurred as of
January 1, 1995, the Company had income before extraordinary item of $176,000
(as compared to income before extraordinary item of $1.3 million on a
historical basis) for the year ended December 31, 1995 and a net loss of
$17,000 (as compared to net income of $69,000 on a historical basis) for the
three months ended March 31, 1996. There can be no assurance that golf
facilities recently acquired by the Company or those that the Company may
acquire in the future will operate profitably and will not adversely affect
the Company's results of operations. See "Business" and Pro Forma Unaudited
Condensed Statement of Operations.

TERMINATION OF LEASES

   Although after giving effect to renewal options none of the Company's
leases for its golf centers or facilities is expected to expire until 2007,
the leases may be terminated prior to their scheduled expiration should the
Company default in its obligations thereunder. Such obligations include the
Company's timely payment of rent and maintenance of adequate insurance
coverage. The termination of any of the Company's leases could have an
adverse effect on the Company. If any of the Company's leases were to be
terminated, there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to enter
into leases for comparable properties on favorable terms, or at all. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

TERMINATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

   The Company's management agreement with the City of New York (the "City")
for the Douglaston, New York golf center, which expires on December 31, 2006,
is terminable by the City at will. During the

                                7



    
<PAGE>

year ended December 31, 1995, the management agreement accounted for 17% of
the Company's total revenue. Pursuant to the management agreement, as of
March 31, 1996 the Company had made approximately $2.3 million of capital
improvements to the Douglaston center. If the management agreement is
terminated, the City may retain, and is not obligated to pay the Company for
the value of, such capital improvements. Unless reimbursed, for accounting
purposes the Company would immediately have to write off the undepreciated
value of these capital improvements and the goodwill related to its purchase
of the limited partners' minority interest (the "Minority Interest") in Alley
Pond Associates, L.P., which are currently being depreciated and amortized
over the life of the management agreement. Accordingly, termination of the
management agreement with the City could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "Business--Properties."

   The Company's management agreement with the City of El Segundo for the El
Segundo golf facility terminates on June 30, 1998, unless earlier terminated
by either party, with or without cause, as of the end of any operating year
during the term of the agreement, upon at least 90 days prior written notice.
Termination of the management agreement with the City of El Segundo may have
an adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Properties."

GOLDEN BEAR LICENSE

   The Company operates seven of its golf centers, and intends to operate at
least one additional golf center, under the name "Golden Bear Golf Center"
pursuant to a non-exclusive license agreement (the "License Agreement"),
expiring August 2002, with Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. (the "Licensor").
The License Agreement is terminable by the Licensor prior to August 2002
under certain circumstances, including if the current directors of the
Company at any time constitute less than 50% of the Company's directors. In
September 1995, the Company agreed to cure an alleged default of the License
Agreement (principally by making certain capital improvements by November
1996). Failure by the Company to take the agreed upon actions by such date
could result in the termination of the License Agreement. Termination of the
License Agreement could adversely affect the Company's Golden Bear Golf
Centers and, possibly, the Company. The value of the "Golden Bear" name is
dependent, in part, upon the continued popularity of Jack Nicklaus.
Accordingly, the occurrence of any event which diminishes the reputation of
Mr. Nicklaus and the related "Golden Bear" symbol could adversely affect the
Company's Golden Bear Golf Centers. See "Risk Factors--Competition" and
"Business--Golden Bear License."

COMPETITION

   The golf center industry is highly competitive and includes competition
from other golf centers, traditional golf ranges, golf courses and other
recreational pursuits. The Company may face imitation and other forms of
competition and the Company cannot prevent or restrain others from utilizing
a similar operational strategy. Many of the Company's competitors and
potential competitors have considerably greater financial and other
resources, experience and customer recognition than does the Company. Until
September 1995, the Company had the exclusive right to open Golden Bear Golf
Centers in certain territories. As a result of a change in the License
Agreement in September 1995, the Licensor now is permitted to establish, or
license others to establish, "Golden Bear" golf centers that compete with the
Company's golf centers, including its Golden Bear Golf Centers. See
"Business--Competition."

VULNERABILITY TO WEATHER CONDITIONS AND SEASONAL RESULTS

   Historically, the second and third quarters of the year have accounted for
a greater portion of the Company's operating revenue than have the first and
fourth quarters of the year. This is primarily due to an outdoor playing
season limited by inclement weather. Although most of the Company's driving
ranges are designed to be all-weather facilities (including the domed
facilities), and although the Company has recently expanded its operations
into territories where inclement weather may have less of an impact than in
the Northeast, portions of the Company's facilities, including the miniature
golf courses, are outdoors and vulnerable to weather conditions. Also,
golfers are less inclined to practice when weather conditions limit their
ability to play golf on outdoor courses. This seasonal pattern, as well as
the timing of new center openings and acquisitions, may cause the Company's
results of operations to vary significantly from quarter to quarter.
Accordingly, period-to-period comparisons are not necessarily meaningful and
should

                                8



    
<PAGE>

not be relied on as indicative of future results. In addition, variability in
the Company's results of operations could cause the Company's stock price to
fluctuate following the release of interim results of operations or other
information and may have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
stock price. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."

ADDITIONAL FINANCING REQUIREMENTS

   As of March 31, 1996, the Company had working capital of approximately
$13.0 million. The Company anticipates, based on its currently proposed
expansion plans and assumptions relating to its operations, that the net
proceeds of the Offering, together with availability under its primary credit
facility and cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to permit the
Company to conduct its operations and to carry on its contemplated expansion
over at least the next 12 months. The Company also anticipates that it may
need to raise substantial additional equity capital in the future to continue
its longer term expansion plans. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all. See
"Use Of Proceeds," "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

   Operations at the Company's golf facilities involve the use and limited
storage of various hazardous materials such as pesticides, herbicides, motor
oil, gasoline and paint. Under various federal, state and local laws,
ordinances and regulations, an owner or operator of real property is
generally liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous
substances that are released on or in its property regardless of whether the
property owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the release of
hazardous materials. The Company has not been informed by any governmental
authority of any non-compliance or violation of any environmental laws,
ordinances or regulations and the Company believes that it is in substantial
compliance with all such laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to its
properties or operations. However, the Company is aware of one notice of
violation issued by the New York Department of Environmental Conservation
(the "DEC") against the owner of the land leased by the Company in Elmsford,
New York alleging that certain hazardous materials were placed on the site.
The owner has taken remedial action and the Company does not believe it will
be affected by the alleged violation. To date, the Company has not incurred
material costs of remediation in relation to any of its golf facilities and
the Company knows of no material environmental liability to which it may
become subject. Although the Company usually hires environmental consultants
to conduct environmental studies, including invasive procedures such as soil
sampling or ground water analysis on golf facilities it owns, operates or
intends to acquire, in some cases only limited invasive procedures are
conducted on such properties. Even when invasive procedures are used,
environmental studies may fail to discover all potential environmental
problems. Accordingly, there may be potential environmental liabilities or
conditions of which the Company is not aware. See "Business--Governmental
Regulation."

DEPENDENCE UPON KEY EMPLOYEE; RECRUITMENT OF ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL

   The Company is heavily dependent on the services of Dominic Chang, its
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the
services of Mr. Chang could materially adversely affect the Company. Mr.
Chang has entered into an employment agreement with the Company which
terminates on December 31, 1999. See "Management--Employment Agreements." The
Company owns, and is the sole beneficiary of, key person life insurance in
the amount of $1.5 million on the life of Mr. Chang. The Company will also be
required to hire additional personnel and PGA-certified professionals to
staff the golf centers it intends to acquire, lease or construct. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified
personnel. See "Business--Employees," "Business-- Operations" and
"Management."

DILUTION

   Purchasers in the Offering will experience immediate and substantial
dilution of $16.25 in net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.

                                9



    
<PAGE>

CONTROL BY CURRENT STOCKHOLDER

   Following the completion of the Offering, Dominic Chang will beneficially
own 2,822,750 shares of Common Stock, constituting approximately 26.6% of the
outstanding shares (or if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full, Mr. Chang will beneficially own 2,656,468 shares of Common
Stock, constituting approximately 25.0% of the outstanding shares). Mr. Chang
will, therefore, be able to exercise significant influence with respect to
the election of the directors of the Company and all matters submitted to a
vote of the stockholders of the Company, including the acquisition or
disposition of material assets. See "Management" and "Principal
Stockholders."

DEPENDENCE ON DISCRETIONARY CONSUMER SPENDING

   The amount spent by consumers on discretionary items, such as family and
entertainment activities like those offered by the Company's golf facilities,
have historically been dependent upon levels of discretionary income, which
may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. A decrease in
consumer spending on golf could have an adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations.

BROAD DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS

   The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for the
acquisition, leasing, development and improvement of golf facilities and for
general working capital purposes. Accordingly, the Company will have broad
discretion as to the application of such proceeds. An investor will not have
the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant
information which will be utilized by the Company in determining the
application of such proceeds in the acquisition, leasing, development and
improvement of golf facilities. See "Use of Proceeds."

DIVIDEND POLICY

   The Company has not paid any cash dividends on the Common Stock since
inception and does not intend to pay any dividends to its stockholders in the
foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to reinvest earnings, if
any, in the development and expansion of its business. See "Dividend Policy."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

   The sale, or availability for sale, of substantial amounts of Common Stock
in the public market subsequent to the Offering pursuant to Rule 144 under
the Securities Act ("Rule 144") or otherwise could materially adversely
affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the Company's
ability to raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities
or debt financing. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a
person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including a person who may
be deemed to be an "affiliate" of the Company as that term is defined under
the Securities Act, would be entitled to sell within any three month period a
number of shares beneficially owned for at least two years that does not
exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock,
or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain requirements as to the manner of sale, notice and the availability of
current public information about the Company. However, a person who is not
deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company during the 90 days preceding
a sale by such person and who has beneficially owned shares of Common Stock
for at least three years may sell such shares without regard to the volume,
manner of sale or notice requirements of Rule 144.

   Of the 10,598,025 shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering,
6,980,075 shares will be freely tradeable without restrictions following
completion of the Offering, unless held by "affiliates" of the Company who
are subject to certain volume limitations and manner of sale restrictions,
and 3,617,950 will be "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule
144. The two-year holding period for substantially all of the "restricted
securities" will have been met by November 1996 and such securities may,
subject to the agreements described below, be sold without registration under
the Securities Act, subject to volume limitations and other restrictions. The
holders of 3,161,950 shares of Common Stock

                               10



    
<PAGE>

(not including those shares to be sold if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised) and the holders of options to purchase up to 169,000
shares of Common Stock will remain subject to an agreement entered into, in
connection with the Company's public offering in December 1995 (the
"Secondary Offering"), pursuant to which they cannot publicly sell or
otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company until December 13, 1996
without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc. ("Jefferies").
Mr. Chang has pledged 361,750 shares of Common Stock to two banks to secure
personal loans, and may in the future pledge additional shares to secure
additional personal loans, which shares are not, or would not be, subject to
such agreements.

   The holders of warrants to purchase up to 300,000 shares of Common Stock
issued to the representatives of the underwriters and their designees in the
Secondary Offering have certain demand and "piggyback" registration rights
commencing in December 1996. The holder of warrants to purchase up to 70,000
shares of Common Stock issued to a consultant have certain "piggyback"
registration rights and certain demand registration rights commencing one
month after the closing of the Offering. In addition, as of the date of this
Prospectus, the holders of an aggregate of 247,100 shares of Common Stock
(including 33,718 shares to be registered and sold if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) have certain "piggyback"
registration rights, which commence on various dates in 1996. Of these
247,100 shares, approximately 64,351 are held in escrow, and will be
released, subject to certain conditions, on various dates in 1996 and 1997.
See "Description of Capital Stock--Outstanding Options and Warrants."

PREFERRED STOCK; POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN CHARTER, BY-LAW
AND CONTRACTUAL PROVISIONS

   The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board of
Directors to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.10
per share. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms
of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the Board of Directors,
without further action by stockholders. Although no preferred stock is
currently outstanding and the Company currently has no plans for the issuance
of any preferred stock, there can be no assurance that the Company will not
do so in the future. The ability of the Board of Directors to issue preferred
stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of
control of the Company or the removal of existing management and, as a
result, could prevent the stockholders of the Company from being paid a
premium over the market value for their shares of Common Stock. The Company's
Board of Directors has approved, subject to stockholder approval at the
Annual Meeting, amendments to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to
increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from 10,000,000 to
50,000,000 and to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock
from 1,000,000 to 2,000,000. The Company's By-Laws contain provisions
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals and imposing certain
procedural restrictions on stockholders wishing to call a special meeting of
stockholders. In addition, the License Agreement may be terminated by the
Licensor if the current members of the Company's Board of Directors do not
constitute at least 50% of the Company's Board of Directors. Such provisions
could discourage possible future attempts to gain control of the Company
(which attempts, if stockholders were offered a premium over the market value
of their Common Stock, might be viewed as beneficial to stockholders). See
"Business--Golden Bear License" and "Description of Capital Stock."

                               11



    
<PAGE>

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

   The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
2,000,000 shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company are estimated
to be approximately $47.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, based upon an assumed
offering price of $25.625 per share. The Company intends to use all the net
proceeds of the Offering for the acquisition, leasing, development and
improvement of golf facilities and for general working capital purposes.

   Pending the uses described above, the net proceeds from the Offering will
be invested in investment-grade, short-term, interest-bearing securities. The
Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the
Selling Stockholders in connection with any exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option.

                         PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

   The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "FGCI." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
the high and low last sale prices for the Common Stock as reported by the
Nasdaq National Market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    STOCK PRICE
                                                ------------------
                                                  HIGH       LOW
                                                --------  --------
<S>                                             <C>       <C>
CALENDAR YEAR 1994:
 Fourth Quarter (from November 17, 1994
  through
  December 31, 1994) ..........................  $ 7-1/4   $ 5-3/4
CALENDAR YEAR 1995:
 First Quarter ................................  $ 7-7/8   $ 6
 Second Quarter ...............................   11         5-1/2
 Third Quarter ................................   19-5/8    10-1/4
 Fourth Quarter ...............................   19        12-3/4
CALENDAR YEAR 1996:
 First Quarter ................................  $27-3/4   $17-1/8
 Second Quarter (through May 23, 1996)  .......   29        25-5/8
                                                --------  --------
</TABLE>

   On May 23, 1996, the last reported sale price for the Company's Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $25 5/8 per share. As of May 17,
1996, there were 98 stockholders of record of the Common Stock.

                               DIVIDEND POLICY

   The Company has neither declared nor paid dividends on its Common Stock
and does not intend to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable
future. The Company currently intends to retain earnings, if any, for the
development and expansion of its business. The declaration of dividends in
the future will be at the election of the Board of Directors and will depend
upon the earnings, capital requirements and financial position of the
Company, general economic conditions and other pertinent factors.




    
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth, at March 31, 1996, the capitalization and
other consolidated balance sheet data of the Company on an actual basis and
as adjusted to give effect to the sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock
offered hereby by the Company at an assumed offering price of $25.625 per
share. This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the
Company's Financial Statements and notes thereto, each included elsewhere
herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                                   ------------------------
                                                     ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                   ---------  -------------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>
Current portion of long-term obligations  ........   $ 1,523     $  1,523
                                                   =========  =============
Long-term obligations ............................   $ 7,229     $  7,229
Stockholders' equity (1):
 Preferred stock, $0.10 par value, 1,000,000
  shares authorized; as adjusted, 2,000,000
  shares authorized (2), none outstanding  .......        --           --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
  authorized; as adjusted, 50,000,000 shares
  authorized (2), 8,489,325 issued and
  outstanding as adjusted, 10,489,325 ............        85          105
 Additional paid-in capital ......................    50,909       98,051
 Retained earnings ...............................     1,027        1,027
                                                   ---------  -------------
 Treasury stock ..................................       (35)         (35)
  Total stockholders' equity .....................    51,986       99,148
                                                   ---------  -------------
   Total capitalization ..........................   $60,738     $107,900
                                                   =========  =============
</TABLE>

- ------------
   (1) Does not include any shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock
       options or warrants.

   (2) Gives effect to the increase in the Company's authorized number of
       shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 to 2,000,000 and the increase
       in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock from 10,000,000 to
       50,000,000 at the Annual Meeting.

                               13



    
<PAGE>

                           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   The following table presents, for the periods and dates indicated, summary
historical and pro forma financial data and other data of the Company. The
pro forma statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996 give effect to the acquisitions of
Pelham Enterprises, Inc., the Hiland Park Golf Course, RFC Enterprises, Inc.,
Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., The Practice Tee, Inc., Golf Masters Limited
Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership, Owl's Creek Golf Centers, Inc.,
Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC and associated land and 202 Golf
Associates, Inc. as if they had been consummated as of January 1, 1995. The
"As Adjusted" Balance Sheet Data does not include the effects of the
acquisition of 202 Golf Associates, Inc., which was acquired in April 1996.
This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization,"
"Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Financial
Information and the Company's Financial Statements and the notes thereto,
each included elsewhere herein. The pro forma data set forth below is not
necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have
been had the transactions occurred at the dates referred to above, nor do
they purport to indicate the results of future operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                             ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                            HISTORICAL                 PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA
                             ---------------------------------------  ----------- ------------------ -----------
                                1992      1993      1994      1995        1995       1995     1996       1996
                             --------  ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Total revenue .............   $1,887    $2,632    $6,362    $12,432    $16,118     $1,782   $3,362     $3,473
 Operating expenses ........    1,128     2,247     4,215      6,614      9,556      1,061    2,252      2,413
 Cost of merchandise sold ..      320       459       750      1,779      2,150        295      457        459
 Selling, general and
   administrative expenses  .     351       615       548      1,242      2,404        352      643        692
                             --------  ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
 Operating income (loss) ...       88      (689)      849      2,797      2,008         74       10        (91)
 Interest expense ..........     (111)     (192)     (313)      (939)    (1,805)       (92)    (100)      (100)
 Other income ..............        1       106        16         66         73         22      197        165
                             --------  ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
 Income (loss) before income
   taxes, minority interest
   and extraordinary item  ..     (22)     (775)      552      1,924        276          4      107        (26)
 Income tax expense
   (benefit)  ...............      --        --       (65)       669        100          2       38         (9)
                             --------  ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
 Income (loss) before
   minority interest and
   extraordinary item  ......     (22)     (775)      617      1,255        176          2       69        (17)
                                                                                                     -----------
 Minority interest in
   (income) loss  ...........      --        12      (129)        --         --         --       --         --
 Extraordinary item (net of
   tax effect)  .............      --        --        --        181         --         --       --         --
                             --------  ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
 Net income (loss) .........   $  (22)   $ (763)   $  488    $ 1,074    $   176     $    2   $   69     $  (17)
                             ========  =========  ======== =========  =========== ========  ======== ===========
 Net income (loss) per share
   before extraordinary item             $(0.23)   $ 0.13    $  0.24    $  0.03     $ 0.00   $ 0.01     $ 0.00
 Extraordinary item ........                 --        --       (.04)        --         --       --         --
                                       ---------  -------- ---------  ----------- --------  -------- -----------
 Net income (loss) per share             $(0.23)   $ 0.13    $  0.20    $  0.03     $ 0.00   $ 0.01     $ 0.00
                                       =========  ======== =========  =========== ========  ======== ===========
 Weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding              3,272     3,636      5,271      5,637      4,938    8,648      8,779
                                       =========  ======== =========  =========== ========  ======== ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AT DECEMBER 31, 1995       AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                                      --------------------  ----------------------------
                                                            HISTORICAL        HISTORICAL   AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                      --------------------  ------------  --------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>           <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................        $23,121           $11,147        $ 58,309
 Working capital ....................................         20,598            12,950          60,112
 Total assets .......................................         61,582            63,130         110,292
 Total long-term debt, including current maturities            8,193             8,752           8,752
 Total stockholders' equity .........................         49,388            51,986          99,148
</TABLE>


                                14



    
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS
                                                                                   ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,
                                              ------------------------------  --------------
                                                1992    1993    1994    1995    1995    1996
                                              ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
OTHER DATA:
 Facilities open at beginning of period  ....    0       1       2        5      5       14
 Facilities built during period .............    1       1       2        1      1        1
 Facilities or management contracts acquired
  during period .............................    0       0       1        8      0        3
                                              ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
 Facilities open at end of period ...........    1       2       5       14      6       18(2)
                                              ======  ======  ======  ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

- ------------
   (1) Assumes the sale by the Company, as of March 31, 1996, of 2,000,000
       shares of Common Stock in the Offering at an offering price of $25.625
       per share.

   (2) Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company acquired two golf facilities.


                              15



    
<PAGE>

                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
the Company's Financial Statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements.
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are
not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors," as well as those discussed
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

GENERAL

   The Company's strategy is to grow revenue and net income by (i) increasing
the number of golf centers it owns, leases or manages by (a) identifying and
acquiring well-located ranges that have the potential for improvement under
better management and with improved or expanded facilities, including the
addition of enclosed hitting areas, full-line pro shops, miniature golf
courses and other amenities and (b) building new centers in locations where
suitable acquisition opportunities are not available and (ii) seeking to
realize economies of scale through centralized purchasing, accounting,
management information and cash management systems. The Company currently
owns, leases or manages 20 golf facilities, comprised of 15 golf centers and
five combination golf center and golf course facilities. Of the five
combination golf center and golf course facilities, four include par-3 golf
courses, generally designed to facilitate the practice of golf, and one
includes a regulation 18-hole golf course. The following table sets forth
certain information as to the Company's golf facilities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    OWNED      LEASED      MANAGED      TOTAL

<S>                                                              <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
                                                                 Owned      Leased      Managed      Total
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT JANUARY 1, 1992 .............................................         -       -            -           0
 Facilities built during 1992 ..................................         -       1            -           1
 Facilities or management contracts acquired during 1992  ......         -       -            -           0
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT JANUARY 1, 1993 .............................................         -       1            -           1
 Facilities built during 1993 ..................................         -       1            -           1
 Facilities or management contracts acquired during 1993  ......         -       -            -           0
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT JANUARY 1, 1994 .............................................         -       2            -           2
 Facilities built during 1994 ..................................         -       1            1           2
 Facilities or management contracts acquired during 1994  ......         -       1            -           1
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT JANUARY 1, 1995 .............................................         -       4            1           5
 Facilities built during 1995 ..................................         -       1            -           1
 Facilities or management contracts acquired during 1995  ......         6       1            1           8
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT JANUARY 1, 1996 .............................................         6       6            2          14
 Facilities built during the first three months of 1996  .......         -       1            -           1
 Facilities or management contracts acquired during the first
  three months of 1996 .........................................         2       1            -           3
 Facilities or management contracts acquired after
  March 31, 1996 ...............................................         1       1            -           2
                                                                 ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------
AT MAY 23, 1996 ................................................         9       9            2          20
                                                                 =========  ==========  ===========  =========
</TABLE>

   The Company's golf facilities have opened at varying times over the past
several years. As a result of changes in the number of golf centers open from
period to period, the seasonality of operations, the completion of the
Company's initial public offering in November 1994 (the "IPO") and the
Secondary Offering in December 1995, results of operations for any particular
period may not be indicative of the results of operations in the future.

   Most of the Company's revenues from its golf centers are derived from
selling tokens for use in automated range-ball dispensing machines, pro shop
merchandise sales, charging for rounds of miniature golf, golf lessons and
management fees. The Company also derives revenues at its golf centers from
food
                                  16




    
<PAGE>

and beverage sales, video games and the use of batting cages. The Company
derives revenues from its golf courses from club membership fees, fees for
rounds of golf and golf lessons, pro shop merchandise sales and from food and
beverage sales at the clubhouse. See "Business--The Golf Centers."

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following table sets forth selected operations data of the Company
expressed as a percentage of total revenue (except for operating expenses
which is expressed as a percentage of operating revenue and cost of
merchandise sold which is expressed as a percentage of merchandise sales) for
the periods indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED                ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                     ---------------------------  ----------------
                                        1993      1994     1995     1995     1996
                                     ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Operating revenues .................     75.7%     84.0%    78.8%    76.3%    80.0%
Merchandise sales ..................     24.3      16.0     21.2     23.7     20.0
Total revenue ......................    100.0     100.0    100.0    100.0    100.0
Operating expenses .................    112.8      78.9     67.5     78.0     83.7
Cost of merchandise sold ...........     71.7      73.5     67.5     69.9     68.1
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses ..........................     23.4       8.6     10.0     19.8     19.1
Income (loss) from operations  .....    (26.2)     13.3     22.5      4.2      0.3
Interest expense ...................     (7.3)     (4.9)    (7.6)    (5.2)    (3.0)
Other income .......................      4.0       0.3      0.6      1.2      5.9
Income (loss) before income taxes,
 minority interest and
 extraordinary item ................    (29.5)      8.7     15.5      0.2      3.2
Income tax expense (benefit)  ......       --      (1.0)     5.4      0.1      1.1
Income (loss) before minority
 interest and extraordinary item  ..    (29.5)      9.7     10.1      0.1      2.1
Minority interest in (income) loss        0.5      (2.0)      --       --       --
Extraordinary item (net of tax
 effect) ...........................       --        --     (1.5)      --       --
Net income (loss) ..................    (29.0)%     7.7%     8.6%     0.1%     2.1%
</TABLE>

Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
1995

   Results for the three months ended March 31, 1996 reflect the operations
of nine golf centers (Farmingdale, Elmsford and Syracuse, New York, Wayne,
New Jersey, Greenville, South Carolina, Duluth, Georgia, El Segundo and
Gilroy, California and Valley View, Ohio) for the full period, operations of
the Douglaston, New York and Alpharetta, Georgia golf centers (which were
undergoing renovation for one month) and the Henrietta, New York and Mesa,
Arizona golf centers for approximately two months, operations of the
Richmond, Virginia golf center (which was undergoing renovation for two
months) and the Virginia Beach, Virginia golf center for approximately one
month, operations of the Flemington, New Jersey golf center for less than one
month, and the pro shop and food service operations only of the Utica and
Queensbury, New York facilities. Results for the three months ended March 31,
1995 reflect the operations of the Farmingdale, Wayne and Elmsford golf
centers for the full period, operations of the indoor portion of the Syracuse
golf center for approximately two and one-half months, operations of the
Douglaston golf center for approximately half of the period, and pro shop
revenues only for the Utica golf center. As a result of the change in the
number of golf centers open from period to period, the comparison between the
1996 and 1995 periods may not necessarily be meaningful.

   Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $3.4 million
as compared to $1.8 million for the same period in 1995, an increase of $1.6
million (89.0%). Total revenue for the four golf centers operating for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (Farmingdale, Wayne, Elmsford

                               17



    
<PAGE>

and Syracuse) decreased 12.5% to $1.4 million in the 1996 period from $1.6
million in the 1995 period. The overall increase in revenue is attributable
to having additional golf centers in operation during the 1996 period, as
described above, partially offset by a decrease in revenue at those
facilities open in both periods caused by severe winter conditions in the
Northeast region in 1996, relative to milder winter conditions in 1995.

   Operating revenues, consisting of all sales except merchandise sales,
amounted to $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1996, as
compared to $1.4 million for the comparable 1995 period, an increase of $1.3
million (98.0%). The increase in operating revenues was primarily
attributable to having additional golf centers in operation during the 1996
period.

   Merchandise sales, consisting of golf clubs, balls, bags, gloves, videos,
apparel and related accessories, amounted to $671,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 as compared to $422,000 for the comparable 1995 period,
an increase of $249,000 (59.0%). The increase in merchandise sales was
primarily due to the contribution of new locations added during 1995.

   Operating expenses, consisting of operating wages and employee costs, land
rent, depreciation of golf driving range facilities and equipment, utilities
and all other facility operating costs, increased to $2.3 million (83.7% of
operating revenue) in the 1996 period from $1.1 million (78.0% of operating
revenue) in the 1995 period, an increase of $1.2 million (112.0%). The
increase in operating expenses was primarily due to the operating costs of
locations that were not operated by the Company during the 1995 period.
Operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenues increased to 83.7%
in 1996 from 78.0% in 1995 primarily due to a decrease in revenues as a
result of severe winter conditions in 1996 relative to 1995.

   The cost of merchandise sold increased to $457,000 (68.1% of merchandise
sales) in the 1996 period from $295,000 (69.9% of merchandise sales) in the
comparable 1995 period. The overall increase in this cost of $162,000 (54.9%)
was primarily due to the higher level of merchandise sales. The decrease in
this cost as a percentage of merchandise sales was due to improved buying
techniques and volume discounts.

   Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 amounted to $643,000 (19.1% of total revenue) compared to
$352,000 (19.8% of total revenue) in the comparable 1995 period, an increase
of $291,000 (83.0%), primarily due to the expenses associated with operating
additional golf centers.

   Interest expense increased to $100,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1996 from $92,000 in the comparable 1995 period. Other income, primarily
interest income, increased to $197,000 in the 1996 period from $22,000 in the
1995 period. The increase in interest income is attributable to the receipt
and investment of proceeds from the Secondary Offering.

   The Company had income before income taxes for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 of $107,000 as compared to income of $4,000 in the comparable
1995 period. Net income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 amounted to
$69,000 as compared to $2,000 for the comparable 1995 period.

Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1994

   Results for the year ended December 31, 1995 reflect the operations of the
Farmingdale and Elmsford, New York and the Wayne, New Jersey golf centers for
the full period, operations of the Douglaston, New York golf center (which
was undergoing renovation and was operating in a limited capacity for
approximately four of the 12 months), operations of the Syracuse, New York
golf center for approximately 12 months (although the outdoor portion of the
golf center was open for only six months), operations of the Utica, New York
golf center for approximately nine months, operations of the Greenville,
South Carolina golf center and the Queensbury, New York golf facility for
approximately eight months each, operations of the Richmond, Virginia and
Duluth and Alpharetta, Georgia golf centers for approximately five months,
four months and five months, respectively, and operations of El Segundo and
Gilroy, California and Valley View, Ohio for two months each. Results for the
year ended December 31, 1994 reflect the operations of the Farmingdale and
Wayne golf centers for the full period, operations of the Douglaston golf
center (which was undergoing renovation and was operating in a

                               18



    
<PAGE>

limited capacity for four months) and operations of the Elmsford golf center
for approximately five months. As a result of the change in the number of
facilities open from period to period, the comparison between 1995 and 1994
periods may not necessarily be meaningful. Revenue from the Farmingdale and
Wayne golf centers, which were the only golf centers open and not undergoing
substantial renovations for the full December 31, 1994 and 1995 periods,
increased from $3.7 million to $4.1 million during such periods, an increase
of 10.8%.

   Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $12.4 million as
compared to $6.4 million in 1994, an increase of $6.0 million (93.8%). The
overall increase in revenue was primarily attributable to having additional
golf centers in operation during the 1995 period.

   Operating revenues amounted to $9.8 million as compared to $5.3 million,
an increase of $4.5 million (84.9%) for this period. The increase in
operating revenues was primarily attributable to having additional golf
centers in operation during the 1995 period.

   Merchandise sales amounted to $2.6 million for 1995 as compared to $1.0
million for 1994. The increase in merchandise sales of $1.6 million (160.0%)
was due to the contribution of new locations to the 1995 period and the
increased emphasis placed by the Company on improving pro shop sales in the
1995 period, improved purchasing procedures and increased promotion.

   Operating expenses increased to $6.6 million in 1995 from $4.2 million in
1994. The overall increase of $2.4 million (57.1%) was primarily due to the
operating costs of locations that were not open for all or part of 1994.
However, operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenues declined to
67.5% in 1995 from 78.9% in 1994 primarily due to the substantial increase in
revenues and relatively low corresponding incremental increases in certain
fixed or partially fixed costs, such as rent.

   The cost of merchandise sold increased to $1.8 million (67.5% of
merchandise sales) in 1995 from $750,000 (73.5% of merchandise sales) in
1994. The overall increase in this cost of $1.05 million (140.0%) was
primarily due to the higher level of merchandise sales. The decrease in this
cost as a percentage of merchandise sales was due to improved buying
techniques and volume discounts.

   Selling, general and administrative expenses in 1995 amounted to $1.2
million (10.0% of total revenue) as compared to $548,000 (8.6% of total
revenue) in 1994, an increase of $652,000 (119.0%), primarily due to an
increase in corporate staff, advertising and other expenses resulting from
the increase in the number of golf centers operating during 1995.

   Interest expense increased to $939,000 in 1995 from $313,000 in 1994. The
increase was attributable to increased borrowings to fund the Company's
expansion, as well as a higher prime lending rate during 1995 as compared to
1994.

   The Company had income, before income tax expense (benefit), an
extraordinary item and the Minority Interest, of $1.9 million for 1995 as
compared to $552,000 in 1994. The Company recognized an extraordinary charge
of $181,000 (net of taxes) in the fourth quarter of 1995. This extraordinary
item reflects the write-off of debt acquisition costs, net of income taxes,
arising from the repayment of certain bank debt using the proceeds of the
Secondary Offering. The Minority Interest in 1994 represents limited
partnership interests in Alley Pond Associates, L.P., a partnership which
operated the Douglaston, New York golf center. The Minority Interest was
acquired by the Company in December 1994. Net income, after income tax
expense (benefit), the extraordinary item and the Minority Interest, rose to
$1.1 million in 1995 as compared to $488,000 in 1994.

Year Ended December 31, 1994 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1993

   Results for 1994 reflect the operations of the Farmingdale, New York and
Wayne, New Jersey golf centers for the full year, operations of the
Douglaston, New York golf center (which was operating in a limited capacity
for approximately five months of the year) and operations of the Elmsford,
New York golf center for approximately five months of 1994. Results for 1993
reflect the operations of the Farmingdale golf center for the full year and
approximately five months of operations of the Wayne golf center. As a result
of the change in the number of golf centers open from period to period, the
comparison between 1994 and 1993 may not necessarily be meaningful.

                               19



    
<PAGE>

   Total revenue for 1994 was $6.4 million as compared to $2.6 million for
1993, an increase of 141.7%. Operating revenues for 1994 amounted to $5.3
million as compared to $2.0 million for 1993. The overall increase in revenue
was primarily attributable to having additional golf centers in operation
during 1994, as described above, partially offset by the impact of severe
winter weather in the first three months of 1994.

   Merchandise sales amounted to $1.0 million for 1994 as compared to
$639,000 for 1993. The increase in merchandise sales of $381,000 (59.6%) was
primarily due to strong pro shop sales at the Wayne golf center in 1994 and
the new locations added during 1994.

   Operating expenses increased to $4.2 million in 1994 from $2.2 million in
1993. The increase of $2.0 million (87.6%) was primarily due to the
operations of the Wayne, Elmsford and Douglaston golf centers, which were not
open for most of 1993. However, operating expenses as a percentage of
operating revenues declined to 78.9% in 1994 from 112.8% in 1993 due to the
substantial increase in revenue and relatively low corresponding incremental
increases in certain fixed or partially fixed costs, such as rent. In 1993,
pre-opening expenses for the Wayne center, which had a delayed opening in
August of that year, resulted in a higher percentage of operating expenses to
operating revenues.

   Cost of merchandise sold for 1994 increased to $750,000, representing
73.5% of merchandise sales in 1994 from $459,000, representing 71.7% of
merchandise sales in 1993. The increase of $291,000 was primarily due to the
higher merchandise sales, as well as a slight increase in the average cost of
goods sold. No single factor accounted for the change in gross margins from
1993 to 1994. Gross margins on merchandise sales were affected by local price
competition and the product mix of sales.

   Selling, general and administrative expenses in 1994 amounted to $548,000
(8.6% of total revenue) as compared to $615,000 (23.4% of total revenue) in
1993, a decrease of $67,000, primarily due to the re-allocation of personnel
from corporate staff in 1993 to new operating locations in 1994. Interest
expense increased to $313,000 in 1994 from $192,000 in 1993. The increase was
attributable to borrowings to fund the Wayne, Elmsford and Douglaston golf
centers ($2.25 million, $2.5 million and $250,000, respectively), and
increases in the prime lending rate upon which most of the Company's bank
loans are based.

   In 1994, the Company had net income of $617,000 before the Minority
Interest as compared to a loss of $775,000 in 1993. After giving effect to
the Minority Interest, the Company had net income of $488,000 for 1994 as
compared to a loss of $763,000 for 1993. A portion of the proceeds of the
IPO, which was completed on November 23, 1994, was used to purchase the
Minority Interest in December 1994.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   At March 31, 1996, the Company had working capital of $13.0 million
compared to $20.6 million at December 31, 1995, which decrease was
principally due to the acquisition of golf facilities and capital
expenditures during the three months ended March 31, 1996.

   The cash requirements of funding the Company's expansion have historically
exceeded cash flow from operations. Accordingly, the Company has satisfied
its capital needs primarily through debt and equity financings. The Company
currently anticipates that it will continue to satisfy its capital needs
through additional debt or equity financing until the Company has established
an adequate number of profitable golf centers to support its growth through
internal cash flow.

   The Company's outstanding indebtedness as of March 31, 1996 of $8.75
million bears interest at fixed and variable rates currently ranging from
5.25% to 10.5%. The Company entered into an agreement with TaipeiBank, New
York Agency for a construction loan of up to $1.7 million for the development
of the golf facility at Henrietta, New York. This loan bears interest at the
prime rate plus 2% per annum, and is due May 14, 1997. As of March 31, 1996,
the Company had drawn down an aggregate amount of $1.5 million under this
loan.

   The Company has a $5.0 million line of credit with Chemical Bank. As of
March 31, 1996, the Company had no amounts outstanding under this line of
credit. Amounts outstanding under this credit line bear interest at prime
plus 1.5%.

                               20



    
<PAGE>

   The Company anticipates making substantial additional expenditures in
connection with the acquisition and opening of new golf facilities and
capital improvements to existing facilities. Golf center opening expenditures
primarily relate to projected golf center construction and opening costs,
associated marketing activities and the addition of personnel. From time to
time, the Company acquires, rather than leases, the land on which its golf
centers are located, which entails additional expenditures. Based on the
Company's experience with its existing golf centers, the Company believes
that the cost of opening or acquiring a golf center generally will not exceed
$3.5 million (exclusive of land costs). However, there can be no assurance
that golf center opening or acquisition costs will not exceed $3.5 million.
Golf center acquisition costs vary substantially depending on the location
and status of the acquired property (i.e., whether significant capital
improvements are necessary) and whether the Company acquires or leases the
related land. Land acquisition costs vary substantially depending on a number
of factors, including principally location. To the extent that the Company
acquires any golf courses, the Company may be required to make capital
improvements to these courses, depending again upon the location and status
of the acquired property. The cost of golf course acquisitions depends, to a
large extent, upon the price of the land and may substantially exceed the
anticipated cost of golf center acquisitions. The Company intends to make
capital improvements, estimated to aggregate approximately $3.5 million over
the next 12 months, including $3.0 million on recently acquired facilities.
The Company intends to utilize substantially all the net proceeds of the
Offering in connection with the acquisition and opening of golf facilities.
See "Use of Proceeds." In addition, in connection with the acquisition of The
Practice Tee, Inc. ("TPT"), up to $2.0 million of additional purchase price
will be payable if certain operating income targets are achieved in 1996 and
1997. See "Business -- Recently Opened or Acquired Facilities -- The El
Segundo and Gilroy Golf Facilities" for a description of such contingent
payments.

   The Company believes that the net proceeds from the Offering, cash flow
from operations and its credit facility with its primary lender will be
sufficient to finance the Company's currently contemplated expansion plans
for at least the next 12 months.

   Management does not believe that recently issued accounting standards will
have a material impact on the Company's financial statements when adopted by
the Company.

EFFECT OF RECENTLY ACQUIRED FACILITIES

   On a pro forma basis, as adjusted to give effect to acquisitions
consummated after January 1, 1995 as if they had occurred as of January 1,
1995, the Company had income before extraordinary item of $176,000 (as
compared to income before extraordinary item of $1.3 million on a historical
basis) for the year ended December 31, 1995 and a net loss of $17,000 (as
compared to net income of $69,000 on a historical basis) for the three months
ended March 31, 1996. Although the recently acquired facilities have
adversely affected income on a pro forma basis, the Company believes that it
will be able to (i) enhance revenues at such facilities by adding amenities
including enclosed hitting areas, token-based automated range-ball dispensing
machines, full-line pro shops, miniature golf courses and par-3 golf courses
and (ii) reduce expenses by economies of scale achieved through centralized
purchasing, accounting, management information systems and cash management.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to improve
the performance of newly-acquired facilities. See "Risk Factors--Expansion
Strategy."

   The Company expects to spend approximately $3.0 million over the next 12
months on recently acquired facilities for capital improvements. Of such
amount, the Company expects that approximately $1.0 million will be used at
the Duluth, Georgia facility to build a par-3 golf course, shelter the
driving range, add a miniature golf course and expand the clubhouse to add a
pro shop. An aggregate of approximately $2.0 million is expected to be used
for facility improvements at the Valley View, Ohio, Greenville, South
Carolina, Glen Allen, Virginia, Alpharetta, Georgia, Virginia Beach,
Virginia, Mesa, Arizona, Flemington, New Jersey and Yorktown Heights, New
York golf centers.

SEASONALITY

   Historically, the second and third quarters have accounted for a greater
portion of the Company's operating income than have the first and fourth
quarters of the year. This is primarily due to an outdoor

                               21



    
<PAGE>

playing season limited by inclement weather. Although most of the Company's
facilities are designed to be all-weather, portions of the facilities, such
as miniature golf courses which are outdoors, tend to be vulnerable to
weather conditions. One of the Company's golf centers and one golf course are
closed during a portion of the winter. Also, golfers are less inclined to
practice when weather conditions limit their ability to play golf on outdoor
courses. The Company believes that its recent expansion of operations into
areas (Arizona, California, Georgia, Virginia) where inclement weather may
have less of an impact on the outdoor playing season than in the Northeast
may mitigate to some extent this seasonal pattern. Nonetheless, this seasonal
pattern, as well as the timing of new golf facility acquisitions and
openings, may cause the Company's results of operations to vary significantly
from quarter-to-quarter. Accordingly, period-to-period comparisons are not
necessarily meaningful and should not be relied on as indicative of future
results.

INFLATION

   There was no significant impact on the Company's operations as a result of
inflation during 1993, 1994, 1995 or the three months ended March 31, 1996.

                               22



    
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

   The Company operates golf centers designed to provide a wide variety of
practice opportunities, including facilities for driving, chipping, putting,
pitching and sand play. In addition, the Company's golf centers typically
offer golf lessons instructed by PGA-certified golf professionals, full-line
pro shops and other amenities to encourage family participation. The Company
currently owns, leases or manages 20 golf facilities, comprised of 15 golf
centers and five combination golf center golf course facilities located in
eight states. Of the golf centers, seven are currently operated under the
name "Golden Bear Golf Centers." Of the five combination golf center and golf
course facilities, four include par-3 golf courses, generally designed to
facilitate the practice of golf, and one includes a regulation 18-hole golf
course. The Company has experienced significant recent growth, primarily
through the opening or acquisition of 16 facilities since the IPO in November
1994. The Company's total revenue increased from $1.9 million in 1992 to
$12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. During the same period,
the Company's net income increased from a net loss of $22,000 to a net profit
of $1.1 million.

   The Company believes that it attracts customers to its golf centers
primarily due to the quality, convenience and comfort of its facilities and
their appeal to the whole family. The Company's golf centers are designed
around a driving range with target greens, bunkers and traps to simulate golf
course conditions. The ranges are lighted to permit night play, the hitting
tees are enclosed or sheltered from above and from the rear in a
climate-controlled environment and, in three cases, all or a portion of the
range is enclosed under an air inflated dome to permit all-weather play.
There are approximately 80 to 100 hitting tees in facilities with the
two-tier design and approximately 30 to 60 hitting tees at smaller golf
centers. In addition to the driving range, the Company's golf centers include
a number of amenities designed to appeal to golfers and their families, such
as a 4,000-6,000 square foot clubhouse (including a full-line pro shop,
locker facilities, a restaurant or snack bar and video games), PGA-certified
golf instructors, landscaped 18-hole miniature golf courses and a short game
practice area (including putting green and sand traps). The Company's pro
shops are stocked with clubs, bags, shoes, apparel, videos and related
accessories from a number of suppliers, including brand name manufacturers
such as Karsten Manufacturing Corporation (Ping), Callaway Golf Company,
Tommy Armour Golf, Wilson Golf Company, Mizuno Golf Company, Spalding Sports
Worldwide, Titleist and Footjoy Worldwide (Division of American Brands,
Inc.), Ashworth Clothing Company and Nicklaus Golf Equipment Company.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

   According to the NGF, there were approximately 25 million golfers in the
United States in 1995. The average age of the golf driving range user was
37.1 years old, with an average household income of $55,700 per year. Those
with household income in excess of $75,000 (approximately 35% of all
stand-alone range users), were the most likely to visit a stand-alone range,
visiting 3.7 times more frequently than those with household income of less
than $30,000 (19% of all stand-alone range users) and 1.5 times more
frequently than those with household incomes between $30,000 and $75,000 (46%
of all stand-alone range users).

   According to the Golf Range and Recreational Association there are
currently between 1,900 and 2,300 stand-alone driving ranges in the United
States. Most of the Company's golf centers, the smallest of which has 20 tee
stations, are larger than those generally found in the industry. The average
number of tee stations per range in the industry in 1993, as estimated by the
NGF, was 40, with 50% of all stand-alone ranges offering 35 or fewer tee
stations. Large stand-alone ranges, defined as ranges with more than 50 tee
stations, accounted for approximately 21% of all facilities. The stand-alone
range industry is highly fragmented. The NGF estimates that in 1993 92% of
stand-alone ranges were managed by owner- operators. The Company believes
that many of these owner-operated ranges are managed by individuals who may
lack the experience, expertise and financial resources to compete
effectively.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

   The Company's business strategy is to grow revenue and net income by (i)
increasing the number of golf centers it owns, leases or manages through (a)
identifying and acquiring well-located ranges that have

                               23



    
<PAGE>

the potential for improvement under better management and with improved or
expanded facilities, including the addition of enclosed hitting areas,
full-line pro shops, miniature golf courses and other amenities and (b)
building new centers in locations where suitable acquisition opportunities
are not available and (ii) seeking to realize economies of scale through
centralized purchasing, accounting, management information systems and cash
management.

   Acquire Existing Ranges and Centers. The Company believes the highly
fragmented driving range industry presents numerous opportunities for it to
acquire, upgrade and renovate golf centers and driving ranges. The Company's
acquisition strategy is to target well-located, underperforming stand-alone
ranges or golf centers in stable communities with favorable demographics,
generally in close proximity to upscale urban and suburban areas which
generally contain the highest concentration of golfers. The Company
anticipates that it will purchase the land and facilities of the properties
it acquires but may from time to time enter into long-term leases or
contracts to manage sites where the Company determines ownership to be
uneconomical or where the facilities are not for sale, such as those owned by
municipalities. In determining which facilities may be suitable acquisition
candidates, management conducts demographic and competitive analyses and
considers such factors as ease of access, visibility from major thoroughfares
and potential for improvement in revenue and operating cash flow through
capital improvements. The Company has three full-time acquisition and
development professionals who are responsible for strategic planning and
project management. These professionals work together with various outside
consultants who are familiar with the Company's demographic requirements and
are knowledgeable about the current opportunities in the various real estate
markets.

   After taking operating control of an acquired range, the Company may
commence various capital improvements to conform the acquired range to the
Company's individually tailored development plan for that site. Capital
improvements may include increasing the number of tee stations, sheltering
the hitting stations or enclosing the driving range, installing lights to
permit night play, adding or expanding pro shop and clubhouse facilities and
constructing miniature golf courses and other amenities to encourage family
participation. The Company trains the staff of newly acquired golf centers in
accordance with the standards of existing facilities, and directs the general
manager of the site to report to one of the Company's five Regional Managers.
The Company also usually installs operational controls, including a
token-based system for dispensing range balls, centralized cash management
and management information systems, which allow the Company to centrally
track the operations of each facility from its headquarter offices.

   Develop New Centers. In locations where suitable acquisition opportunities
are not available or where the Company determines ownership is not
economically feasible, the Company intends to lease land on which it will
build new golf centers similar to those currently operated by the Company. To
date, the Company has built five of its facilities. Based upon its
experience, the Company anticipates that under normal conditions construction
of a facility will take approximately four months to complete and can be
achieved at a total cost of less than $3.5 million, exclusive of the cost of
land. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
continue to construct its facilities in such time periods or for such cost.
The Company has the expertise and the personnel to act as its own general
contractor and intends to subcontract the construction of its centers to
third parties.

   Economies of Scale. The Company believes that by virtue of its size, the
Company will continue to take advantage of quantity discounts on equipment
and golf merchandise sold through its pro shops. All accounting, insurance,
cash management, finance and human resource functions are monitored centrally
at the Company's headquarters. In markets where the Company has or attains a
substantial presence, the Company believes that it will be able to take
advantage of various advertising media to promote attendance at its
facilities.

   The Company believes that the net proceeds from the Offering and its
revolving credit facility with its primary lender will afford the Company
greater financial flexibility and access to capital resources to pursue its
business strategy.

                               24



    
<PAGE>

GOLF FACILITIES

   The Company currently owns, leases or manages 20 golf facilities in eight
states. Set forth below is information concerning each of them:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIZE OF
                                                       PROPERTY
                                                     (APPROXIMATE   PGA CERTIFIED   PRO
LOCATION OF FACILITY  TYPE OF FACILITY                  ACRES)       INSTRUCTORS    SHOP
- --------------------  ----------------------------  ------------- ----------      ---------
<S>                    <C>                           <C>            <C>           <C>
FARMINGDALE, NY        GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              13      X              X
WAYNE, NJ              GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              16      X              X
DOUGLASTON, NY         GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              12      X              X
ELMSFORD, NY           GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              27      X              X
UTICA, NY              FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   18      X              X
CLAY, NY               GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              23      X              X
 (NEAR SYRACUSE)
QUEENSBURY, NY         FAMILY GOLF CENTER  AND             200      X              X
 (NEAR ALBANY)        18-HOLE GOLF COURSE
GREENVILLE, SC         FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   24      X              X
GLEN ALLEN, VA         FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   10      X              X
 (NEAR RICHMOND)
DULUTH, GA             FAMILY GOLF CENTER(4)                56      X              X
 (NEAR ATLANTA)
ALPHARETTA, GA         FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   26      X              X
 (NEAR ATLANTA)
EL SEGUNDO, CA         GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER AND          28      X              X
                       PAR-3 GOLF COURSE
GILROY, CA             FAMILY GOLF CENTER AND PAR-3         36      X              X
                       GOLF COURSE
VALLEY VIEW, OH        FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   19      X              X
 (NEAR CLEVELAND)
HENRIETTA, NY          GOLDEN BEAR GOLF CENTER              28      X              X
MESA, AZ               FAMILY GOLF CENTER AND PAR-3         39      X              X
                       GOLF COURSE
VIRGINIA BEACH, VA     FAMILY GOLF CENTER AND PAR-3         81      X              X
                       GOLF COURSE
FLEMINGTON, NJ         FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   17      X              X
YORKTOWN HEIGHTS, NY   FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   14      X              X
INDIAN RIVER, VA       FAMILY GOLF CENTER                   14      X              X
</TABLE>


(RESTUB TABLE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                      MINIATURE    NO. OF       OWNED,     DATE OPENED
                        GOLF       HITTING    LEASED OR     OR
LOCATION OF FACILITY   COURSES      TEES       MANAGED     ACQUIRED(1)
- --------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  ------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
FARMINGDALE, NY        ONE               80        LEASED    MARCH 1992
WAYNE, NJ              TWO               80        LEASED    JULY 1993
DOUGLASTON, NY         ONE               70      MANAGED(2)  DEC. 1993
ELMSFORD, NY           TWO               80        LEASED    JULY 1994
UTICA, NY              ONE               60        LEASED    DEC. 1994
CLAY, NY               ONE              132        LEASED    JAN. 1995
 (NEAR SYRACUSE)
QUEENSBURY, NY         --                40        OWNED     MAY 1995
 (NEAR ALBANY)
GREENVILLE, SC         ONE(3)           100        OWNED     MAY 1995
GLEN ALLEN, VA         ONE               50        OWNED     AUG. 1995
 (NEAR RICHMOND)
DULUTH, GA             ONE(3)            60        OWNED     AUG. 1995
 (NEAR ATLANTA)
ALPHARETTA, GA         TWO               60        OWNED     AUG. 1995
 (NEAR ATLANTA)
EL SEGUNDO, CA         --                58      MANAGED(5)  NOV. 1995

GILROY, CA             --                20        LEASED    NOV. 1995

VALLEY VIEW, OH        ONE(3)           130(6) OWNED/ LEASED NOV. 1995
 (NEAR CLEVELAND)
HENRIETTA, NY          ONE(3)           132(7)     LEASED    JAN. 1996
MESA, AZ               --                80        OWNED     FEB. 1996

VIRGINIA BEACH, VA     --                36        LEASED    MARCH 1996

FLEMINGTON, NJ         TWO               67        OWNED     MARCH 1996
YORKTOWN HEIGHTS, NY   --                54        OWNED     APRIL 1996
INDIAN RIVER, VA       ONE               60        LEASED    MAY 1996

</TABLE>


- ------------
   (1) Represents the first month that the facility generated revenue for the
       Company.


    

   (2) The Company manages the facility pursuant to a management contract with
       the City of New York. The management agreement terminates on December
       31, 2006, but is terminable by the City of New York at will.

   (3) Under development.

   (4) The Company has commenced construction of an par-3 executive golf
       course adjacent to its golf center which it intends to have completed
       by November 1996.

   (5) The Company manages the facility pursuant to a management agreement
       with the City of El Segundo, California. The management agreement
       terminates on June 30, 1998 but is terminable earlier by either party,
       with or without cause, at the end of each operating year during the
       term of the management agreement, upon at least 90 days prior written
       notice.

   (6) The Company owns a 5-acre parcel which includes an enclosed dome with
       50 hitting tees and leases the adjacent 14-acre parcel on which it is
       constructing an outdoor driving range consisting of 80 hitting tees, a
       miniature golf course and short game practice area.

   (7) In January 1996, the Company opened the domed portion of this golf
       center which encloses 50 hitting tees. The Company has commenced
       construction of an outdoor driving range consisting of 82 hitting tees,
       a minature golf course and short game practice area.

 The Golf Centers

   The Company's typical golf center is designed around a driving range
landscaped with target greens, bunkers and traps to simulate golf course
conditions. The Company's larger centers, such as the ones in Elmsford,
Syracuse, Henrietta and Farmingdale, New York and Wayne, New Jersey include
approximately 80 to 100 hitting tees in a two-tier design. Smaller golf
centers include approximately 30 to 60 hitting tees. The ranges are generally
open from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and are lighted to permit night

                               25



    
<PAGE>

play. The hitting tees are enclosed or sheltered from above and from the rear
in a climate-controlled environment and, in three cases, all or a portion of
the range is enclosed under an air inflated dome, to permit all-weather play.
Tokens are sold to driving range customers at each of the Company's golf
centers. These tokens are deposited by customers in machines which dispense
precise amounts of golf balls, thus allowing the Company to monitor closely
its cash receipts for buckets of balls and provides inventory assessment
information.

   In addition to the driving range, the Company's golf centers generally
include a 4,000-6,000 square foot clubhouse, including a full-line pro shop
and locker facilities, landscaped 18-hole miniature golf courses, and a short
game practice area (with putting green and sand traps) and PGA-certified golf
instructors. As part of the Company's strategy to encourage family
participation, the Company's golf centers include amenities such as miniature
golf courses, restaurants and snack bars (three of which are operated by
Friendly Ice Cream Corporation under the "Friendly's" name), video games and
batting cages.

   Most of the Company's recently acquired golf centers are undergoing or
expected to undergo capital improvement programs to add certain amenities.
Golf center design is affected by the size, shape and other characteristics
of available site locations, weather patterns, zoning requirements,
availability of capital and market conditions.

   The Company's pro shops are stocked with clubs, bags, shoes, apparel,
videos and related accessories from a number of suppliers, including brand
name manufacturers such as Karsten Manufacturing Corporation (Ping), Callaway
Golf Company, Tommy Armour Golf, Wilson Golf Company, Mizuno Golf Company,
Spalding Sports Worldwide, Titleist and Footjoy Worldwide (Division of
American Brands, Inc.), Ashworth Clothing Company and Nicklaus Golf Equipment
Company. Each pro shop is staffed with at least one sales person and one of
the Company's PGA-certified instructors.

 The Golf Courses

   Since the IPO in November 1994, the Company has acquired one regulation
18-hole golf course (Queensbury, New York) and four par-3 practice golf
courses (Mesa, Arizona, Virginia Beach, Virginia and El Segundo and Gilroy,
California). The Company has commenced construction of a par-3 golf course,
adjacent to a driving range at its Duluth, Georgia facility.

   The 200-acre, 18-hole regulation golf course at Queensbury, New York,
known as the Hiland Golf Club, has a restaurant and catering facility to
accommodate large parties and weddings, a clubhouse, a full-line pro shop, a
driving range and PGA-certified golf instructors on site.

   The par-3 golf course at Mesa, Arizona, has a clubhouse, a full-line pro
shop and a driving range. The par-3 golf course in Virginia Beach, Virginia
known as the "Owl's Creek Golf Course," has a clubhouse, a pro shop, a
driving range and a putting course. Each of these golf courses have
PGA-certified golf instructors on site.

   Each of the par-3 practice golf courses in California, one of which is
part of a Golden Bear Golf Center, has a clubhouse, a pro shop, a driving
range and PGA-certified golf instructors on site.

   The Company's strategy is to acquire golf courses in areas where it owns
or operates or, intends to own or operate, golf centers so that it has
available a golf course on which to: (i) train its golf instructors so that
they may become PGA-certified and (ii) provide full golf packages and
complete instruction to driving range customers.

OPERATIONS

   The Company currently has golf facilities located in five regions (the New
York City region, the Northern region, the Southeast region, Mid-Atlantic
region and the Western region), each of which is managed by a Regional
Manager. Each golf facility has a general manager who reports to a Vice
President-Regional Manager, one to two assistant managers, a head golf
professional, up to four PGA-certified professionals who instruct golfers,
approximately five full-time staff members and approximately 13 to 20
part-time employees, depending on the season.

                               26



    
<PAGE>

   Day-to-day responsibility for operation of the Company's golf centers
resides with the general managers. General managers have overall
administrative responsibility for golf center operations, including the
driving range, miniature golf courses, short game practice area, pro shop and
snack bar concession, as well as the condition of the facilities. In
addition, general managers work with the Vice President-Regional Managers to
prepare monthly and annual budgets and marketing plans.

   The Company places great importance on recruiting and training skilled
personnel. A majority of the golf instructors are PGA-certified. In addition,
a majority of the general managers have managed or were assistant managers at
other golf centers or courses prior to being hired by the Company. Regional
managers and general managers, as well as other management personnel, are
provided performance incentives such as stock options and bonuses.

   The Company emphasizes customer service. Employees undergo a comprehensive
training program where they are instructed, among other things, to be
courteous, wear standardized clothing and display a professional attitude.
The Company believes that excellent customer service is second in importance
only to the quality of the golf facilities.

   By virtue of operating a number of golf facilities, the Company believes
it achieves economies of scale not available to smaller operators. Typically,
the Company can acquire artificial turf, range balls, pro shop merchandise
and other golf center supplies and equipment at lower prices than could an
individual operator. The Company can also purchase insurance coverage at a
lower premium rate than would be charged for an individual golf center. The
Company's corporate policies relating to personnel, labor, cash management
and budgets are formulated at the Company's headquarters and provided to each
of the Company's golf facilities. The Company's accounting, legal, insurance
and finance functions and management information systems are also
centralized. This centralization enables personnel at a golf center to focus
on matters relating to the performance of the particular golf center.

   Management information services are important to the successful operation
of the Company's golf centers. The Company's management information system
provides for a centralized purchasing program, financial performance and
other key operating data for all golf facilities. This system allows the
Company to review data on a regular basis and enables the identification of
potential problems.

   The Company advertises in newspapers and on radio and cable television and
uses direct mailings and other promotions, including sponsoring certain
charitable events, holding contests and giving free clinics and equipment
demonstrations, to increase consumer awareness of its golf facilities. The
Company incurred advertising expenses of $73,000 and $207,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The Company believes
advertising plays an important role in attracting golfers to its facilities
and, in this connection, recently hired a director of marketing to direct the
Company's marketing efforts. Pursuant to the License Agreement, the Licensor
retains the right to approve advertising and other material using the "Golden
Bear" name and logo.

RECENTLY OPENED OR ACQUIRED FACILITIES

   Since the IPO in November 1994, the Company has opened or acquired 16 golf
facilities, including one regulation 18-hole golf course and four combination
golf center and par-3 golf course facilities. The newly opened or acquired
centers are located in Syracuse, Henrietta, Yorktown Heights and Utica, New
York, Flemington, New Jersey, Greenville, South Carolina, Glen Allen,
Virginia (near Richmond), Indian River, Virginia, Alpharetta and Duluth,
Georgia (both of which are near Atlanta), and Valley View, Ohio (near
Cleveland). The regulation golf course is located in Queensbury, New York,
the par-3 golf course is located in Virginia Beach, Virginia and the
combination golf center and par-3 golf course facilities are located in Mesa,
Arizona and El Segundo and Gilroy, California. The Company has commenced
construction of a par-3 golf course on land adjacent to the Duluth, Georgia
golf center which it intends to have completed by November 1996.

   The consideration paid by the Company to acquire each golf facility has
been based on a number of factors, including appraisals of the acquired
facility, the location and demographics of the facility and the Company's
evaluation of the prospects of improving the facility's performance. None of
the proceeds of the Offering are being used to finance any of the
acquisitions described below.

                               27



    
<PAGE>

 The Syracuse Golf Center

   On October 18, 1994, the Company entered into a long-term lease for
approximately 23 acres of vacant land in Clay, New York (near Syracuse). The
Company immediately commenced construction of a Golden Bear Golf Center
consisting of an indoor domed driving range, an outdoor driving range, a
miniature golf course, pro shop, clubhouse and restaurant. The Company
completed and opened the domed driving range in January 1995 and the outdoor
range and other amenities in July 1995.

 The Utica Golf Center

   On December 7, 1994, the Company entered into a long-term lease for
approximately 18 acres of land in Utica, New York on which there was an
existing golf center. The Utica golf center was opened in March 1995.

 The Greenville Golf Center

   On May 1, 1995, the Company acquired Pelham Enterprises, Inc. ("Pelham"),
an entity that owned a 24-acre golf center in Greenville, South Carolina. The
purchase price consisted of: (i) $512,000 in cash to satisfy certain debts of
Pelham, all of which was derived from the Company's line of credit with
Chemical Bank, (ii) a promissory note in favor of the sole stockholder of
Pelham in the principal amount of $230,727 and (iii) 90,000 shares of Common
Stock of the Company, which as of May 1, 1995 had an aggregate market value
of $573,750, based on the last sale price of $6 3/8 per share as reported by
the Nasdaq National Market. The note and the $818,000 mortgage of the land
upon which the Greenville golf center is located, which bore interest at the
prime rate and 7.5% (as of May 1, 1995), respectively, were repaid using a
portion of the net proceeds of the Secondary Offering.

 The Queensbury Golf Facility

   On May 16, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets located in
Queensbury, New York, from Evergreen Bank, N.A. for $3.75 million in cash, of
which $750,000 was derived from the Company's line of credit with its primary
lender and $3.0 million was loaned to the Company by Orix USA Corporation and
secured by a mortgage on the property on which the Queensbury golf facility
is located. The acquired assets included (i) all of the real property used
and operated as the "Hiland Golf Club," consisting of a 200-acre, 18-hole
regulation golf course and clubhouse and (ii) certain equipment, fixtures and
personal property used in connection with the operation of Hiland Golf Club,
including the use of the name "Hiland Golf Club."

 The Glen Allen Golf Center

   On August 25, 1995, the Company consummated the purchase of RFC
Enterprises, Inc. ("RFC"), an entity that owned a golf center located on 10
acres in Glen Allen, Virginia (near Richmond). The purchase price consisted
of: (i) $454,000 in cash to satisfy certain debts of RFC, of which $4,000 was
derived from the Company's working capital and $450,000 was derived from the
Company's line of credit with its primary lender and (ii) 7,500 shares of
Common Stock of the Company (3,750 of which have been placed in escrow for
one year to satisfy indemnification claims of the Company, if any) which as
of August 25, 1995 had an aggregate market value of $131,250, based on the
last sale price of $17 1/2 per share as reported by the Nasdaq National
Market. At August 25, 1995, the land upon which the Richmond golf center is
located was subject to a $170,000 mortgage, due December 12, 1996, and
bearing interest at 10% per annum. The mortgage was repaid with a portion of
the net proceeds from the Secondary Offering. Under certain circumstances,
the Company may have to pay additional consideration if the market price of
the Company's Common Stock is less than $10.00 per share on August 25, 1997.

 The Duluth Golf Center

   On August 28, 1995, the Company consummated the purchase of 56 acres of
land in Duluth, Georgia (near Atlanta) on which it has begun construction of
a par-3 golf course adjacent to the existing driving range, which it intends
to complete by November 1996. The purchase price consisted of: (i) $500,000
in

                               28



    
<PAGE>

cash, all of which was derived from the Company's line of credit with its
primary lender, (ii) a mortgage note in the principal amount of $1.6 million,
bearing interest at the prime rate, payable on August 28, 2000, and (iii) a
promissory note in the principal amount of $1.0 million, due on August 28,
1997 in cash or Common Stock, at the Company's option, and bearing interest
at 8% per annum.

 The Alpharetta Golf Center

   On September 28, 1995, the Company consummated the purchase from Upper
Hembree Partners, L.P. of 26 acres of land in Alpharetta, Georgia (near
Atlanta) on which there is an existing golf center. The purchase price
consisted of: (i) 85,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company (which as
of September 28, 1995 had an aggregate market value of approximately $1.52
million, based on the last sale price of $17 7/8 per share as reported by the
Nasdaq National Market), (ii) an option to purchase up to 8,500 shares of the
Company's Common Stock (which was subsequently reduced to an option for 8,280
shares of Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the purchase
agreement) at an exercise price of $25.00 per share and (iii) $53,000 in
cash, all of which was derived from the Company's working capital. The option
expires on September 28, 2000. At September 28, 1995, the property was
subject to a $1.8 million mortgage, due November 1, 1996, and bearing
interest at 9.8% per annum. The Company also loaned the seller $35,000, which
loan was repaid in February 1996 by the transfer by the seller to the Company
of 2,200 shares of Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the purchase
agreement.

 The Valley View Golf Center

   On November 8, 1995, the Company consummated the purchase from Golf
Masters Limited Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership of a five-acre
property in Valley View, Ohio (near Cleveland) (the "Valley View Golf
Center") on which there is a domed indoor driving range. The purchase price
consisted of: (i) 101,800 shares of the Common Stock of the Company, (33,934
of which have been placed in escrow for one year to satisfy indemnification
claims of the Company, if any), which as of November 8, 1995 had an aggregate
market value of approximately $1.4 million, based on the last sale price of
$14.00 per share as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, (ii) an option to
purchase up to 10,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise
price of $25.00 per share and (iii) $299,000 in cash, all of which was
derived from funds made available to the Company by its primary lender. The
option expires on November 8, 2000. At November 1, 1995, the property was
subject to a $342,000 mortgage, due September 1997, and bearing interest at
the greater of 8% per annum and 1% over National City Bank's base rate. The
mortgage was repaid using a portion of the net proceeds of the Secondary
Offering. On November 8, 1995, the Company entered into a 15-year lease with
two five-year renewal options for 14 acres of land adjacent to the five-acre
Valley View property. The Company has commenced construction of an outdoor
driving range, miniature golf course and short game practice area on such
leased property.

 The El Segundo and Gilroy Golf Facilities

   On November 8, 1995, the Company acquired TPT. TPT operates a combination
Golden Bear Golf Center and golf course facility in El Segundo, California
and a combination golf center and par-3 golf course facility in Gilroy,
California pursuant to a management contract and a lease, respectively. The
purchase price consisted of $4.0 million (payable in the form of a note which
became due and was paid upon the closing of the Secondary Offering) and up to
$2.0 million of additional purchase price payable upon the achievement of
certain operating income targets. The contingent purchase price in respect of
the year ending December 31, 1996 will be determined by multiplying $1.0
million by the lesser of (i) 1.0 and (ii) the number obtained by dividing the
OIBITA (as defined below) during such year by $500,000 (the "1996
Multiplier"). The contingent purchase price in respect of the year ending
December 31, 1997 will be determined by multiplying $1.0 million by the
lesser of (i) 1.0 and (ii) the number obtained by dividing the OIBITA during
such year by $1.0 million (the "1997 Multiplier"). If the 1997 Multiplier is
higher than the 1996 Multiplier, then the former TPT shareholders will also
be entitled to receive an amount equal to (a) the amount which they would
have been entitled to receive in respect of 1996 if the 1996 Multiplier had
been as high as the 1997 Multiplier less (b) the contingent amount, if any,
that they received in respect of 1996.

                               29



    
<PAGE>

   For purposes of the preceding paragraph, "OIBITA" for any year shall mean
the operating income before interest, taxes and depreciation or amortization,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, generated by all golf facilities owned by the Company
and located west of the Mississippi River. Dominic Chang and Krishnan Thampi,
officers and directors of the Company, owned 65% and 5% of TPT, respectively,
and received 65% and 5% of the consideration, respectively, from the
acquisition of TPT. The Company received an opinion from the investment
banking firm of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin ("Houlihan Lokey") that the
consideration to be paid by the Company for TPT was fair from a financial
point of view. The acquisition of TPT was approved unanimously by the
disinterested members of the Company's Board of Directors. In addition to the
opinion of Houlihan Lokey, such Board members also considered a number of
factors, including (i) the elimination of potential conflicts of interest,
(ii) the opportunity to expand operations to the West Coast, (iii) the
location and prospects of the golf facilities operated by TPT, (iv) the cost
of establishing golf facilities comparable to those operated by TPT, (v) the
operating history of TPT compared with the operating history of the Company's
East Coast facilities at a comparable stage of development, (vi) the
potential improvement in TPT's performance due to the elimination of
duplicative administrative expenses, (vii) TPT's current financial condition
and (viii) the opportunity to acquire TPT for less than the Company believed
it would pay if it exercised its option to purchase TPT in 1998. Such option
gave the Company the right to acquire TPT, commencing on January 1, 1998 or
earlier if TPT had at least $1.0 million of net income, for 12.5 times TPT's
after tax income, payable in Common Stock. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."

 The Henrietta Golf Center

   On October 10, 1995, the Company entered into a 25-year lease with three
five-year renewal options for 28 acres of land in Henrietta, New York on
which the Company is constructing a Golden Bear Golf Center. Pursuant to the
lease, the rental cost will be $110,000 per year for the first five years of
the lease, $125,000 per year for the sixth through tenth year of the lease
and thereafter would increase 15% every five years. The Company opened the
domed portion of the golf center in January 1996.

 The Mesa Golf Center

   On February 20, 1996, the Company consummated the purchase from Rowley
Properties Limited Partnership, an Arizona limited partnership, of a 39-acre
parcel of property in Mesa, Arizona on which there is an existing golf
recreational facility, including a par-3 golf course.

 The Virginia Beach Golf Facility

   On March 6, 1996, the Company acquired from Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc.
its long-term leasehold interests in an 81-acre parcel of property located in
Virginia Beach, Virginia on which there is an existing golf recreational
facility, including a par-3 golf course.

 The Flemington Golf Center

   On March 7, 1996, the Company consummated the purchase from Flemington
Equities VII of a 17-acre parcel of property in Flemington, New Jersey on
which there is an existing golf recreational facility. Concurrently, the
Company consummated the purchase from Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC
of certain equipment, fixtures and other property used in connection with the
operation of this golf center.

 The Yorktown Heights Golf Center

   On April 8, 1996, the Company consummated the purchase from 202 Golf
Associates, Inc., of approximately 14 acres of land in Yorktown Heights, New
York on which there is an existing golf recreational facility. The Company
intends to build a miniature golf course and batting cages on this property.

                               30



    
<PAGE>

 The Indian River Golf Center

   On May 20, 1996, the Company consummated the purchase from Indian River
Golf-O-Rama, Inc. of its long-term leasehold interests in a 14-acre parcel of
property in Indian River, Virginia on which there is an existing golf
recreational facility.

   The Company acquired the Mesa, Arizona, the Virginia Beach, Virginia, the
Indian River, Virginia, the Yorktown Heights, New York and the Flemington,
New Jersey golf facilities for the aggregate purchase price of approximately
$12.3 million, consisting of cash, Common Stock (based on the value of the
Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on the date of the
respective acquisition) or notes, or a combination thereof. All of these
acquisitions were consummated after the Secondary Offering was completed in
December 1995.

OTHER POTENTIAL SITES

   On November 21, 1995, the Company was orally advised by the City of
Seattle, Washington that it had selected the Company's bid to negotiate a
20-year lease with the City for a 40-acre parcel of land located in downtown
Seattle. The Company intends to construct and operate a Golden Bear Golf
Center on this property, including an 80 station two-tier design driving
range, par-3 golf course, miniature golf course and clubhouse with a
full-line pro shop and restaurant. The lease is subject to the successful
negotiation and execution of definitive agreements with the City of Seattle
and the Company's right to develop this golf facility as a Golden Bear Golf
Center is subject to negotiation and execution of definitive agreements with
the Licensor. There can be no assurance that a lease with the City of Seattle
or an agreement with the Licensor will be executed with respect to the
location.

   The Company has engaged in negotiations to purchase, for approximately
$4.8 million in cash, 35 acres of land in Fairfield, Connecticut, on which
the Company intends to build a golf center. Although the Company had entered
into a letter of intent relating to this transaction, this letter of intent
expired while the Company was awaiting the results of an environmental study
of the property being conducted by an environmental consulting firm. If the
environmental report is satisfactory, the Company intends to continue such
negotiations. Although the Company is conducting the environmental study
referred to above and continues to discuss the possibility of acquiring the
land, the owner of the property has no obligation to sell it to the Company
and there can be no assurance that this purchase will be consummated on the
terms contemplated by the original letter of intent or at all.

   The Company continually seeks to acquire or lease new golf facilities and
has had discussions with a number of parties as to the acquisition or lease
of golf facilities or land. Except as described above, the Company has no
commitments or agreements to acquire or lease golf facilities or land.

GOLDEN BEAR LICENSE

   Under the License Agreement, the Company is licensed to use the trademark
"Golden Bear" and related trademarks and tradenames in the operation of
certain of its golf facilities. The License Agreement expires in August 2002,
subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances. Unless terminated
by written notice 90 days prior to the end of its initial term or renewal
term, as the case may be, it will be automatically extended for additional
five-year periods. The License Agreement is also terminable if the current
directors of the Company, at any time, constitute less than 50% of the
Company's directors.

   The Company paid the Licensor a one-time fee of up to $25,000 facility
development fee for each Golden Bear Golf Center and, in most cases, pays the
Licensor an ongoing royalty fee ranging between 3% and 5% of Adjusted Gross
Revenues, as defined in the License Agreement, subject to a minimum
guaranteed royalty of at least $50,000 per year per site. For two of the
sites, the Company pays a fixed annual fee ranging between $35,000 and
$45,000, however, at one of such sites this amount is subject to increase for
increases in the consumer price index. The value of the "Golden Bear" name is
dependent, in part, upon the continued popularity of Jack Nicklaus.
Accordingly, the occurrence of any event which diminishes the reputation of
Mr. Nicklaus and the related "Golden Bear" symbol could adversely affect the
Company's Golden Bear Golf Centers.

                               31



    
<PAGE>

   On September 13, 1995, following discussion between the Company and the
Licensor, the Company's exclusive rights to open Golden Bear Golf Centers in
defined territories were terminated and the Company gained the right to
develop golf centers under its own name in such territories. The Company has
no right to open additional Golden Bear Golf Centers. In September 1995, the
Licensor also agreed to the Company's proposal to cure an alleged default
under the License Agreement (principally by making certain capital
improvements to its Golden Bear Golf Centers by November 1996). Failure by
the Company to take the agreed upon actions by such date could result in
termination of the License Agreement. Termination of the License Agreement
could adversely affect the Company's Golden Bear Golf Centers and, possibly,
the Company.

   Most of the Company's recently acquired golf centers are not intended to
be Golden Bear Golf Centers. Golf centers operated by the Company under names
other than "Golden Bear" do not have the benefit of the goodwill generated by
such name and, accordingly, may not perform as well as Golden Bear Golf
Centers. The Company believes that the disadvantages of operating golf
centers under another name would be at least partially offset by the
elimination of the obligation to pay royalties and other fees for the use of
the "Golden Bear" name as well as the elimination of certain capital and
operating expenditures required by the Licensor.

COMPETITION

   The golf center industry is highly competitive and includes competition
from other golf centers, traditional golf ranges, golf courses and other
recreational pursuits. The Company may face imitation and other forms of
competition and the Company cannot prevent or restrain others from utilizing
a similar operational strategy. Until September 1995, the Company had the
exclusive right to open Golden Bear Golf Centers in certain territories. As a
result of a recent change in the License Agreement, the Licensor now is
permitted to establish, or license others to establish, Golden Bear Golf
Centers that compete with the Company's golf centers, including its Golden
Bear Golf Centers. In addition, the Company's pro shop business faces
competition from pro shops at golf courses and other golf centers, specialty
retailers devoted to golf equipment and apparel, sporting goods stores and
department stores. One advantage that the Company's pro shops have over
certain of its competitors is that the customer may try golf clubs on the
driving ranges before purchasing them. Many of the Company's competitors and
potential competitors have considerably greater financial and other
resources, experience and customer recognition than does the Company.

EMPLOYEES

   As of April 30, 1996, the Company had 406 employees, of which 169 were
full-time employees and 237 of which were part-time employees. Each golf
center is staffed with approximately 10 full-time employees, including up to
four full-time PGA-certified professionals who instruct golfers of all skill
levels, and approximately 13 to 20 part-time employees depending on the
season. None of the employees are represented by a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company has never experienced a strike or work stoppage. The
Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

   Operations at the Company's golf facilities involve the use and limited
storage of various hazardous materials such as pesticides, herbicides, motor
oil, paint and gasoline. Under various federal, state and local laws,
ordinances and regulations (which are administered, in the case of federal
laws and regulations, primarily by the United States Environmental Protection
Agency), an owner or operator of real property is generally liable for the
costs of removal or remediation of hazardous substances that are released on
or in its property regardless of whether the property owner or operator knew
of, or was responsible for, the release of hazardous materials. The Company
has not been informed by any governmental authority or instrumentality of any
non-compliance or violation of any environmental laws, ordinances or
regulations. However, the Company is aware of one notice of violation issued
by the DEC against the owner of the land leased by the Company in Elmsford,
New York alleging that certain hazardous materials were placed on the site.
The owner has taken remedial action and the Company does not believe it will
be affected by

                               32



    
<PAGE>

the alleged violation. To date, the Company has not incurred material costs
of remediation in relation to any of its golf facilities and the Company
knows of no material environmental liability to which it may become subject.
Although the Company usually hires environmental consultants to conduct
environmental studies, including invasive procedures such as soil sampling or
ground water analysis, on golf facilities it owns, operates or intends to
acquire, in some cases only limited invasive procedures are conducted on such
properties. Even when invasive procedures are used, environmental studies may
fail to discover all potential environmental problems. Accordingly, there may
be potential environmental liabilities or conditions of which the Company is
not aware.

   The Company is subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and various state
laws governing such matters as minimum wage requirements, overtime and other
working conditions and citizenship requirements. The restaurants at the
Company's golf facilities in Queensbury, New York, Virginia Beach, Virginia
and Gilroy, El Segundo, California serve alcoholic beverages and are subject
to certain state "dram-shop" laws, which provide a person injured by an
intoxicated individual the right to recover damages from an establishment
that wrongfully served such beverages to the intoxicated individual.

PROPERTIES

   The Company maintains its executive offices in approximately 5,292 square
feet of space in Melville, New York pursuant to a lease expiring in October
1999. The Company owns the land, subject to mortgages, on which its
Queensbury, New York golf course (approximately 200 acres), its Yorktown
Heights, New York golf center (approximately 14 acres), its Flemington, New
Jersey golf center (approximately 17 acres), its Greenville, South Carolina
golf center (approximately 24 acres), its Duluth, Georgia (near Atlanta) golf
center (approximately 56 acres), its Alpharetta, Georgia (near Atlanta) golf
center (approximately 26 acres), its Glen Allen, Virginia (near Richmond)
golf center (approximately 10 acres), its Mesa, Arizona golf center
(approximately 39 acres) and its Valley View, Ohio (near Cleveland) golf
center (approximately five acres) are located. The Company also leases the
land on which eight of its golf facilities are located as well as the land
adjacent to its Valley View, Ohio golf center on which it has commenced
construction of additional golf facilities. None of such leases are with
affiliates of the Company.

   After giving effect to renewal options, none of the Company's current
leases for its golf centers or facilities is scheduled to expire until 2007.
However, the leases may be terminated prior to their scheduled expiration
should the Company default in its obligations thereunder. The termination of
any of the Company's leases could have an adverse effect on the Company. If
any of the Company's leases were to be terminated, there can be no assurance
that the Company would be able to enter into leases for comparable properties
on favorable terms, or at all.

   The Company manages the Douglaston, New York golf center pursuant to a
management agreement with the City of New York, which provides for annual
payments to the City of the greater of $900,000 or 50% of the revenues from
this golf center. The City owns the land on which such facility is located.
The Company's management agreement with the City terminates on December 31,
2006, but is terminable by the City at will.

   The Company manages the El Segundo, California golf course and golf center
pursuant to a management agreement with the City of El Segundo which provides
for monthly payments to the Company of $10,417, subject to annual adjustments
based on the Consumer Price Index, and an annual bonus based on the
facility's annual gross revenue, which bonus may not exceed the total amount
of monthly fees for such operating year. The City of El Segundo owns the land
on which the facility is located. Such management agreement terminates on
June 30, 1998, unless earlier terminated by either party, with or without
cause, as of the end of any operating year during the term of the agreement,
upon at least 90 days prior written notice.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   The Company knows of no material litigation or proceeding pending,
threatened or contemplated to which the Company is or may become a party.

                               33



    
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
executive officers and directors of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NAME                     AGE  POSITION
- ----------------------  -----  --------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>    <C>
Dominic Chang(1)(2)  ..   46   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                               Executive Officer
Krishnan P. Thampi  ...   47   Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer,
                               Executive Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and
                               Director
Richard W. Hasslinger     46   Vice President--Regional Manager
Garrett J. Kelleher  ..   59   Vice President--Finance
Robert J. Krause ......   50   Vice President--Strategic Planning and Development
Rodger P. Potocki  ....   52   Vice President--Regional Manager
Margaret Santorufo  ...   30   Controller
James Ganley(1)(3)  ...   60   Director
Jimmy C.M. Hsu(2)  ....   46   Director
Yupin Wang(1)(2)(3)  ..   62   Director
</TABLE>

- ------------
   (1) Member of Audit Committee

   (2) Member of Compensation Committee

   (3) Member of Stock Option Committee

   Dominic Chang has been the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and its predecessors since 1991. From 1989
to 1992, Mr. Chang was a Senior Vice President and Sector Executive for
Corporate Real Estate and General Services for The Bank of New York. He was
responsible for the acquisition, management and disposition of The Bank of
New York's properties worldwide, facilities design and construction, security
and centralized administrative services. Mr. Chang previously had over 15
years banking experience with Bankers Trust and Irving Trust Company. He has
a Masters Degree in Industrial Engineering from New York University and a
Bachelors Degree from the State University of New York at Stonybrook.

   Krishnan P. Thampi has been the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice
President, Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company
and its predecessors since 1992. He became a director of the Company in 1994.
From 1989 to 1992, he was a Senior Vice President for Administrative Services
at The Bank of New York. From 1988 to 1989, he was a Senior Vice President
for Systems Services at Irving Trust Company. He also performed controller
and personnel management functions while at Irving Trust Company. Mr. Thampi
has a Masters Degree in Business Administration from Columbia University and
a Bachelors Degree in Engineering from McGill University.

   Richard W. Hasslinger joined the Company's predecessor in November 1992 as
a Site Manager and has been Vice President-Regional Manager for the New York
City region since January 1995. From May 1992 to November 1992, he served as
a consultant to the Company. From May 1988 until May 1992, he was Vice
President and Division Head for Facilities Management at The Bank of New
York. His responsibilities there included leasing and acquisitions, design
and construction, and property management. From 1973 to 1988, he managed
several operational activities at Irving Trust Company. Mr. Hasslinger has a
Bachelors Degree in Business Administration from Hope College.

   Garrett J. Kelleher, a certified public accountant, joined the Company's
predecessor in July 1993 as a Site Manager and served as Controller from
January 1994 to June 1995. He has been the Vice President--Finance since July
1995. From 1980 to September 1990, Mr. Kelleher was Group Controller for Bank
Operations at The Bank of New York. He has held a variety of accounting and
financial

                               34



    
<PAGE>

management positions at The Bank of New York, and previously in public
accounting. Mr. Kelleher acted as an independent consultant from September
1990 to July 1993. Mr. Kelleher has a Masters Degree in Finance from St.
Johns University and a Bachelors Degree in Business Administration from
Manhattan College.

   Robert J. Krause joined the Company's predecessor in June 1993 and served
as a Site Manager until January 1995, when he became the Vice
President--Strategic Planning and Development. From 1983 to 1993, Mr. Krause
was Vice President of Administrative Services for The Bank of New York. From
1978 to 1983, he held product development, marketing and strategic planning
responsibilities at Irving Trust Company. Mr. Krause has a Bachelors Degree
in Electrical Engineering from the University of Oklahoma.

   Rodger P. Potocki was the Northern District Director for the Company from
September 1994 until he was appointed Vice President--Regional Manager,
Northern Region, in February 1995. From October 1979 to September 1994, he
was Executive Vice President of Oneida County Industrial Development
Corporation, a non-profit development corporation ("Oneida Industrial"). At
Oneida Industrial, Mr. Potocki was responsible for new investment and job
creation projects in Oneida County, New York, and implemented New York
State's first direct loan fund for new businesses. Previously, he served as
Director of Planning and Development for the City of Rome, New York. Mr.
Potocki has a Masters Degree in Political Science from the Graduate School of
Public Affairs in Albany, New York and a Bachelors Degree from Syracuse
University.

   Margaret M. Santorufo joined the Company as Controller in June 1995. From
January 1990, until she joined the Company in 1995, she was an audit
supervisor with Richard A. Eisner & Company, L.L.P. Ms. Santorufo received a
Bachelors Degree in Accounting from St. John's University.

   James Ganley has been a director of the Company since 1994. From October
1988 until his retirement in 1990, Mr. Ganley was a Senior Executive Vice
President of The Bank of New York. Mr. Ganley was a member of the Senior
Management Steering Committee at The Bank of New York and was directly
responsible for the merger of the systems, products and operations of The
Bank of New York with Irving Trust Company. Prior to 1988, Mr. Ganley had
held various executive positions at Irving Trust Company and was Group
Executive responsible for Banking Operation activities, which comprised 13
divisions. He was also a member of Irving Trust Company's Senior Executive
Management Committee. Mr. Ganley received a Bachelors Degree in Economics
from New York University and was a participant in Harvard University's
program for management development.

   Jimmy C.M. Hsu has been a director of the Company since 1994. Mr. Hsu is
currently the Vice Chairman and a director of Russ Berrie and Company, Inc.
("Russ Berrie"), a New York Stock Exchange listed company which manufactures
and distributes toys and gifts to retail stores. Mr. Hsu joined Russ Berrie
in 1979 as Vice President, Far East Operations. In 1987, he was appointed
Senior Vice President and Director of World-Wide Marketing of Russ Berrie. In
1991, he was elected to the board of Russ Berrie and was appointed the
position of Executive Vice President. In 1995, Mr. Hsu became Vice Chairman
of Russ Berrie.

   Yupin Wang has been a director of the Company since 1994. Mr. Wang is
currently the President of W W International, a worldwide management
consulting firm. Prior to establishing W W International in 1992, Mr. Wang
was a member of the executive management team of International Business
Machines Corp. ("IBM") from 1962 to 1992. He had held various positions at
IBM, including Director of Marketing Operations, Director of Marketing
Strategy and Director of Customer Satisfaction. As Director of Customer
Satisfaction, he established IBM's Customer Satisfaction Management System,
which contributed to IBM Rochester winning the Malcolm Baldrige Award. Mr.
Wang received a Bachelors Degree in Economics from National Taiwan University
and Masters Degrees from Oklahoma State University and New York University.

   Directors are currently elected annually. Vacancies and newly-created
directorships resulting from any increase in the number of authorized
directors will be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office.
Officers are elected by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board of
Directors.

                               35



    
<PAGE>

   The Company's employee directors do not receive any additional
compensation for their services as directors. Non-employee directors do not
receive a fee for serving as such, but are reimbursed for expenses. However,
each non-employee director received options to purchase 5,000 shares of
Common Stock upon adoption of the 1994 Stock Option Plan and receives
additional options annually. See "Stock Option Plan" below.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   The following table sets forth the annual and long-term compensation for
services in all capacities paid to Dominic Chang, the Company's Chairman of
the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, during 1993, 1994 and 1995.
No executive officer received compensation exceeding $100,000 during 1993,
1994 or 1995.

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   ANNUAL COMPENSATION                    LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                           ----------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
NAME AND                                                         RESTRICTED    SECURITIES     LONG-TERM
PRINCIPAL                                        OTHER ANNUAL      STOCK       UNDERLYING   INCENTIVE PLAN    ALL OTHER
POSITION             YEAR    SALARY     BONUS    COMPENSATION     AWARD(S)      OPTIONS        PAYOUTS       COMPENSATION
- -----------------  ------  ---------  -------  --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                <C>
Dominc Chang,      1993     $65,000     --       $  9,000(1)       --            --              --              --
 Chairman of the
 Board, Chief      1994     $65,000     --       $  9,000(1)(2)    --            --              --              --
 Executive
 Officer and
 President         1995     $65,000     --       $  9,000(1)       --        10,000(3)           --              --
</TABLE>

- ------------

   (1) Represents amounts paid to lease a car used by Mr. Chang.

   (2) Does not include a distribution of $310,000 made to reimburse Mr. Chang
       for federal and state income taxes payable by him based on
       undistributed earnings of the Company's subsidiaries which elected to
       be treated as S Corporations pursuant to Section 1362(a) of the
       Internal Revenue Code, through the date of the Company's initial public
       offering of its securities.

   (3) Stock options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock were granted in
       March 1995 at $6.75 per share (the fair market value of the Common
       Stock on the date of such grant); these options became exercisable in
       March 1996.

   The following table sets forth certain information concerning options
granted to the Chief Executive Officer during the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995.

                      OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                -------------------------------------------------------------
                  NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF
                  SECURITIES    TOTAL OPTIONS
                  UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO      EXERCISE OR
                   OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN     BASE PRICE
NAME              GRANTED(1)     FISCAL YEAR      ($/SHARE)    EXPIRATION DATE
- --------------  ------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>             <C>
Dominic Chang        10,000    6.5%                  $6.75     March 8, 2005
</TABLE>

- ------------

   (1) All options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market
       value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

                               36



    
<PAGE>

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES

   The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number
and value of securities underlying exercisable and unexercisable stock
options as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 by the Chief Executive
Officer. No options were exercised by the Chief Executive Officer during the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

                        FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NUMBER OF SECURITIES            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                     UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           IN-THE MONEY OPTIONS
                   OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR END        AT FISCAL YEAR END (1)
                ------------------------------  ------------------------------
NAME              EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>             <C>
Dominic  Chang   --                  10,000      --                 $115,000
</TABLE>

- ------------
   (1) The value of unexercised options is determined by multiplying the
       number of options held by the difference between the closing price of
       the Common Stock of $18.25 at December 31, 1995, as reported by the
       Nasdaq National Market and the exercise price of the options granted.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

   On July 19, 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company and stockholders
of the Company adopted the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). The
Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase up to 300,000 shares of
Common Stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the
Company. Options may be either "incentive stock options" within the meaning
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
or non-qualified options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to
employees of the Company, while non-qualified options may be issued to
non-employee directors, consultants and others, as well as to employees of
the Company. On March 6, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted,
subject to stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting, the Company's 1996
Stock Incentive Plan (the "New Plan"). The New Plan is identical to the Plan,
except that the New Plan provides (i) for the grant of options to purchase up
to 500,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) an automatic grant of
non-qualified stock options to purchase 10,000 shares to each non-employee
director upon his election or appointment to the Board of Directors and
annual grants (commencing on the date of the Annual Meeting if the New Plan
is approved) to each non-employee director of non-qualified stock options to
purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of the grant.

   The Plan is administered by the Stock Option Committee, which determines,
among other things, those individuals who receive options, the time period
during which the options may be partially or fully exercised, the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each option and the
option exercise price. The Plan also provides for an automatic grant of
non-qualified stock options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock to each
non-employee director upon his election or appointment to the Board of
Directors and annual grants of non-qualified stock options to purchase 2,000
shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date of such grant. Such automatic grants will cease and be replaced by the
automatic grants under the New Plan if the New Plan is approved at the Annual
Meeting.

   The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to an incentive
option may not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock
on the date the option is granted. The per share exercise price of the Common
Stock subject to a non-qualified option may be established by the Board of
Directors. The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date the
option is granted) of Common Stock for which any person may be granted
incentive stock options which first become exercisable in any calendar year
may not exceed $100,000. No person who owns, directly or indirectly, at the
time of the granting of an incentive stock option to such person, 10% or more
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (a
"10% Stockholder") shall be eligible to receive any incentive stock

                               37



    
<PAGE>

options under the Plan unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair
market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the option, determined
on the date of grant. Non-qualified options are not subject to such
limitation.

   No stock option may be transferred by an optionee other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of an
optionee, the option will be exercisable only by the optionee. In the event
of termination of employment other than by death or disability, the optionee
will have no more than three months after such termination during which the
optionee shall be entitled to exercise the option, unless otherwise
determined by the Stock Option Committee. Upon termination of employment of
an optionee by reason of death or permanent disability, such optionee's
options remain exercisable for one year thereafter to the extent such options
were exercisable on the date of such termination.

   Options under the Plan must be issued within 10 years from the effective
date of the Plan which is July 19, 1994. Incentive stock options granted
under the Plan cannot be exercised more than 10 years from the date of grant.
Incentive stock options issued to a 10% Stockholder are limited to five-year
terms. All options granted under the Plan provide for the payment of the
exercise price in cash or by delivery to the Company of shares of Common
Stock already owned by the optionee having a fair market value equal to the
exercise price of the options being exercised, or by a combination of such
methods. Therefore, an optionee may be able to tender shares of Common Stock
to purchase additional shares of Common Stock and may theoretically exercise
all of such optionee's stock options with no additional investment other than
the purchase of the original shares.

   Any unexercised options that expire or that terminate upon an employee's
ceasing to be employed by the Company become available again for issuance
under the Plan.

   To date, options to purchase 294,000 shares of Common Stock have been
granted under the Plan (of which options to purchase 25,075 shares have been
exercised), and no options to purchase shares of Common Stock have been
granted under the New Plan. In addition, on March 8, 1995, Messrs. Chang and
Thampi were each granted options outside of the Plan to purchase 10,000
shares of Common Stock at $6.75 per share (the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of such grant) in connection with an amendment to
their respective employment agreements. These options became exercisable in
March 1996. In addition on March 7, 1996, various employees of the Company
were granted options outside of both the Plan and the New Plan to purchase an
aggregate of 53,500 shares of Common Stock at $19.875 (the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the date of such grant), which options vest ratably
over three years.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

   The Company has entered into employment agreements, each expiring on
December 31, 1999, with each of Mr. Chang and Mr. Thampi, pursuant to which
each will devote at least 95% of his business time to the affairs of the
Company. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Chang received a base
salary of $65,000 in 1995 and will receive a base salary of $120,000 in 1996,
$140,000 in each of 1997 and 1998, and $160,000 in 1999. Such base salaries
are subject to additional increase within the discretion of the Board of
Directors which will take into account, among other things, the performance
of the Company and the performance, duties and responsibilities of Mr. Chang.
Mr. Chang will also receive use of a Company-leased automobile. The
employment agreement also provides that Mr. Chang will not compete with the
Company for two years after the termination of his employment.

   Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Thampi received a base salary of
$60,000 in 1995 and will receive a base salary of $100,000 in 1996, $120,000
in each of 1997 and 1998 and $140,000 in 1999. Such base salaries are subject
to additional increase within the discretion of the Board of Directors which
will take into account, among other things, the performance of the Company
and the performance, duties and responsibilities of Mr. Thampi. Mr. Thampi
will also receive use of a Company-leased automobile. The employment
agreement also provides that Mr. Thampi will not compete with the Company for
two years after the termination of his employment.

                               38



    
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   The following table sets forth certain information as of May 1, 1996
regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock by (i) each
person known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock, (ii) each director and the chief executive officer of the
Company and (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a
group. Except as otherwise indicated and subject to community property laws
where applicable, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and
dispositive power with respect to the shares of Common Stock shown as
beneficially owned by them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       AMOUNT AND NATURE OF                 AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
                                       BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                        OF THE COMMON STOCK                    OF COMMON STOCK
                                        BEFORE THE OFFERING                 AFTER THE OFFERING(1)
                                ---------------------------------  -------------------------------------
                                                    PERCENTAGE OF                          PERCENTAGE OF
NAME AND ADDRESS                                     OUTSTANDING                            OUTSTANDING
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                   NUMBER           SHARES              NUMBER             SHARES
- ------------------------------  ----------------  ---------------  --------------------  ---------------
<S>                             <C>               <C>              <C>                   <C>
Dominic Chang (2) .............    2,822,750(5)   32.8%                  2,822,750(5)(6)       26.6%
Janus Capital Corporation (3)      1,015,875      11.8%                  1,015,875              9.6%
George Soros (4) .............       500,000       5.8%                    500,000              4.7%
Jimmy C.M. Hsu (2) ............      191,084(7)(8) 2.2%                     191,084(7)(8)(9)    1.8%
Krishnan P. Thampi (2) ........      181,950(10)    2.1%                    181,950(10)(11)     1.7%
James Ganley (2) ..............       15,834(8)      *                       15,834(8)            *
Yupin Wang (2) ................        7,334(8)      *                        7,334(8)            *
All directors and executive
 officers of the Company
 as a group (ten persons)  ....    3,233,286(5)(7) 37.3%                 3,233,286(5)(7)       27.8%
                                            (10)(12)                              (10)(12)(13)
</TABLE>

- ------------
   *Less than 1%.

(1)  If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the
     Selling Stockholders, who are Dominic Chang, Jimmy C. M. Hsu, Krishnan P.
     Thampi and Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., will sell an aggregate of 300,000
     shares of Common Stock. Following are the positions, offices or other
     material relationship (other than as a stockholder) which each of the
     Selling Stockholders has had within the past three years with the Company:
     Dominic Chang (officer/director); Jimmy C.M. Hsu (director); Krishnan P.
     Thampi (officer/director); Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. (the seller of the
     Alpharetta Golf Center in September 1995). Prior to the Offering, Upper
     Hembree Partners, L.P. beneficially owned 91,080 shares of Common Stock
     (1.1% of the outstanding Common Stock), which amount includes 8,280 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently
     exercisable. If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
     full, Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. will sell 33,718 shares of Common Stock
     and after the Offering will beneficially own 57,362 shares of Common Stock,
     representing 0.54% of the outstanding Common Stock. See "Underwriting."

(2)  The address of such stockholder is: c/o Family Golf Centers, Inc., 225
     Broadhollow Road, Melville, New York 11747.

(3)  The address of Janus Capital Corporation ("JCC"), Janus Enterprise Fund
     ("JEF") and Mr. Thomas H. Bailey is: 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 300,
     Denver, Colorado 80206. Information regarding the aggregate number of
     shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by JCC, a registered investment
     advisor, JEF, an investment company, and Mr. Thomas H. Bailey and their
     investment and voting power with respect to such shares is based on the
     information as reported in the Schedule 13G filed by these persons, dated
     January 9, 1996. Mr. Thomas H. Bailey owns approximately 12.2% of JCC and
     may be deemed to exercise control over JCC as a result. As a result of
     JCC's role of advisor to various entities, including JEF, JCC may be deemed
     to be the beneficial owner of the 1,015,875 shares of Common Stock held by
     such accounts managed by it, including JEF. Mr. Bailey and JCC do not have
     the right to receive dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, any
     such shares owned by the accounts managed by JCC and each disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares held by the accounts JCC manages
     (including JEF).

                               39



    
<PAGE>

(4)  George Soros ("Soros") holds these shares of Common Stock in his capacity
     as the sole proprietor of the investment advisory firm, Soros Fund
     Management ("SFM"), which holds the shares for the account of Quantum
     Partners, LDC ("Quantum"), a Cayman Islands company. The address of Soros
     and SFM is: 888 Seventh Avenue, 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10106.
     Information regarding the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
     beneficially owned by Soros and Quantum and their investment and voting
     power with respect to such shares is based on the information as reported
     in the Schedule 13D filed by these persons, dated December 20, 1995.

(5)  Includes 1,000 shares of Common Stock owned by Mr. Chang's children.
     Includes 10,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     which are currently exercisable. Of such shares, 174,000 are pledged to
     United Orient Bank and 187,750 are pledged to Chemical Bank, each to secure
     a personal loan to Mr. Chang.

(6)  If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Chang
     will sell 166,282 shares of Common Stock and after the Offering will
     beneficially own 2,656,468 shares of Common Stock, representing 25.0% of
     the outstanding Common Stock.

(7)  Does not include 66,250 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr.
     Hsu's brother. Mr. Hsu disclaims beneficial ownership of his brother's
     shares.

(8)  Includes 2,334 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     which are currently exercisable.

(9)  If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Hsu
     will sell 50,000 shares of Common Stock and after the Offering will
     beneficially own 141,084 shares of Common Stock, representing 1.3% of the
     outstanding Common Stock.

(10) Includes 45,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     which are currently exercisable.

(11) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Thampi
     will sell 50,000 shares of Common Stock and after the Offering will
     beneficially own 131,950 shares of Common Stock, representing 1.2% of the
     outstanding Common Stock.

(12) Includes 16,336 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     which are currently exercisable.

(13) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, three of
     the group of ten directors and executive officers of the Company will sell
     an aggregate of 266,282 shares of Common Stock. Assuming such exercise,
     after the Offering the directors and executive officers of the Company as a
     group will beneficially own 2,967,004 shares of Common Stock, representing
     27.8% of the outstanding Common Stock.

                               40



    
<PAGE>

                CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated as of September 11, 1994, among
the Company and Dominic Chang, the Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
Executive Officer and a principal stockholder of the Company, Krishnan
Thampi, the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Chief
Operating Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and a director and principal
stockholder of the Company, Jimmy C.M. Hsu, a director and principal
stockholder of the Company, John Chen and Tommy Hsu (collectively, the
"Predecessor Holders"), upon the closing of the IPO, the Company received all
of the issued and outstanding shares of the following corporations
(collectively, the "Subsidiary Shares"): Skycon Construction Co., Inc., which
is the general contractor of the Company's golf centers; Orient Associates
International, Inc., which leases the land upon which the Company's golf
centers are located and is the party which owns the license to the "Golden
Bear" trademarks; Skydrive Co., Inc., Skydrive Greenburgh Co., Inc. and
Skydrive Willowbrook NJ, Inc., each of which operates one of the Company's
golf centers; and Skydrive Alley Pond Company, Inc., which was the general
partner of the partnership that operated the Douglaston golf center. The
Predecessor Holders received an aggregate of 3,445,000 shares of Common Stock
in exchange for the Subsidiary Shares, for which they had paid an aggregate
of $2.4 million (approximately $.70 per share of Common Stock). In connection
with the initial organization of the Company, Mr. Chang purchased 5,000
shares of Common Stock for nominal consideration in July 1994.

   In February 1994, Messrs. Chang and Thampi acquired interests in TPT of
65% and 5%, respectively, for nominal cash consideration plus Mr. Chang's
agreement to obtain up to $4.5 million of bank loans for TPT and to guarantee
such bank loans, if necessary. The remaining 30% was owned by two individuals
not affiliated with the Company (although one of such individuals became an
employee of the Company subsequent to the acquisition of TPT). Also in
February 1994, the predecessor of the Company assigned to TPT its rights
under the License Agreement for the establishment of Golden Bear Golf Centers
in California. The Company guaranteed TPT's obligations to the Licensor in
connection with the assignment. By agreement dated October 25, 1994, TPT's
stockholders granted the Company the option, exercisable on January 1, 1998
or earlier if TPT had at least $1.0 million of income, to acquire TPT for a
price payable in Common Stock equal to 12.5 times the net after tax income of
TPT during the full 12 months immediately preceding the exercise of such
option. In November 1995, the Company acquired TPT for $4.0 million (payable
in the form of a note which became due and was paid at the closing of the
Secondary Offering) and up to $2.0 million of additional purchase price
payable upon the achievement of certain operating income targets. The terms
of the acquisition were determined by negotiations involving Messrs. Chang
and Thampi and the non-affiliated stockholders of TPT and the transaction was
subject to certain conditions (which were satisfied on November 8, 1995),
including approval by all of the directors of the Company, other than Messrs.
Chang and Thampi and receipt of an opinion from an investment banking firm
that the consideration to be paid by the Company for TPT was fair from a
financial point of view. The Company received an opinion from the investment
banking firm of Houlihan Lokey that the consideration to be paid by the
Company for TPT was fair from a financial point of view. Houlihan Lokey has
been engaged in the business of providing financial advisory services since
1970. They specialize in the valuation of businesses and properties, with
substantial experience in the valuation of securities of recreational
companies. In addition to such opinion, such Board members also considered a
number of factors in approving the acquisition of TPT, including (i) the
elimination of potential conflicts of interest, (ii) the opportunity to
expand operations to the West Coast, (iii) the location and prospects of the
golf facilities operated by TPT, (iv) the cost of establishing golf
facilities comparable to those operated by TPT, (v) the operating history of
TPT compared with the operating history of the Company's East Coast
facilities at a comparable stage of development, (vi) the potential
improvement in TPT's performance due to the elimination of duplicative
administrative expenses, (vii) TPT's current financial condition and (viii)
the opportunity to acquire TPT for less than the Company believed it would
pay if it exercised its option to purchase TPT in 1998. For a description of
the terms of the acquisition, including amounts received by Messrs. Chang and
Thampi, see "Business--Recently Opened or Acquired Facilities."

   Mr. Chang, either individually or with his wife, was the guarantor or
co-borrower of $3.7 million, $1.46 million and $1.46 million of the Company's
indebtedness, as of December 31, 1994, December 31,

                               41



    
<PAGE>

1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively. In addition, a company ("Hsing Lung")
which owns and operates a dairy farm in New York and has been owned by Mr.
Chang since 1986, was a co-borrower with the predecessor of the Company of a
loan that had an outstanding balance of $2.5 million as of December 31, 1994
and no outstanding balance as of December 31, 1995. Mr. Chang granted
security interests in certain of his personal assets, including Hsing Lung
and his Common Stock, to secure his obligations under certain of such
guarantees.

   Neither Mr. Chang nor any other officer of the Company is obligated to
provide any additional guaranty or financial assistance to the Company in the
future.

   The Company was indebted to Mr. Chang and Mr. Thampi in the amounts of
$330,000 and $125,000, respectively, as of December 31, 1994. As of December
31, 1995, the Company was not indebted to either of Mr. Chang or Mr. Thampi.
The amounts outstanding as of December 31, 1994 were paid in full by the
Company on November 30, 1995. Such loans were due on demand and, except for
the $310,000 described below, bore interest at LIBOR (6.5% at December 31,
1994 and 6.8% at November 30, 1995). Interest on such loans aggregated
$40,000 and $16,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. In addition, from September 1, 1994 through November 21, 1994,
Hsing Lung made non-interest bearing loans to the Company in the aggregate
amount of $88,000, which the Company repaid on December 16, 1994.

   The amount due to Mr. Chang as of December 31, 1994 of $330,000 includes
$310,000, representing a distribution payable to Mr. Chang to pay federal and
state income taxes owed by Mr. Chang in respect of the earnings of certain of
the Company's subsidiaries operated under Subchapter S of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, until the closing of the IPO.

   The Company believes that each of the foregoing transactions were
completed on terms at least as favorable to the Company as those which could
have been obtained from an unaffiliated party.

                               42



    
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   The following description of the Company's capital stock and selected
provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws is a summary and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

COMMON STOCK

   The Company is authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 8,598,025 shares are outstanding as
of the date hereof. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders.
There is no cumulative voting for election of directors. Subject to the prior
rights of any series of preferred stock which may from time to time be
outstanding, if any, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably,
dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available therefor and, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company, are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining
after payment of liabilities and payment of accrued dividends and liquidation
preferences on the preferred stock, if any. Holders of Common Stock have no
preemptive rights and have no rights to convert their Common Stock into any
other securities. The outstanding Common Stock is validly authorized and
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

   The Company is authorized to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $.10 per share. The preferred stock may be issued in one or
more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by
the Board of Directors, without further action by stockholders, and may
include voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular
matters), preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights,
redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any such
preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common
Stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the Common Stock. The ability of
the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock could discourage, delay or
prevent a takeover of the Company. See "Risk Factors--Preferred Stock;
Possible Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Charter, By-Law and Contractual
Provisions."

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW

   The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), an anti-takeover law. In general,
Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation, the stock of which generally is
publicly traded or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, from
engaging, in certain circumstances, in a "business combination" with an
"interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of
Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder,
and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock. Section 203 could prohibit or delay a merger,
takeover or other change in control of the Company and therefore could
discourage attempts to acquire the Company.

CERTAIN BY-LAW PROVISIONS

   The Company's By-Laws, as amended (the "By-Laws") provide that special
meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary of the
Company or a majority of the Board of Directors or by stockholders who own in
the aggregate 66 2/3 % of the outstanding stock of all classes entitled to
vote at such meeting. The By-Laws also provide that stockholder action can be
taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, prohibit
stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting and require an
advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates
for election as directors. The

                               43



    
<PAGE>

foregoing provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next
stockholders' meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of
a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. The By-Laws
require the affirmative vote of 80% of the Board of Directors to amend or
repeal any of the provisions described in this paragraph.

OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

   The Company has outstanding options to purchase up to an aggregate of
360,705 shares of Common Stock at prices ranging from $3.50 to $25.00 per
share, with a weighted average price per share of $11.23. Of such options,
options to purchase 342,425 shares of Common Stock expire on various dates in
2004 through 2006, subject to earlier expiration if the Company's employment
of the optionee terminates and options to purchase 18,280 shares of Common
Stock issued in connection with the acquisition of various golf facilities
expire in 2000. In addition, options to purchase 20,000 shares of Common
Stock have been issued to certain executive officers, which expire in 2005.
See "Management -- Stock Option Plan." The Company has outstanding warrants
issued to the representatives of the underwriters of the Secondary Offering
at the closing thereof, expiring on December 18, 2000, to purchase 300,000
shares of Common Stock at $20.25 per share, and warrants issued on March 7,
1996 to Monness, Crespi, Hardt & Co. for consulting services to be rendered
over a three-year period, expiring on March 7, 1997, to purchase 70,000
shares of Common Stock at $19.875 per share.

TRANSFER AGENT

   Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York is the
Transfer Agent for the Company's Common Stock.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of
directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law
provides that directors of a company will not be personally liable for
monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except
for liability for (i) any breach of their duty of loyalty to the company or
its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or involving
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) unlawful payment
of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

   The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall
indemnify its officers, directors, employees and other agents to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law.

   The Company maintains a policy of insurance under which the directors and
officers of the Company are insured, subject to the limits of the policy,
against certain losses arising from claims made against such directors and
officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such policy in
their respective capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities
under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable.

                               44



    
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of
Common Stock to the Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom
Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Hampshire Securities Corporation are acting as
the representatives (the "Representatives"), and the Underwriters have
severally agreed to purchase, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth
opposite their respective names in the table below at the price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 UNDERWRITERS                       NUMBER OF SHARES
- ---------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                <C>
Jefferies & Company, Inc. ........
Hampshire Securities Corporation
                                   ----------------

 Total ...........................     2,000,000
                                   ================

</TABLE>

   The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the
Underwriters to purchase the shares of Common Stock is subject to certain
conditions. The Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of
the Common Stock (other than those covered by the over-allotment option
described below), if any are purchased.

   The Underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock to the public initially
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus,
and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $ per
share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount
not in excess of $ per share to certain other dealers. After the Offering,
the public offering price, the concession to selected dealers and the
reallowance to other dealers may be changed by the Representatives.

   In the Secondary Offering, the Company granted Jefferies the right, at its
option, for a period ending in December 1998, to have a representative attend
all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and receive
reimbursement for all expenses incurred in attending such meetings. Such
agreement remains in effect.

   The Selling Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters an option,
exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
300,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price, less
the underwriting discount. To the extent such option is exercised, each
Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's initial
commitment as indicated in the preceding table. The Underwriters may exercise
such right of purchase only for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made in connection with the sale of the shares of Common Stock.

   The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under
the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.

   In the Secondary Offering, the directors and officers of the Company
agreed with the underwriters of such offering not to publicly sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or securities exercisable for
or convertible into shares of Common Stock ("Securities") until December 13,
1996, except in the case of Common Stock pledged or to be pledged by Dominic
Chang to secure personal loans, without the prior written consent of
Jefferies. Such agreements remain in effect and, after the Offering, will
cover 3,161,950 shares of Common Stock or 29.8% of the then outstanding
Common Stock (or, if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full, 2,895,668 shares of Common Stock or 27.3% of the then outstanding
Common Stock). See "Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
Registration Rights."

   The Company has agreed with the Underwriters not to offer, issue or sell
any Securities for a period of six months from the date of this Prospectus,
subject to certain limited exceptions, without the consent of Jefferies.

                               45



    
<PAGE>

   Certain of the Underwriters and selling group members that currently act
as market markers for the Common Stock may engage in "passive market making"
in the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market in accordance with Rule 10b-6A
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
Rule 10b-6A permits, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions,
underwriters and selling group members participating in a distribution that
are also market makers in the security being distributed to engage in limited
market making transactions during the period when Rule 10b-6 under the
Exchange Act would otherwise prohibit such activity. Rule 10b-6A prohibits
underwriters and selling group members engaged in passive market making
generally from entering a bid or effecting a purchase at a price that exceeds
the highest bid for those securities on the Nasdaq Stock Market by a market
maker that is not participating in the distribution. Under Rule 10b-6A each
underwriter or selling group member engaged in passive market making is
subject to a daily net purchase limitation equal to 30% of such entity's
average daily trading volume during the two full consecutive calendar months
immediately preceding the date of the filing of the registration statement
under the Securities Act pertaining to the security to be distributed.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and certain
other legal matters will be passed upon for the Company and the Selling
Stockholders by Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP, New York, New
York. Certain legal matters in connection with the Offering will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., New York, New York.

                                   EXPERTS

   The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at December 31,
1994 and December 31, 1995 and for each of the years in the three year period
ended December 31, 1995 have been audited by Richard A. Eisner & Company,
LLP, independent auditors, as indicated in their report with respect thereto,
and are included herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority
of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The financial statements
of the Hiland Park Golf Course at April 30, 1995 and for the eleven month
period then ended, which are included in this Prospectus, have been included
herein in reliance upon the report of Silverstein, Loftus & Ross, CPAs, P.C.,
independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The
financial statements of Pelham Enterprises, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and for
the year then ended, which are included in this Prospectus, have been
included herein in reliance upon the report of Bradshaw, Gordon &
Clinkscales, P.A., independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing. The financial statements of RFC Enterprises, Inc. at
December 31, 1994 and for the year then ended, which are included in this
Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of
Drunagel, Johnson, Rutherford & Wilkins, P.C., independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing. The financial statements of Upper
Hembree Partners, L.P. at December 31, 1994 and for the two years then ended,
which are included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance
upon the report of Ernest T. Northrup, independent certified public
accountant, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing. The financial statements of The
Practice Tee, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and for the period February 8, 1994
(inception) to December 31, 1994, which are included in this Prospectus, have
been included herein in reliance upon the report of Robert Del Riego,
independent certified public accountant, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The
financial statements of Golf Masters Limited Partnership at December 31, 1994
and for the year then ended, and Air Dome Limited Partnership at December 31,
1994 and for the year then ended, which are included in this Prospectus, have
been included herein in reliance upon the reports of Sewell & Co., Inc.,
independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The
financial statements of Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. at December 31, 1995,
and for the year then ended which are included in this Prospectus, have been
included herein in reliance upon the report of Anne E. Gorry, independent
certified public accountant, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in

                               46



    
<PAGE>

accounting and auditing. The financial statements of Flemington Golf and
Sports Center, LLC at December 31, 1995 and for the year then ended, which
are included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance upon
the report of Ehrenkrantz and Company, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing. The financial statements of 202
Yorktown Associates, Inc. at December 31, 1995 and for the year then ended,
which are included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance
upon the report of Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C., independent certified
public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of
said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

   The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange
Act and in accordance therewith files periodic reports, proxy statements, and
other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements, and
other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's Regional Offices at 7 World
Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048; and 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024, 450
Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. In addition,
copies of such reports, proxy statements, and other information concerning
the Company may also be inspected and copied at the library of the Nasdaq
National Market, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, upon which the
Common Stock of the Company is traded.

   The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 (herein, together with all amendments and exhibits, referred to as the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act, with respect to the
Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which
are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.
For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock,
reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and the documents
incorporated herein by reference, which may be examined without charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies thereof may be obtained
from the Commission upon payment of the prescribed fees. Statements contained
in this Prospectus or in any document incorporated herein by reference as to
the contents of any contract or document referred to herein are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of
such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects
by such reference.

                               47



    
<PAGE>

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                            ---------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
PRO FORMA: FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations for the  Year Ended December 31,
 1995 ..................................................................................... F-4
 Notes to Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations ........................... F-6
 Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations for the
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 ....................................................... F-7
HISTORICAL:
FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 Report of Independent Auditors ........................................................... F-9
 Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and
  March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) .............................................................. F-10
 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1993,
  December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 and for the Three Months Ended March 31,  1995
 (Unaudited) and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) ............................................... F-11
 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 and the Three Months  Ended
 March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) ............................................................... F-12
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1993,
  December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 and for the Three Months Ended
  March 31, 1995 (Unaudited) and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) ............................... F-13
 Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................ F-14
OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
 Independent Auditor's Report ............................................................. F-26
 Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995 .................................................... F-27
 Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings (Deficit) for the year ended
  December 31, 1995 ....................................................................... F-28
 Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1995 ............................. F-31
 Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................ F-32
 Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 1996 to March 5, 1996  ............ F-34
FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
 Independent Auditor's Report ............................................................. F-36
 Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995 .................................................... F-37
 Statement of Operations and Members' Deficit as of December 31, 1995 ..................... F-38
 Statement of Cash Flows as of December 31, 1995 .......................................... F-39
 Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................ F-40

                               F-1



    
<PAGE>

                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                            ---------
202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
 Independent Auditors' Report ............................................................. F-43
 Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995 .................................................... F-44
 Statement of Operations & Shareholders' Deficit for the year ended
  December 31, 1995 ....................................................................... F-45
 Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1995 ............................. F-46
 Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................ F-47
 Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 ........................ F-49
PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
  Independent Auditors' Report  ........................................................... F-50
  Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and April 30, 1995  ................................. F-51
  Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the Year Ended December 31, 1994 and  for
  the Four Months Ended April 30, 1995  ................................................... F-52
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1994 and for the Four Months
   Ended April 30, 1995  .................................................................. F-53
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-54
HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
  Independent Auditors' Report  ........................................................... F-56
  Balance Sheet at April 30, 1995  ........................................................ F-57
  Statement of Income for the Eleven Months Ended April 30, 1995  ......................... F-58
  Statement of Equity for the Eleven Months Ended April 30, 1995  ......................... F-59
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Eleven Months Ended April 30, 1995  ..................... F-60
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-62
RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
  Independent Auditors' Report  ........................................................... F-64
  Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994  ..................................................... F-65
  Statement of Income and Accumulated Deficit for the Year Ended December 31, 1994  ....... F-66
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1994  ........................... F-67
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-68
  Balance Sheet at June 30, 1995  ......................................................... F-71
  Statement of Income and Accumulated Deficit for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995  ..... F-72
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995  ......................... F-73
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-74
UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
  Independent Accountant's Report  ........................................................ F-77
  Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and July 31, 1995  .................................. F-78
  Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994 and the
   Seven Months Ended July 31, 1995  ...................................................... F-79

                               F-2



    
<PAGE>

                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                            ---------
  Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 1993,
   December 31, 1994 and the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1995  ............................ F-80
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994 and
   the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1995  .................................................. F-81
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-82
THE PRACTICE TEE, INC.
  Independent Auditor's Report  ........................................................... F-87
  Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994  ........................................ F-88
  Consolidated Statement of Operations and Accumulated Deficit for the Period February 8,
   1994 (Inception) to December 31, 1994  ................................................. F-89
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow for the Period February 8, 1994 (Inception) to
   December 31, 1994  ..................................................................... F-90
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-91
  Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 1995  ....................................... F-93
  Consolidated Statement of Operations and Accumulated Deficit for the Nine Months  Ended
  September 30, 1995  ..................................................................... F-94
GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
  Independent Auditors' Report  ........................................................... F-96
  Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and September 30, 1995  ............................. F-97
  Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the Year ended December 31, 1994 and the
   Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995  .................................................. F-99
  Statements of Income and Expense for the Year Ended December 31, 1994 and for the  Nine
  Months Ended September 30, 1995  ........................................................ F-100
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1994 and for the Nine Months
   Ended September 30, 1995  .............................................................. F-101
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-102
AIR DOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
  Independent Auditors' Report  ........................................................... F-105
  Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994  ..................................................... F-106
  Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital for the Year Ended December 31, 1994  ......... F-107
  Statement of Income and Expense for the Year Ended December 31, 1994  ................... F-108
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1994  ........................... F-109
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-110
  Balance Sheet at September 30, 1995  .................................................... F-111
  Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995  . F-112
  Statement of Income and Expense for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995  ........... F-113
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995  ................... F-114
  Notes to Financial Statements  .......................................................... F-115
</TABLE>

                               F-3



    
<PAGE>


                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONDENSED
                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

   The following pro forma condensed statements of operations reflect the
acquisitions of Pelham Enterprises, Inc., the Hiland Park Golf Course, RFC
Enterprises, Inc., Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., The Practice Tee, Inc.
('TPT') Golf Masters Limited Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership
(collectively, "Valley View") Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc., ("Virginia
Beach"), Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC ("Flemington") and associated
land and 202 Golf Associates Inc. ("Yorktown") (collectively, the "Acquired
Companies") acquired during 1995 and 1996 as if the Acquired Companies had
been acquired on January 1, 1995. The acquisitions of the Acquired Companies
except TPT have been accounted for as purchases in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 16. Since TPT has been acquired from related
parties, the acquisition has been recorded using historical basis. In the
opinion of management of the Company, all adjustments necessary to present
fairly such pro forma statements of operations have been made.

   These pro forma condensed statements of operations should be read in
conjunction with the notes thereto, the financial statements of the Company
and the Acquired Companies and the related notes thereto and with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," each included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The pro forma
condensed statements of operations are not necessarily indicative of what the
actual results of operations would have been had the transactions occurred at
January 1, 1995, or January 1, 1996 nor do they purport to indicate the
results of future operations.

                               F-4



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         ACQUIRED COMPANIES
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       PELHAM        HILAND PARK                     UPPER HEMBREE
                                          THE       ENTERPRISES,         GOLF      RFC ENTERPRISES     PARTNERS,
                                        COMPANY       INC.(a)         COURSE(a)        INC.(a)          L.P.(a)
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>
Operating revenues ................... $ 9,795         $117            $ 100           $363             $386
Merchandise sales ....................   2,637          150               17
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
 Total revenue .......................  12,432          267              117            363              386
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
Operating expenses ...................   6,614           87              297            234              317
Cost of merchandise
 sold ................................   1,779          111              152
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses ............................   1,242           39               44            110               46
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
Operating income (loss) ..............   2,797           30             (376)            19               23
Interest expense .....................     939           16                              61              112
Other (income) expense ...............     (66)                                                           (6)
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 extraordinary item ..................   1,924           14             (376)           (42)             (83)
Income tax expense (benefit) .........     669
                                       -------  ------------------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------
INCOME (LOSS) before extraordinary
 item ................................ $ 1,255         $ 14            $(376)          $(42)            $(83)
                                       =======  ==================  ============  ===============  ===============
Income (loss) per share before
 extraordinary item .................. $  0.24
                                       =======
Weighted average shares outstanding  .   5,271
                                       =======
</TABLE>

                    (RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                VALLEY  VIRGINIA                           PRO FORMA
                                        TPT(a) VIEW(a)  BEACH(b) FLEMINGTON(b) YORKTOWN(b) ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Operating revenues ...................  $ 244   $ 668     $616      $   501      $ 388                  $13,178
Merchandise sales ....................             44       92                                            2,940
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
 Total revenue .......................    244     712      708          501        388                   16,118
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Operating expenses ...................     86     395      404          900        393      $  (171)(A)   9,556
Cost of merchandise
 sold ................................             36       72                                            2,150
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses ............................    264     404      119                     101           35 (A)   2,404
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Operating income (loss) ..............   (106)   (123)     113         (399)      (106)         136       2,008
Interest expense .....................      3      34      192          128        164          156 (A)   1,805
Other (income) expense ...............     (1)     (2)       2        2,448                  (2,448)(A)     (73)
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 extraordinary item ..................   (108)   (155)     (81)      (2,975)      (270)       2,428         276
Income tax expense (benefit) .........      1                                                  (570)(B)     100
                                       ------  ------  --------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
INCOME (LOSS) before extraordinary
 item ................................  $(109)  $(155)    $(81)     $(2,975)     $(270)     $ 2,998     $   176
                                       ======  ======  ========  ===========  =========  ===========  =========
Income (loss) per share before
 extraordinary item ..................                                                                     0.03
                                                                                                      =========
Weighted average shares outstanding  .                                                          366 (C)   5,637
                                                                                         ===========  =========
</TABLE>

   (a) Represents operations from January 1, 1995 through date of acquisition.

   (b) Represents operations for the year ended December 31, 1995.

                               F-5



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        NOTES TO PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

(A)  Expense adjustments for the period ended December 31, 1995 to reflect
     the acquisition of the Acquired Companies as if the acquisitions had
     taken place at January 1, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  IMPAIRMENT
                                                    INTEREST      DEPRECIATION    AMORTIZATION   IN VALUE OF
            COMPANY               DATE ACQUIRED   ADJUSTMENT(1)    ADJUSTMENT     OF GOODWILL       ASSETS
- ------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Pelham Enterprises, Inc.  .....       April 1995      $ (30)         $  12
Hiland Park Golf Course  ......         May 1995       (212)            14
RFC Enterprises, Inc. .........      August 1995          9            (33)     8
Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.  .      August 1995         (4)          (108)
TPT ...........................    November 1995         26
Valley View ...................    November 1995                       (56)
Virginia Beach ................       March 1996         12                     22
Flemington ....................       March 1996         39                                         (2,448)
Yorktown ......................       April 1996          4                     5
                                                 -------------  --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                      $(156)         $(171)     $35                $(2,448)
                                                 =============  ==============  ==============  ============
</TABLE>
- ------------
    (1) Assumes average rate of borrowing at 10%.

(B)  To reflect the income tax effect arising from the losses of the
     Acquired Companies.

(C)  To reflect the issuance of common stock for the Acquired Companies.

                               F-6



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ACQUIRED COMPANIES
                                                ---------------------------------------------
                                         THE      VIRGINIA BEACH                                  PRO FORMA
                                       COMPANY         (A)         FLEMINGTON (B)  YORKTOWN(C)   ADJUSTMENTS
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>               <C>             <C>          <C>
Operating revenues .................   $2,691          $ 35       --                  $ 74     --
Merchandise sales ..................      671             2       --                    --     --
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
 Total revenue .....................    3,362            37       --                    74     --
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
Operating expenses .................    2,252            39       25                    88     9 (A)
Cost of merchandise sold ...........      457             2       --                    --
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses ..........................      643            27       --                    22     --
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
Operating income (loss) ............       10           (31)      (25)                 (36)    (9)
Interest expense ...................      100            34       --                    26     (60)(A)

Other (income) expense .............     (197)           14       --                    (3)    21 (A)
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
Income (loss) before income taxes  .      107           (79)      (25)                 (59)    30
Income tax expense (benefit)  ......       38            --       --                           (47)(B)
                                     ---------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ..................   $   69          $(79)      $(25)               $(59)    $77
                                     =========  ================  ==============  ===========  =============
Net income (loss) per share  .......   $ 0.01
                                     =========
Weighted average shares outstanding     8,648                                                  131 (C)
                                     =========                                                 =============
</TABLE>

                    (RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRO FORMA
                                     -----------
<S>                                  <C>
Operating revenues .................    $2,800
Merchandise sales ..................       673
                                     -----------
 Total revenue .....................     3,473
                                     -----------
Operating expenses .................     2,413
Cost of merchandise sold ...........       459
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses ..........................       692
                                     -----------
Operating income (loss) ............       (91)
Interest expense ...................       100

Other (income) expense .............      (165)
                                     -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes  .       (26)
Income tax expense (benefit)  ......        (9)
                                     -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ..................    $  (17)
                                     ===========
Net income (loss) per share  .......    $ 0.00
                                     ===========
Weighted average shares outstanding      8,779
                                     ===========
</TABLE>

   (a) Represents operations from January 1, 1996 through date of acquisition.

   (b) Represents estimated operations from January 1, 1996 through date of
       acquisition.

   (c) Represents operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996.

                               F-7



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        NOTES TO PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

(A)  Expense adjustments for the period ended March 31, 1996 to reflect the
     acquisition of the Acquired Companies as if the acquisitions had taken
     place at January 1, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     DATE        INTEREST      DEPRECIATION    OTHER      OTHER
    COMPANY        ACQUIRED    ADJUSTMENT(1)    ADJUSTMENT     INCOME    EXPENSE
- --------------  ------------  -------------  --------------  --------  ---------
<S>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>       <C>
Virginia Beach    March 1996       $(34)     $9              $15          $(14)
Flemington ....   March 1996         --      --              --             --
Yorktown ......   April 1996        (26)     --              $20            --
                              -------------  --------------  --------  ---------
                                   $(60)     $9              $35          $(14)
                              =============  ==============  ========  =========
</TABLE>
- ------------
    (1) Assumes average rate of borrowing at 10%.

(B) To reflect the income tax benefit arising from the losses of the
    Acquired Companies.

(C) To reflect the issuance of common stock for the Acquired Companies.

                               F-8



    
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Family Golf Centers, Inc.
Melville, New York

   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Family
Golf Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries as at December 31, 1994 and December 31,
1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements enumerated above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
and subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP
New York, New York
March 15, 1996

                               F-9



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                             --------------------      1996
                                                                1994       1995      ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------   (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
                           ASSETS
                          (NOTE F)
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents (Notes A<F3> and A<F11>)  .........   $ 2,296    $23,121     $11,147
 Inventories (Note A<F4>) ...................................       462      1,941       3,019
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note D)  .......       222        999       2,358
 Deferred tax asset (Note J) ...............................        65
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total current assets .....................................     3,045     26,061      16,524
Property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated
 depreciation of $733, $1,336 and $1,634 at December 31,
 1994, December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively)
 (Notes A<F5>, B and C) .....................................    11,726     33,330      44,027
Loan acquisition costs (net of accumulated amortization of
 $105, $12 and $25 at December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995
 and March 31, 1996, respectively) .........................       376        234         222
Deferred tax asset (Note J) ................................                  116         116
Other assets ...............................................       519      1,205       1,567
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired (Note B).        411        636         674
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  TOTAL ....................................................   $16,077    $61,582     $63,130
                                                             =========  =========  ===========
                         LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current
  liabilities ..............................................   $ 1,720    $  3,044    $ 2,051
 Income taxes payable (Note J) .............................                  569
 Current portion of long-term obligations (Note G)  ........     1,074      1,850       1,523
 Due to Officers (Note F) ..................................       455
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total current liabilities ................................     3,249      5,463       3,574
Long-term obligations (less current portion) (Note G)  .....     5,254      6,343       7,229
Deferred rent (Note E) .....................................       187        116         103
Other liabilities ..........................................       153        272         238
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total liabilities ........................................     8,843     12,194      11,144
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
Commitments, contingencies and other matters
 (Notes E and H)

                    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock -- authorized 1,000,000 shares, none
 outstanding
Common stock authorized 10,000,000 shares, $.01 par value;
 4,830,000, 8,318,045 and 8,489,325 shares outstanding at
 December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996,
 respectively (Notes B and I) ..............................        48         83          85
Additional paid-in capital (Note H<F4>) .....................     7,302     48,347      50,909
Retained earnings (Deficit) ................................      (116)       958       1,027
Treasury stock .............................................                              (35)
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity ...............................     7,234     49,388      51,986
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
  TOTAL ....................................................   $16,077    $61,582     $63,130
                                                             =========  =========  ===========
</TABLE>

                The accompanying notes to financial statements
                         are an integral part hereof.


                              F-10



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,
                                             -----------------------------  --------------------
                                                1993      1994      1995       1995       1996
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues .........................   $1,993    $5,342    $  9,795   $1,360     $2,691
Merchandise sales ..........................      639     1,020      2,637       422        671
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total revenue ............................    2,632     6,362     12,432     1,782      3,362
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses .........................    2,247     4,215      6,614     1,061      2,252
Cost of merchandise sold ...................      459       750      1,779       295        457
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses. .................................      615       548      1,242       352        643
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total expenses ...........................    3,321     5,513      9,635     1,708      3,352
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss) ....................     (689)      849      2,797        74         10
Interest expense ...........................     (192)     (313)      (939)      (92)      (100)
Other income (including insurance proceeds
 of $104 in 1993) ..........................      106        16         66        22        197
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes, minority
 interest and extraordinary item ...........     (775)      552      1,924         4        107
Income tax expense (benefit) (Notes A<F8>
 and J) ....................................       --       (65)       669         2         38
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before minority interest and
 extraordinary item ........................     (775)      617      1,255         2         69
Minority interest in income (loss)  ........       12      (129)        --        --         --
Extraordinary charge -- early
 extinguishment of debt (net of tax effect)        --        --       (181)       --         --
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ..........................   $ (763)   $   488   $  1,074   $    2     $   69
                                             ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
Net income (loss) per share before
 extraordinary item (Note A<F9>) ............   $ (.23)     $.13       $.24    $  .00     $  .01
Extraordinary item .........................                          (.04)
                                             --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) per share ................   $ (.23)   $  .13    $   .20    $  .00     $  .01
                                             ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
Weighted average shares outstanding  .......    3,272     3,636      5,271    4,938      8,648
                                             ========  ========  =========  =========  =========

</TABLE>

                The accompanying notes to financial statements
                         are an integral part hereof.

                              F-11



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                CAPITAL STOCK
                                              (PAR VALUE $.01)
                                           ---------------------
                                             NUMBER OF              ADDITIONAL                RETAINED
                                              SHARES                 PAID-IN      TREASURY    EARNINGS
                                              ISSUED      AMOUNT     CAPITAL       STOCK     (DEFICIT)     TOTAL
                                           -----------  --------  ------------  ----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance -- January 1, 1993 ...............         110               $   292                   $  (23)    $   269
Conversion of debt to capital ............                               500                                  500
Issuance of stock ........................          55                 1,122                                1,122
Net (loss) for the year ..................                                                       (763)       (763)
                                           -----------  --------  ------------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Balance -- December 31, 1993 .............         165                 1,914                     (786)      1,128
Issuance of stock ........................       5,055
Issuance of warrants in connection with
 bridge loan .............................                                18                                   18
Conversion of debt to capital ............                               500                                  500
Recapitalization .........................   3,444,780  $34             (216)                     182           0
Net proceeds from public offering  .......   1,380,000   14            5,396                                5,410
S corporation distribution to
 stockholders ............................                              (310)                                (310)
Net income for the year ..................                                                        488         488
                                           -----------  --------  ------------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Balance -- December 31, 1994 .............   4,830,000   48            7,302                     (116)      7,234
Issuance of stock (Note B) ...............     284,300    3            2,732                                2,735
Net proceeds from public offering  .......   3,135,000   31           43,702                               43,733
Public offering expenses .................                            (1,317)                              (1,317)
Exercise of warrants .....................      64,950    1              307                                  308
Exercise of employee options .............       3,795                    13                                   13
Preferential distribution to stockholders
 of The Practice Tee, Inc. (Note H)  .....                            (4,392)                              (4,392)
Net income for the year ..................                                                      1,074       1,074
                                           -----------  --------  ------------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Balance -- December 31, 1995 .............   8,318,045   83           48,347                      958      49,388
Issuance of stock ........................     150,000    2            2,238                                2,240
Issuance of warrants .....................                               245                                  245
Exercise of employee options .............      21,280                    79                                   79
Treasury Stock in exchange for note
 receivable (2,200 shares) ...............                                           (35)                     (35)
Net income for the period ................                                                         69          69
                                           -----------  --------  ------------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Balance--March 31 1996 (Unaudited)  ......   8,489,325  $85          $50,909        $(35)      $1,027     $51,986
                                           ===========  ========  ============  ==========  ==========  =========
</TABLE>

                The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part hereof.

                              F-12



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                               --------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                                  1993       1994        1995       1995        1996
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss) ...........................................   $  (763)   $    488   $   1,074   $     2    $     69
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ..............................       260        564         739        173         251
  Deferred tax asset .........................................                  (65)        (51)
  Extraordinary charge -- early extinguishment of debt --loan
   acquisition cost write-off ................................                              302
  Minority interest in net income (loss) .....................       (12)       129
  (Increase) in inventories ..................................       (31)      (289)     (1,478)      (430)     (1,079)
  (Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets  ...       (13)      (124)       (778)      (513)     (1,313)
  (Increase) in other assets .................................       (80)      (181)       (749)       (65)       (205)
  Increase (Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
   expenses ..................................................       405        239         655        444      (1,352)
  Increase (Decrease) in deferred rent .......................       209        (21)        (71)       (18)        (12)
  Increase (Decrease) in other liabilities ...................        25        123         119         (9)        (35)
  Increase (Decrease) in income taxes payable ................                              569                   (569)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
   Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities  ......        --        863         331       (416)     (4,245)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Acquisitions of property and equipment ......................    (4,287)    (5,092)    (15,213)    (1,584)     (6,668)
 (Increase) in security deposits .............................       (26)       (37)                  (100)
 Acquisition of limited partnership minority interest  .......               (1,280)
 Acquisition of goodwill .....................................                             (259)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
   Net cash (used in) investing activities ...................    (4,313)    (6,409)    (15,472)    (1,684)     (6,668)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 (Increase) Decrease in loan acquisition costs ...............                 (213)       (246)        31
 Increase (Decrease) in loans payable to stockholders  .......        75         25                   (231)
 Increase (Decrease) in due to officers ......................       (63)       (95)       (455)       479
 Proceeds from loans -- bank and others ......................     3,555      4,497      17,916
 Repayment of loans -- bank and others .......................      (812)    (2,185)    (19,594)      (302)     (1,141)
 Proceeds from issuance of bridge financing and warrants  ....                  499
 Repayment of bridge financing ...............................                 (499)
 Net proceeds from issuance of common stock ..................     1,872      5,410      42,416
 Preferential distribution to stockholders of The Practice
  Tee, Inc. ..................................................                           (4,392)
 Proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options . .  .....                              321                     80
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  ......     4,627      7,439      35,966        (23)     (1,061)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  ........       314      1,893      20,825     (2,123)    (11,974)
Cash and cash equivalents -- beginning of period  ............        89        403       2,296      2,296      23,121
                                                               ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- END OF PERIOD ...................   $   403    $  2,296   $  23,121   $   173    $ 11,147
                                                               =========  =========  ==========  =========  ==========
Supplemental and noncash disclosures:
 Acquisition of property in exchange for common stock  .......                         $   2,734              $  2,241
 Acquisition of property subject to mortgage and notes  ......                                                   1,700
 Treasury stock in exchange for note receivable ..............                                                      35
 Issuance of warrants ........................................                                                     245
 Conversion of amounts due to stockholders to common stock  ..              $    500
 Property additions accrued but not paid .....................   $   207        662         669                    359
 Accrual of S corporation distribution to stockholders  ......                  310
 Interest paid ...............................................       276        476       1,296                    225
 Taxes paid ..................................................                               53                    954
</TABLE>

                The accompanying notes to financial statements
                         are an integral part hereof.

                              F-13



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO MARCH 31, 1996 AND THREE MONTHS
            ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

(NOTE A) -- THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 [1] THE COMPANY:

   Family Golf Centers, Inc. operates golf centers designed to provide a wide
variety of practice opportunities, including facilities for driving,
chipping, putting, pitching and sand play. In addition, the Company's golf
centers typically offer golf lessons instructed by PGA-certified golf
professionals, full-line pro shops and other amenities to encourage family
participation. The Company also operates a golf club which includes a
regulation 18-hole golf course, a pro shop, a driving range, two restaurants
and complete banquet facilities.

   Through an agreement with Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. ("GBGC"), the
Company is a non-exclusive licensee for Golden Bear Golf Centers in certain
territories. The license agreement is terminable by GBGC under certain
conditions. (See Note H[3].)

 [2] PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:

   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Family Golf
Centers, Inc. ("FGCI") and as of December 31, 1994, its wholly owned
subsidiaries, Orient Associates International, Inc. ("OAI"), Skydrive Co.,
Inc., Skydrive Willowbrook NJ, Inc., Skydrive Greenburgh Co., Inc., Skycon
Construction Co., Inc., Skydrive Alley Pond Company, Inc. ("Skydrive Alley
Pond"), (collectively, the "Operating Companies"), (the Operating Companies
and FGGI together, the "Company"). In addition, as of December 31, 1995 the
consolidated financial statements also include Hiland Family Golf Centers,
Inc., Pelham Family Golf Center, Inc., Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc.,
Peachtree Family Golf Centers, Inc., Richmond Family Golf Centers, Inc.,
Valley View Family Golf Centers, Inc. and The Practice Tee, Inc., which were
formed in 1995 to acquire certain new golf facilities. In addition, as of
March 31, 1996, the consolidated financial statements also include Mesa
Family Golf Centers, Inc., Virginia Beach Family Golf Centers, Inc., and
Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc., which were formed in 1996 to acquire
certain new golf facilities. All significant intercompany transactions and
accounts have been eliminated.

   Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering in November
1994, pursuant to an exchange agreement, FGCI acquired all of the outstanding
common stock of the Operating Companies, in exchange for 3,445,000 shares of
common stock of FGCI. The consolidated financial statements include the
results of the Operating Companies for all periods presented as the Operating
Companies were previously related through common ownership. The exchange
transaction is accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests
and there was no change in the bases of the entities combined.

 [3] CASH EQUIVALENTS:

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 [4] INVENTORIES:

   Inventory consists of merchandise for sale in the pro shop at each
facility and food and beverage in the restaurants and is valued at the lower
of cost on a first-in, first-out basis or market.

 [5] PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

   Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation and
amortization of the respective assets is computed using the straight-line
method over their estimated lives or the term of the lease, including
expected renewal options, if shorter. Leasehold improvements are amortized
using the straight-line method over the remaining life of the lease,
including expected renewal options.

                              F-14



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE A) -- THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 (Continued)
  [6] PRE-OPENING COSTS:

   Costs associated with the opening of a new location are deferred and
amortized over one year.

   Pre-opening costs consists of primarily employee recruitment and training
costs as well as pre-opening marketing expenditures.

 [7] LOAN ACQUISITION COSTS:

   Loan acquisition costs incurred in connection with debt financing are
amortized over the life of the applicable loan weighted in accordance with
the amount of debt outstanding.

 [8] INCOME TAXES:

   Certain of the Operating Companies elected to be treated as S corporations
pursuant to Section 1362(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for federal and
state income tax purposes. As a result of this election, the income of such
Operating Companies was taxed directly to the individual stockholders. Upon
the closing of the public offering in November, 1994, the Company became a C
Corporation and adopted Statement of Accounting Standards No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes" which requires the use of the liability method
of accounting for income taxes.

 [9] NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

   Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of
shares outstanding during the period as adjusted for the exchange ratio for
shares issued in the reorganization of the Company. The effect of outstanding
options and warrants is computed, if dilutive, using the "treasury stock"
method. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission requirements,
common shares, options and warrants issued in certain of the Operating
Companies during the twelve-month period prior to the filing of the initial
public offering have been included in the calculation as if they were
outstanding for all periods prior to the offering.

 [10] USE OF ESTIMATES:

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

 [11] CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK:

   Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash
investments. The Company places its temporary cash investments with high
credit qualified financial institutions and, by policy, limits the amount of
credit exposure to any one financial institution.

 [12] RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:

   A recently issued accounting standard regarding impairments of long-lived
assets ("FAS 121") has not been adopted early by the Company. FAS 121
requires entities to review long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles to be held and used, for impairment whenever changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. The impact of the adoption of this standard on financial
position and results of operations is not expected to be material.

                              F-15



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE A) -- THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 (Continued)
  [13] STOCK BASED COMPENSATION:

   The Company accounts for stock based compensation including stock options
under the basis of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and will
continue to do so in the future. The requirements of FAS 123 on stock based
compensation will require additional disclosures commencing in 1996. Stock
options issued in the quarter ended March 31, 1996 were not material and
accordingly, no additional disclosure has been presented.

 [14] UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   The financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995 are unaudited and are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December
31, 1996. In the opinion of management, the financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair
presentation of the Company's financial position and results of operations.

 [15] INTERIM FINANCIAL REPORTING:

   Pursuant to APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, certain
accounting principles and practices followed for annual reporting are
modified for interim reporting purposes, so that the reported results for
these interim periods better relate to the results of operations for the
annual periods. Therefore, certain costs and expenses other than merchandise
cost are allocated among interim periods based on an estimate of benefit
received or activity associated with the periods.

(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITION OF GOLF FACILITIES:

   In April 1995, the Company acquired Pelham Enterprises, Inc. ("Pelham"),
an existing golf driving range. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, the
Company acquired the outstanding shares of Pelham Enterprises, Inc. for (i)
90,000 shares of FGCI common stock valued at $430 (ii) satisfaction of the
loan from the sole stockholder to Pelham of $512 and (iii) a promissory note
in favor of the sole stockholder for $230 in exchange for pro shop inventory
and other assets. In connection with the issuance of common stock, the
Company registered 45,000 shares in connection with the public offering in
December 1995 and has agreed to certain registration rights for the remaining
45,000 shares. Pelham's assets included land which was subject to an $818
mortgage. A portion of the purchase price for the acquisition ($512) was
financed with borrowings under a line of credit from Chemical Bank at an
interest rate of prime plus 1.5%, which was subsequently repaid with a
portion of the net proceeds of a public offering.

   In May 1995, the Company acquired Hiland Park Golf Course ("Hiland"), a
distressed property which was in foreclosure, consisting of a golf course,
restaurant and catering facility. The purchase price for the assets was
$3,750. The Company financed a portion of the purchase price of Hiland with a
$3,000 loan from Orix USA Corp. at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.5%
(capped at 10.5%) and with borrowings under a line of credit from Chemical
Bank at an interest rate of prime plus 1.5%, which was subsequently repaid
with a portion of the net proceeds of a public offering.

   In August 1995, the Company acquired RFC Enterprises, Inc. ("RFC"), an
existing golf center in Glen Allen, Virginia (near Richmond), in exchange for
7,500 shares of common stock valued at $96 and $454 in cash. RFC's assets
include land which is subject to a $170 mortgage. In connection with the
issuance of common stock, the Company has agreed that, if such common stock
does not have a current market price (as defined) of at least $10.00 per
share on August 25, 1997, the Company will, subject to adjustment under
certain circumstances, make up the difference between $10.00 per share and
such current market price in cash, stock or a combination thereof.

                              F-16



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITION OF GOLF FACILITIES:  (Continued)
    In August 1995, the Company purchased: (i) land in Duluth, Georgia (near
Atlanta) on which it intends to construct an executive golf course and (ii)
an existing driving range ("Peachtree"). The purchase price consisted of $500
in cash, a mortgage note in the amount of $1,600 bearing interest at the
prime rate payable on August 28, 2000 and a promissory note in the amount of
$1,000 which bears interest at 8% per annum payable on August 28, 1997 in
cash or common stock of the Company, at the Company's option.

   In September 1995, the Company acquired an existing driving range
("McDivots") in Alpharetta, Georgia (near Atlanta) in exchange for 85,000
shares of common stock and an option to purchase up to 8,500 shares of the
common stock at an exercise price of $25 per share expiring in September
2000. The property is subject to a mortgage of $1,800.

   In November 1995, the Company acquired a 5 acre property in Valley View,
Ohio ("Valley View") on which there is a domed indoor driving range. The
purchase price consisted of: (i) 101,800 shares of common stock and, (ii) an
option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an
exercise price of $25.00 per share and (iii) cash. The property was subject
to a mortgage, due September 1997 and bearing interest at the greater of 8%
and 1% over National City Bank's base rate.

   In November 1995, the Company acquired The Practice Tee, Inc. ("TPT"). TPT
operates a combination Golden Bear Golf Center and golf course facility in El
Segundo, California and a combination golf center and par-3 golf course
facility in Gilroy, California. The purchase price consisted of $4,000 and up
to $2,000 payable upon the achievement of certain operating targets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PELHAM    HILAND     RFC
                                          --------  --------  -------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Property, plant and equipment .  ........   $1,840    $3,850   $  747
Other current assets ....................      250
Excess of cost over fair value ..........                         259
                                          --------  --------  -------
    Total assets ........................    2,090     3,850    1,006
Assumption of mortgage payable ..........     (818)              (170)
Assumption of other liabilities  ........                        (246)
                                          --------  --------  -------
Net assets acquired .....................   $1,272    $3,850   $  590
                                          ========  ========  =======
Fair value of stock issued ..............   $   430            $   96
Loan from selling stockholder ...........      512
Promissory note from selling stockholder       230
Mortgage from Orix USA Corp .............             $3,000
Borrowings from Chemical Bank ...........                750      451
Other liabilities .......................                          43
Acquisition costs .......................      100       100
                                          --------  --------  -------
                                            $1,272    $3,850   $  590
                                          ========  ========  =======
</TABLE>

                    (RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PEACHTREE    MCDIVOTS    VALLEY VIEW
                                          -----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>         <C>
Property, plant and equipment .  ........     $900       $  3,140      $1,895
Other current assets ....................
Excess of cost over fair value ..........
                                          -----------  ----------  -------------
    Total assets ........................      900         3,140        1,895
Assumption of mortgage payable ..........                                (342)
Assumption of other liabilities  ........                 (1,813)        (185)
                                          -----------  ----------  -------------
Net assets acquired .....................     $900       $  1,327      $1,368
                                          ===========  ==========  =============
Fair value of stock issued ..............                $  1,140      $1,069
Loan from selling stockholder ...........
Promissory note from selling stockholder      $900
Mortgage from Orix USA Corp .............
Borrowings from Chemical Bank ...........                     53          299
Other liabilities .......................                    105
Acquisition costs .......................                     29
                                          -----------  ----------  -------------
                                              $900       $  1,327      $1,368
                                          ===========  ==========  =============
</TABLE>

   In February and March 1996, the Company acquired a combination golf center
and par-3 golf course in Mesa, Arizona ("Mesa"), a combination golf center
and par-3 golf course located in Virginia Beach, Virginia ("Virginia Beach")
and a driving range, miniature golf course, batting cages, a pro shop and a
club house located in Flemington, New Jersey ("Flemington") and associated
land. The aggregate purchase price of these three properties was


    
approximately $8,500, consisting of cash, common stock of the Company or
notes, or a combination thereof.

   In April 1996, the Company acquired an existing golf recreational practice
facility in Yorktown Heights, New York.

   The operating results of Pelham, Hiland, RFC, Peachtree, McDivots, TPT and
Valley View are included in the Company's results of operations for the year
ended December 31, 1995 from the date of

                              F-17



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITION OF GOLF FACILITIES:  (Continued)
acquisitions. The results of Mesa, Virginia Beach and Flemington are included
in the Company's results of operations for the three months ended March 31,
1996 from the date of acquisitions. These acquisitions were accounted for by
the purchase method of accounting.

   The following pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 1995
and December 31, 1994 assumes that the acquisition of Pelham, Hiland, RFC,
McDivots, Valley View and TPT had taken place at the beginning of each of
those years and that the excess cost over the fair value of assets acquired
for RFC is being amortized over 20 years. The operations of the existing
driving range in Peachtree were not material to the operations of the
Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------
                                            1995       1994
                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>
Total revenue ..........................   $14,522    $10,902
Net income (loss) ......................   $   472    $  (481)
Net income (loss) per share (Note A[F9])   $   .09    $ (0.11)
</TABLE>

   The following pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 1995
and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 assumes that, in addition to
those acquisitions noted above, the acquisitions of Virginia Beach,
Flemington and Yorktown Heights had taken place at the beginning of 1995 and
that the excess of cost over the fair value of assets acquired is being
amortized over 20 years. The operations of Mesa were not material to the
operations of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1995    MARCH 31, 1996
                                         -----------------  ------------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>
Total revenue ..........................       $16,118             $3,473
Net income (loss) ......................       $   176             $  (17)
Net income (loss) per share (Note A[F9])       $   .03             $  .00
</TABLE>
                              F-18



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE C) -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

   Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,       MARCH 31,
                                               --------------------      1996
                                                  1994       1995
                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Golf driving range facilities ................   $ 5,123    $23,564     $29,431
Leasehold improvements .......................     5,317      7,248       9,519
Machinery and equipment ......................       827      1,617       2,077
Furniture and fixtures and computer equipment         70        219         750
Construction in progress .....................     1,122      2,018       3,884
                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total ......................................    12,459     34,666      45,661
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  ...       733      1,336       1,634
                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
  Balance ....................................   $11,726    $33,330     $44,027
                                               =========  =========  ===========
</TABLE>

   Substantially all of the Company's property, plant and equipment is
pledged as collateral for various loans (see Note G). Interest of $55, $150
and $387 has been capitalized during the years ended December 31, 1993,
December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995, respectively, which amounts are
included in property, plant and equipment. Similarly $52 and $117 was
capitalized for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996,
respectively.

(NOTE D) -- PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS:

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                              --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                1994    1995      1996
                                              ------  ------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Prepaid insurance ...........................   $115    $276     $   92
Prepaid taxes ...............................      3      58        451
Preopening expenses .........................            173        502
Accounts receivable and interest receivable        6     177        438
Accounts receivable -- employees ............      6      29         83
Other receivable and prepaids ...............     92     286        792
                                              ------  ------  -----------
Total .......................................   $222    $999     $2,358
                                              ======  ======  ===========
</TABLE>

(NOTE E) -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS:

   Operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2038, are for land
at the facilities and for office space and, in some cases, are subject to
annual increases based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.

   Future minimum lease payments, including expected renewal options, under
operating lease agreements that have initial or remaining noncancellable
lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                      1995          1996
                                --------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>             <C>
1996 ..........................     $  1,497         --
1997 ..........................       1,759         1,532
1998 ..........................       1,831         1,800
1999 ..........................       1,898         1,867
2000 ..........................       1,927         1,930
2001 ..........................                     1,967
Thereafter ....................      56,116        56,384
                                --------------  -----------
  Total minimum lease payments      $65,028        65,480
                                ==============  ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-19



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE E) -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS:  (Continued)
    Operating lease rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993,
December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 was $670, $1,372 and $1,527,
respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and March 31,
1996 was $253 and $396 respectively.

   Pursuant to certain of the Company's land leases, rent expense charged to
operations differs from rent paid because of the effect of free rent periods
and scheduled rent increases. Accordingly, the Company has recorded deferred
rent payable of $187, $116 and $103 at December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995
and March 31, 1996. Rent expense is calculated by allocating total rental
payments, including those attributable to scheduled rent increases, on a
straight-line basis, over the lease term.

(NOTE F) -- DUE TO RELATED PARTIES:

   The Company was indebted to the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and the
Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") for loans in the aggregate amount of $455 at
December 31, 1994, due on demand and were paid off during 1995. The loans
bear interest at LIBOR (6.5% at December 31, 1994). Interest on such loans
aggregated $40 and $16 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31,
1994, respectively.

(NOTE G) -- DEBT:

 [1] SHORT-TERM BORROWING:

   At March 31, 1996, the Company has a revolving line of credit of $5,000,
expiring on June 30, 1996, bearing interest at prime plus 1.5%. The line is
collateralized by certain properties of the Company.

                              F-20



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE G) -- DEBT:  (Continued)
  [2] LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       ------------------
                                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                                          1994      1995       1996
                                                                       --------  --------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
Small business term loan bearing interest at 7.45%, payable in
 monthly installments through April 2002 .............................   $  595   $   529
Construction term loan for up to $1,700 bearing interest at the prime
 rate plus 2%, payable in monthly installments through May 1997
 (10.5% at March 31, 1996) ...........................................              1,457      1,454
Mortgage payable bearing interest at LIBOR plus 3.5% (capped at
 10.5%), interest only first year and payable in monthly installments
 through May 2000 ....................................................              3,000      3,000
Promissory note due April 1996 bearing interest at bank's prime rate
 (8.5% at March 31, 1996) ............................................                231
Promissory note due August 1997 bearing interest payable monthly at
 8% ..................................................................                998        998
Mortgage payable due August 2000 bearing interest payable monthly at
 bank's prime rate (8.5% at March 31, 1996) ..........................              1,600      1,600
Mortgage payable bearing interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1%
 payable in monthly installments through September 1997 (9.5% at
 March 31, 1996) .....................................................                341
Mortgage payable bearing interest at 9.8%, payable in monthly
 installments through November 1996 ..................................                 37
Mortgage payable due March 7, 2001 bearing interest at 5.25%  ........                         1,700
Term loan bearing interest at the prime rate (8.5% at December 31,
 1994) plus 2.5%, payable in varying monthly installments through May
 1998 ................................................................       71
Construction term loan for $2,500 bearing interest at the bank's
 prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1994) plus 2%, payable in monthly
 installments through December 1999 ..................................    2,500
One-year revolving working capital line of credit expiring April 2,
 1995, bearing interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at December
 31, 1994) plus 1% ...................................................      250
Term loan bearing interest at the prime rate (8.5% at December 31,
 1994) plus 4.5% payable in monthly installments beginning March 1995
 through March 1998 ..................................................      250
Construction term loan bearing interest at the bank's prime rate
 (8.5% at December 31, 1994) plus 3.5%, payable in monthly
 installments through December 1999. First year interest only  .......      816
Term loan bearing interest at 5.8%, payable on April 17, 1995  .......      100
Construction loan bearing interest at the bank's prime rate (8.75% at
 December 31, 1994) plus 1.75%, payable in monthly installments
 through May 1, 1998 .................................................    1,746
                                                                       --------  --------  -----------
  Total ..............................................................    6,328     8,193      8,752
Less current portion .................................................    1,074     1,850      1,523
                                                                       --------  --------  -----------
Noncurrent portion ...................................................   $5,254    $6,343     $7,229
                                                                       ========  ========  ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-21



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE G) -- DEBT:  (Continued)
    The above loans are collateralized by certain assets of the Company
including the Hiland golf club, golf driving range facilities, leasehold
improvements, machinery and equipment and other assets. The construction term
loan outstanding at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 is personally
guaranteed by the CEO.

   In August 1994, FGCI received the proceeds of bridge loans in the amount
of $499, bearing interest at 10% per annum. In connection with the issuance
of the loans payable, FGCI issued five year warrants to purchase 24,950
shares of common stock at a price of $3.50 per share, which were valued at
approximately $18. The issuance of such warrants resulted in a debt discount.
The warrants are immediately exercisable. The bridge loan was repaid with a
portion of the net proceeds of the initial public offering.

   The long-term portion of the Company's debt at December 31, 1995 and March
31, 1996 is payable as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                    1995          1996
              --------------  -----------
<S>           <C>             <C>
1997 ........      $1,477
1998 ........         152         1,070
1999 ........         159            72
2000 ........       1,765            72
2001 ........         173         3,372
2002 ........                        72
Thereafter  .       2,617         2,571
              --------------  -----------
  Total .....      $6,343        $7,229
              ==============  ===========
</TABLE>

(NOTE H) -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 [1] EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS:

   The Company has employment agreements, as amended, expiring on December
31, 1999 with the CEO and the CFO, who are also stockholders of the Company,
which provide for aggregate annual base salaries of $220 in 1996, $260 in
1997 and 1998 and $300 in 1999.

 [2] ALLEY POND AGREEMENT:

   The Company has an agreement to manage a family golf center which is owned
by the City of New York.

   The license agreement provides for the payment of fees to New York City,
of the greater of $900 or up to 50% of gross revenues (as defined), on an
annual basis. The Company will be obligated, as part of its license
agreement, to make improvements to the existing property of at least $1,200
and at December 31, 1995 this requirement has been met. Such improvements
will belong to the City of New York at the end of the license period, which
expires on December 31, 2006 or upon earlier termination. The agreement is
terminable at will by the City of New York.

 [3] LICENSE AGREEMENT:

   Pursuant to its license agreement with GBGC, the Company paid a one-time
facility development fee for each Golden Bear golf center. In addition, the
Company is required to pay annual royalty fees for each Golden Bear golf
center it operates based on Adjusted Gross Revenues ("AGR") as defined, equal
to 3%

                              F-22



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE H) -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:  (Continued)
of AGR less than $2,000 plus 4% of AGR between $2,000 and $3,000, plus 5% of
AGR over $3,000. The minimum royalty fee for each Golden Bear golf center
shall not be less than $50 per year. The annual royalty fee for the Alley
Pond golf center is $40 for years 1 and 2, $45 for year 3, $50 for year 4 and
beginning in year 5 shall be at the above stated percentages of AGR with a
minimum annual royalty of $50.

   On September 13, 1995 the Company's exclusive rights to open Golden Bear
Golf Centers in defined territories were terminated and the restrictions on
the Company's right to develop golf centers under its own name in such
territories were removed.

   Royalty fees incurred for the years ended December 31, 1993, December 31,
1994 and December 31, 1995 amounted to $70, $120 and $184, respectively. Such
fees for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 were $27
and $64, respectively. All of such fees have been charged to operations.

 [4] PURCHASE OF TPT AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

   As stated in Note B, in November 1995, the Company acquired TPT. Prior to
the acquisition, the CEO and the CFO of the Company individually owned, in
aggregate, 70% of the shares of TPT. The purchase price of $4,000 plus excess
of cost over fair value of assets acquired was considered a preferential
distribution to certain stockholders. The purchase price included a
contingent payment up to $2.0 million, payable upon the achievement of
certain operating income targets. The contingent purchase price in respect of
the year ending December 31, 1996 will be determined by multiplying $1.0
million by the lesser of (i) 1.0 and (ii) the number obtained by dividing the
OIBITA (as defined below) during such year by $500 (the "1996 Multiplier").
The contingent purchase price in respect of the year ending December 31, 1997
will be determined by multiplying $1.0 million by the lesser of (i) 1.0 and
(ii) the number obtained by dividing the OIBITA during such year by $1.0
million (the "1997 Multiplier"). If the 1997 Multiplier is higher than the
1996 Multiplier, then the former TPT shareholders will also be entitled to
receive an amount equal to (a) the amount which they would have been entitled
to receive in respect of 1996 if the 1996 Multiplier had been as high as the
1997 Multiplier less (b) the contingent amount, if any that they received in
respect of 1996.

   For purposes of this computation, OIBITA for any year shall mean the
operating income before interest, taxes and depreciation or amortization,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, generated by all golf facilities owned by the Company
and located west of the Mississippi River.

   Under an existing agreement with TPT, the Company had an option to acquire
TPT (the "TPT Option") for a price equal to 12.5 times the net after tax
income of TPT during the full 12 months immediately preceding the exercise of
such option. Such price was payable in shares of the Company's common stock.
The TPT Option may have been exercised at any time commencing on the earlier
of (i) January 1, 1998 or (ii) the date on which TPT has after-tax income of
at least $1,000 over a twelve-month period until the expiration date of such
option on December 31, 2003.

   See Notes F and G for other related party transactions.

 [5] OTHER COMMITMENTS:

   At December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the Company had letters of credit
outstanding totaling $500 and $500, respectively.

(NOTE I) -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 STOCK OPTION PLAN:

   In July 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan").
Under the Plan, which provides for the issuance of either incentive stock
options or nonqualified options, the maximum number

                              F-23



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE I) -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:  (Continued)
of shares of common stock for which options may be granted is 300,000 shares.
In 1994, stock options to purchase 154,000 shares of common stock were
granted at $3.50 per share. Through December 31, 1995, the Company has issued
additional options to purchase 140,000 shares of common stock at prices
ranging from $6.00 to $14.875 per share. The options are exercisable in
varying installments and have a term of ten years. During 1995 and as of
March 31, 1996, 3,795 and 21,280 options were exercised at an average
exercise price of $3.50 and $3.60, respectively.

   In addition, on March 8, 1995, certain key employees were granted options
outside of the Plan to purchase an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock
at $6.75 per share (market value at the date of grant) pursuant to employment
agreements. These options are exercisable commencing in March 1996 through
March 2005.

   On March 6, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company, adopted, subject
to stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting, the Company's 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan (the "New Plan"). The New Plan is identical to the Plan,
except that the New Plan provides (i) for the grant of options to purchase up
to 500,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) an automatic grant of
non-qualified stock options to purchase 10,000 shares to each non-employee
director upon his election or appointment to the Board of Directors and
annual grants (commencing on the date of the Annual Meeting if the New Plan
is approved) to each non-employee director of non-qualified stock options to
purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of the grant.

   In March 1996, certain employees were granted options outside of the Plan
to purchase an aggregate of 53,500 shares of common stock at $19.875 (market
value at the date of grant).

 WARRANTS:

   In connection with the initial public offering in November 1994, the
Company issued warrants to the representatives of the underwriters to
purchase 120,000 shares of common stock at $5.50 per share exercisable
through November 1999, of which 40,000 warrants to purchase shares were
exercised in connection with a public offering in December 1995. In April
1996, the remaining 80,000 warrants were exercised.

   In connection with the public offering in December 1995, the Company has
granted warrants to the representatives of the underwriters to purchase from
the Company up to 300,000 shares of common stock at $20.25 per share
exercisable through December 2000.

   In March 1996 the Company granted warrants to a consultant to purchase an
aggregate of 70,000 shares of common stock at $19.875 per share (market value
at the date of grant) pursuant to a three-year consulting agreement,
exercisable through March 1977.

(NOTE J) -- INCOME TAXES:

   The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                 DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                              ----------------  --------------
                                 1994     1995    1995    1996
                              --------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                           <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Current .....................  $  (65)    $720  $2        $43
Deferred ....................     (65)     (51)    --      (5)
                              --------  ------  ------  ------
                                 (130)     669   2         38
Less valuation allowance  ...     (65)
                              --------  ------  ------  ------
  Total provision (benefit)     $ (65)    $669  $2        $38
                              ========  ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

                              F-24



    
<PAGE>

                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(NOTE J) -- INCOME TAXES:  (Continued)
    At December 31, 1994, the Company had available net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $180 for federal income tax purposes, which
were utilized in the year ended December 31, 1995. Temporary differences
arise due to differences between reporting for financial statement purposes
and for federal income tax purposes relating primarily to deferred rent
expense and depreciation methods.

   The deferred tax assets (liabilities) are recorded as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED
                                       DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                     --------------  -----------
                                       1994    1995      1996
                                     ------  ------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>     <C>
Deferred rent ......................   $ 65  $46     $41
Tax basis of assets over book basis          70      75
Net operating loss carryforward  ...     65  --      --
                                     ------  ------  -----------
                                        130  116     116
Less valuation allowance ...........     65  --      --
                                     ------  ------  -----------
Net deferred tax asset .............   $ 65  $116    $116
                                     ======  ======  ===========
</TABLE>

   Expected tax expense (benefit) based on the statutory rate is reconciled
with the actual expense as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PERCENT OF
                                                                      PRE-TAX
                                                                  EARNINGS (LOSS)
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                                                               -------------------  ----------------
                                                                  1994       1995     1995     1996
                                                               ---------  --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>
Expected tax expense .........................................     34.0%     34.0%    34.0%    34.0%
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
 Income attributable to S corporation ........................    (45.0)
 State income tax (benefit) ..................................     (2.0)      7.6      6.0      6.0
 Decrease in valuation allowance in use of net operating loss                (7.7)
 Other .......................................................      1.0       1.1     10.0     (4.0)
                                                               ---------  --------  -------  -------
                                                                  (12.0)%    35.0 %   50.0%    36.0%
                                                               =========  ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

(NOTE K) -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

   On May 20, 1996, the Company acquired an existing recreational facility in
Norfolk, Virginia.

                              F-25



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Officers and Directors
Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc.
Virginia Beach, Virginia

   I have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Owl's Creek Golf Center,
Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the related statement of operations,
retained earnings, and cash flow for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. My
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on my audit.

   I conducted my audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. I believe that my audit provides a
reasonable basis for my opinion.

   In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Owl's Creek Golf Center,
Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
ANNE E. GORRY P.C.

February 12, 1996
Virginia Beach, Virginia

                              F-26



    
<PAGE>

                         OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                                BALANCE SHEET
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
                                       ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash on hand ......................................................................   $       700
 Cash in banks .....................................................................        13,154
 Utility deposits ..................................................................         2,231
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                            16,085
                                                                                     -------------
 Inventory (Note 1):
  Maintenance supplies and parts ...................................................         7,724
  Merchandise and snack bar ........................................................        25,143
  Range balls ......................................................................         3,581
  Gas and oil ......................................................................           300
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                            36,748
 Prepaid expenses ..................................................................        21,564
                                                                                     -------------
    Total current assets ...........................................................        74,397
                                                                                     -------------
Property & equipment (Note 1):
 Golf course .......................................................................     1,220,308
 Cart paths ........................................................................       208,741
 Buildings .........................................................................       391,258
 Irrigation system .................................................................       192,761
 Parking lot .......................................................................       195,798
 Fences and landscaping ............................................................         3,835
 Bridges ...........................................................................        39,828
 Equipment -- trucks, signs and fixtures ...........................................       338,361
 Underground gas tanks .............................................................        15,936
 Golf clubs for rent ...............................................................           965
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                         2,607,791
 Less accumulated depreciation .....................................................       746,809
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                         1,860,982
                                                                                     -------------
 Other assets:
  Unamortized loan cost ............................................................        19,488
  Deferred interest expense ........................................................         1,366
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                            20,854
                                                                                     -------------
    Total assets ...................................................................   $ 1,956,233
                                                                                     =============
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ..................................................................   $    28,345
 Payroll & sales taxes .............................................................         1,718
 Accrued interest payable ..........................................................         8,218
 Notes payable to stockholders .....................................................       498,056
 Current portion of long term liabilities ..........................................     1,593,585
                                                                                     -------------
    Total current liabilities ......................................................     2,129,922
                                                                                     -------------
Long-term liabilities:
 Banks (Note 2) ....................................................................        70,266
                                                                                     -------------
    Total long-term liabilities ....................................................        70,266
                                                                                     -------------
Stockholders' equity:
 Capital stock -- $1 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, 1,252 issued and
 outstanding .......................................................................         1,252
 Additional paid-in capital ........................................................     1,250,748
 Retained earnings (deficit) .......................................................    (1,495,955)
                                                                                     -------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ...........................................      (243,955)
                                                                                     -------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) .........................   $ 1,956,233
                                                                                     =============
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                           See accountant's report.

                              F-27



    
<PAGE>

                        OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
           STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT)
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1995
                                   ---------
<S>                                <C>
Income:
 Sales -- pro shop ...............  $ 92,137
 Less -- cost of sales ...........    72,437
                                   ---------
  Gross profit on pro shop sales      19,700
                                   ---------
 Sales -- snack bar ..............    64,913
 Less -- cost of sales ...........    30,466
                                   ---------
  Gross profit on snack bar sales     34,447
                                   ---------
 Green fees ......................   272,174
 Cart rentals ....................   134,526
 Driving range ...................    75,014
 Club and pullcart rentals  ......    11,684
 Membership fees .................     9,960
 Tournament income ...............    42,122
 Lessons .........................     3,345
 Hole sponsor ....................     1,350
 Club repair .....................     1,140
                                   ---------
    Total operating income  ......   605,462
                                   ---------
Operating expenses:
 Salaries:
  Pro shop .......................    22,837
  Concessions ....................    10,551
  Golf pros ......................    41,482
  Carts, attendants, starters  ...    17,649
  Range ..........................    15,400
  Course maintenance .............    66,482
                                   ---------
                                     174,401
                                   ---------
  Payroll tax ....................    15,380
                                   ---------
  Pro shop:
   Utilities .....................     3,720
   Supplies ......................     5,955
   Clubhouse maintenance .........     1,435
   Cash -- over or short .........      (402)
                                   ---------
                                      10,690
                                   ---------
  Concessions:
   Utilities .....................     3,482
   Supplies ......................       441
   Repairs and maintenance  ......        40
   Cash -- over or short .........       401
                                   ---------
                                       4,365
                                   ---------

</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                           See accountant's report

                              F-28



    
<PAGE>

                         OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
    STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT) --(CONTINUED)
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1995
                                  --------
<S>                               <C>
Course operations:
 Score cards ....................  $   896
 Supplies .......................      488
 Range repair and maintenance  ..    4,106
 Range balls ....................    5,304
 Carts -- gas and oil ...........      735
 Carts -- repairs and
 maintenance ....................      540
 Cart rental ....................   35,973
 Utilities ......................    4,434
                                  --------
                                    52,476
                                  --------
Course maintenance:
 Golf course repair .............      738
 Chemicals ......................    5,144
 Equipment rental ...............      520
 Equipment repair ...............    7,037
 Fertilizer & lime ..............    4,908
 Gas and oil ....................    4,828
 Sand and top dressing ..........      105
 Supplies .......................    1,605
 Water system repairs ...........      603
 Educational ....................       35
 Utilities ......................    7,960
                                  --------
                                    33,483
                                  --------
General expenses:
 Accounting and legal ...........    6,000
 Advertising ....................    6,824
 Bad debts ......................    3,923
 Bank charges ...................      214
 Contributions ..................      136
 Cox cable ......................      320
 Credit card discount ...........    2,533
 Dues and subscriptions .........      573
 Insurance -- general ...........   21,865
 Insurance -- group .............    2,817
 Medical ........................      298
 Miscellaneous ..................      109
 Office expense .................      306
 Personal property tax ..........    3,362
 Pest control ...................      492
 Postage, UPS, freight ..........      490
 Real estate taxes ..............    9,431

</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                           See accountant's report

                              F-29



    
<PAGE>

                         OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
    STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT) --(CONTINUED)
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1995
                                               -------------
<S>                                            <C>
 Refunds .....................................   $       237
 Rent -- land ................................        43,000
 Rent -- equipment ...........................           559
 Security systems ............................           525
 Seminars and meetings .......................           588
 Supplies ....................................           157
 Taxes and licenses ..........................         2,986
 Telephone ...................................         3,533
 Trade show ..................................           800
 Trash removal ...............................         1,216
 Amortization ................................         6,519
 Depreciation ................................        82,974
                                               -------------
                                                     202,787
                                               -------------
    Total operating expenses .................       493,582
                                               -------------
 Net gain from operations ....................       111,880
                                               -------------
Other income (loss):
 Sales tax discount ..........................           362
 Disposal of equipment .......................        (6,228)
 Insurance claims ............................         2,813
 Putting course rent .........................         1,720
 Commissions, telephone and cigarettes  ......           200
                                               -------------
                                                      (1,133)
                                               -------------
Other expenses:
 Interest ....................................       192,072
                                               -------------
Net loss .....................................       (81,325)
Retained earnings (deficit) beginning of year     (1,426,484)
Prior period adjustments (Note 6) ............        11,854
                                               -------------
Retained earnings (deficit) end of year  .....   $(1,495,955)
                                               =============
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                           See accountant's report

                              F-30



    
<PAGE>

                         OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995
                                                                                   -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>
Cash flows provided from operating activities:
 Net income ......................................................................   $ (81,325)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ..................................................      89,493
  Loss on sale of property and equipment .........................................       6,228
  Decrease in trade accounts receivable ..........................................       3,540
  Decrease in utility deposit ....................................................       1,100
  Decrease in inventories ........................................................       8,750
  Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets ..................................      (2,516)
  Decrease in accounts payable ...................................................      (8,948)
  Increase in accrued liabilities ................................................       8,521
                                                                                   -----------
    Net cash provided by operating activities ....................................     105,988
                                                                                   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Purchase of property and equipment ..............................................     (20,231)
 Deferred interest ...............................................................      (2,583)
                                                                                   -----------
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities .............................     (22,814)
                                                                                   -----------
Cash flow from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term debt ....................................................      18,552
 Proceeds from stockholders ......................................................     106,250
 Repayment of long-term debt .....................................................    (120,962)
                                                                                   -----------
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities .............................       3,840
                                                                                   -----------
    Net increase in cash .........................................................       5,689
    Cash at beginning of year ....................................................       8,165
                                                                                   -----------
    Cash at end of year ..........................................................   $  13,854
                                                                                   ===========
 Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Interest payments ..............................................................   $ 183,854
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                           See accountant's report

                              F-31



    
<PAGE>

                        OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              December 31, 1995

NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Organization and Purpose

   Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. was formed in 1985 under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia for the purpose of developing and operating Owl's
Creek Golf Course.

 Method of Accounting

   The financial statements have been prepared using the accrued basis of
accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Inventory

   Inventories of parts, maintenance supplies, gas, oil, merchandise and
snack bar supplies are stated at the lower of cost or market.

 Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed
using MACRS over useful lives ranging from 15 to 31.5 years for buildings and
land improvements and 5 to 15 years for other property and equipment.

 Income Taxes

   The shareholders have elected to be taxed as an S-Corporation. Net income
or loss is passed through to shareholders. Therefore, there is no provision
for income taxes reflected in these financial statements.

 Other Assets

   Loan costs for bank loans are being amortized over 15 years.

NOTE 2 -- NOTES PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 BANKS                                                                CURRENT      LONG-TERM      TOTAL
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
Central Fidelity -- secured by deed of trust and deed of trust
 note on improvements. Payments of $6,000.00 principal, and prime
 plus one and one-half percent (1 1/2 %) interest are due on the
 first of each month for 32 months leaving a balance of
 $1,545,761 at December 12, 1995. Central Fidelity has agreed to
 extend this note for three months considering the pending sale.
 In the event the assets of the corporation are not sold, Central
 Fidelity has agreed to continue with the same terms for 36
 months. .........................................................   $1,545,761     $    --     $1,545,761
Resource Bank -- note dated May 27, 1993. Interest rate is prime
 plus one percent, with principal payments of $3,500 per month
 plus interest beginning June 27, 1993. ..........................       42,000      64,442        106,442
                                                                   ------------  -----------  ------------
Associates Commercial Corporation -- secured by one (1) Toro
 Groundsmaster 325-D. Payments of $961.42 are due May through
 October for 1995, 1996 and 1997. Liability $11,648 less deferred
 interest ........................................................        5,824       5,824         11,648
                                                                   ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                     $1,593,585     $70,266     $1,663,851
                                                                   ============  ===========  ============
</TABLE>

                           See accountant's report.

                              F-32



    
<PAGE>

                        OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                              December 31, 1995

 NOTE 3 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 Merchandise

   Inventory is bought and sold at cost between Owl's Creek Golf Center and
Hells Point Golf Course, a golf course owned in part by some of the officers
of the company.

NOTE 4 -- COMMITMENTS

   Deed of Lease betwen Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and City of Virginia
Beach, Virginia, for the 30.681 (plus or minus) acre tract of land on which
the golf center has been constructed. The lease term is for forty years
commencing April 1, 1987. In 1995 the due date was moved to August 1st for
the remaining years of the lease. The rent was prorated and paid at $1,500
per month for these four months. Schedule of annual rent is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>
 1st 10 years     $10,000 for 1st 2 years
                  $18,000 for last 8 years
2nd 10 years      $22,000 yearly
3rd 10 years      $25,000 yearly
4th 10 years      $30,000 yearly
</TABLE>

   Deed of Lease between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Robert H.
Braithwaite, Jr. and Nancy F. Braithwaite for the 41 (plus or minus) acre
tract of land on which the golf center has been constructed. The lease term
is for forty years commencing March 20, 1987. Schedule of annual rent is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>
 1st 10 years     $15,000 for 1st 2 years
                  $25,000 for last 8 years
2nd 10 years      $30,000 yearly
3rd 10 years      $35,000 yearly
4th 10 years      $40,000 yearly
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 -- RENTALS UNDER OPERATING LEASES

   The annual requirements to meet the lease commitment with Eastern Golf
Car, Inc. for 50 golf carts as of December 31, 1995, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
  1996 ..............................  $ 35,974
  1997 ..............................    35,974
  1998 ..............................    35,973
  1999 ..............................    35,973
  2000 ..............................    35,973
                                      ---------
    Total minimum payments required    $179,867
                                      =========
</TABLE>

NOTE 6 -- PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENTS

   Errors in accruals of prior year expenses have been corrected.

NOTE 7

   The Company is under negotiations with an unrelated third party to sell
the assets of the company during February, 1996.

                           See accountant's report.

                              F-33



    
<PAGE>

                        OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                           STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (UNAUDITED)
             FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1996 TO MARCH 5, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
 Income:
 Sales -- pro shop ...............  $ 2,270
 Less -- cost of sales ...........    1,785
                                   --------
  Gross profit on pro shop sales        485
                                   --------
 Sales -- snack bar ..............    3,179
 Less -- cost of sales ...........    1,492
                                   --------
  Gross profit on snack bar sales     1,687
                                   --------
 Green fees ......................   14,914
 Cart rentals ....................    7,551
 Driving range ...................    5,100
 Club and pullcart rentals  ......      392
 Membership fees .................      750
 Tournament income ...............    3,278
 Lessons .........................       33
 Club repair .....................       51
                                   --------
    Total operating income  ......   34,241
                                   --------
Operating expenses:
 Salaries:
  Pro shop .......................    4,531
  Concessions ....................      451
  Golf pros ......................    8,095
  Carts, attendants, starters  ...    1,849
  Range ..........................    1,623
  Course maintenance .............   13,813
                                   --------
                                     30,362
                                   --------
  Payroll tax ....................    3,061
                                   --------
  Pro shop:
   Utilities .....................    1,119
   Supplies ......................      351
   Clubhouse maintenance .........      638
   Cash -- over or short .........      (82)
                                   --------
                                      2,026
                                   --------
  Concessions:
   Utilities .....................      342
   Supplies ......................       17
   Repairs and maintenance  ......      225
   Cash -- over or short .........       13
                                   --------
                                        597
                                   --------

</TABLE>

(Continued)

                              F-34



    
<PAGE>

                         OWL'S CREEK GOLF CENTER, INC.
                    STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)
             FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1996 TO MARCH 5, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
 Course maintenance and operations:
 Equipment repair .................   $    239
 Fertilizer & lime ................      1,078
 Gas and oil ......................        350
 Supplies .........................        225
 Repairs and Maintenance ..........        107
 Utilities ........................        278
                                    ----------
                                         2,277
                                    ----------
General expenses:
 Accounting and legal .............      3,950
 Advertising ......................         68
 Bad debts ........................         70
 Credit card discount .............        190
 Insurance -- general .............        787
 Insurance -- group ...............      1,143
 Medical ..........................         27
 Miscellaneous ....................        257
 Other expense ....................     13,923
 Pest control .....................        171
 Postage, UPS, freight ............         84
 Rent -- land .....................   $  7,167
 Security systems .................         75
 Taxes and licenses ...............         99
 Telephone ........................      1,163
 Trash removal ....................        193
 Amortization .....................        447
 Depreciation .....................     10,712
                                    ----------
                                        40,526
                                    ----------
    Total operating expenses  .....     78,849
                                    ----------
 Net (loss) from operations  ......    (44,608)
                                    ----------
Other expenses:
 Interest .........................     34,645
                                    ----------
Net loss ..........................   $(79,253)
                                    ==========
</TABLE>

                              F-35



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Members
Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC
Flemington, New Jersey

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Flemington Golf and
Sports Center, LLC as of December 31, 1995, and the related statements of
operations and members' deficit and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present farily,
in all material respects, the financial position of Flemington Golf and
Sports Center, LLC as of December 31, 1995, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

   The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the
financial statements, the Company suffered recurring losses from operations
and has a net members' deficiency, which raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans regarding those
matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include
any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


                                          Ehrenkrantz and Company
                                          Certified Public Accountants


February 28, 1996
 (Except for Note 8, as to which
  the date is March 7, 1996)
Roseland, New Jersey

                              F-36



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                                BALANCE SHEET
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>         <C>
                 ASSETS
Current Assets
 Cash .................................   $    715
                                        ----------
 Total Current Assets .................               $      715
Building and Equipment, at fair value                  1,600,000
                                                    ------------
                                                      $1,600,715
                                                    ============
   LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities
 Bank loans payable ...................   $516,397
 Note payable .........................    744,152
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses     521,583
 Due to related parties ...............    107,814    $1,889,946
                                        ----------
Members' Deficit ......................                 (289,231)
                                                    ------------
                                                      $1,600,715
                                                    ============
</TABLE>

                      See notes to financial statements.

                              F-37



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                 STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>          <C>
 Sales ............................. $  500,657
Cost of Sales .....................     486,053
                                    -----------
Gross Profit ......................                $    14,604
Operating Expenses ................                    413,381
                                                 -------------
Loss from Operations ..............                   (398,777)
Other Deductions
 Impairment of facility ...........   2,448,045
 Interest expense .................     128,190      2,576,235
                                    -----------  -------------
Net Loss ..........................                 (2,975,012)
Members' Equity, beginning of year                   2,696,408
                                                 -------------
                                                      (278,604)
Withdrawals .......................                     10,627
                                                 -------------
Members' Deficit, end of year  ....                $  (289,231)
                                                 =============
</TABLE>

                      See notes to financial statements.

                              F-38



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 Net loss ................................................   $(2,975,012)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
 by  operating activities
  Impairment of facility .................................     2,448,045
  Depreciation and amortization ..........................        46,771
  Decrease in operating assets
   Inventories ...........................................       201,069
  Increase in operating liabilities
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses .................       286,621
                                                           --------------
   Net cash provided by operating activities .............                   $  7,494
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 Purchase of property and equipment ......................       (50,822)
                                                           --------------
   Net cash used in investing activities .................                    (50,822)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 Repayment of bank loans .................................       (59,018)
 Repayments of notes payable .............................       (46,828)
 Withdrawals by members ..................................       (10,625)
 Borrowings from related parties .........................        98,660
                                                           --------------
   Net cash used in financing activities .................                    (17,811)
                                                                           ----------
Net decrease in cash .....................................                    (61,139)
Cash, beginning of year ..................................                     61,854
                                                                           ----------
Cash, end of year ........................................                   $    715
                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

                      See notes to financial statements.

                              F-39



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Business Activity

   The Company is a New Jersey limited liability company in the business of
operating and managing a golf and sports center.

 Income Taxes

   The Company is treated as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes.
Consequently, Federal income taxes are not payable by, or provided for the
Company. Members are taxed individually on their share of the Company's
earnings or losses. The Company's net income or loss is allocated among the
members in accordance with the operating agreement of the Company. The
financial statements do not reflect a provision for income taxes.

 Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE 2 -- IMPAIRMENT OF FACILITY

   The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
121 (Accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets and for long-lived
assets to be disposed of).

   If the sum of the expected future cash flows is lesser than the carrying
amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. The expected future
cash flows of the property, plant and equipment would be $1,600,000 compared
to the carrying amount of the asset of $4,048,045, resulting in an impairment
loss of $2,448,055 (see below).

   On February 1, 1996, the Company received and accepted a letter of intent
from a public company, offering to acquire all of the assets and ownership
interests of the Flemington Golf and Sports Center. The consideration to be
paid consists of 100,000 shares of the acquiror's common stock, which has an
approximate fair market value of $2,000,000 at the balance sheet date. The
stock is deemed to be "restricted securities" as such term is defined under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933 and such shares can only be sold in
accordance with the provisions of this Rule including a holding period.

   Management of the Company has advised that arrangements have been made
with a brokerage firm to immediately purchase the restricted stock at a
discount of 20% which would result in a payment to the Company of $1,600,000.

NOTE 3 -- CONTINGENCIES

 Going Concern

   As shown in the accompanying financial statement, the Company incurred a
net loss of $2,975,012 during the year ended December 31, 1995, and as of
that date, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by
$1,889,231 and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $289,231.
In addition, the Company has sustained significant operating losses since
inception.

   Those factors, as well as the uncertain condition that the Company faces
regarding its loan agreements create an uncertainty about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.

                              F-40



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

NOTE 3 -- CONTINGENCIES  (Continued)
Management of the Company has accepted a letter of intent to sell the assets
(as discussed in Note 2), however, the ability of the company to continue as
a going concern is dependent on the successful completion of the sale and a
possible guarantee by the members to fund any shortfall of funds in order to
provide full payment to all the creditors. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to
continue as a going concern.

NOTE 4 -- BANK LOANS PAYABLE

   The obligations consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>
 Note payable, Valley National Bank, requiring monthly payments
 of $44,167 plus interest at 1 1/2 % over the base commercial
 lending rate of the bank. The loan matures May 18, 1998. The
 loan is collateralized by the inventory and personally
 guaranteed by the members and is in default at this date. (a)  .   $383,333
Note payable, Valley National Bank, requiring monthly payments
 of $2,381 plus interest at 1 1/2 % over the base commercial
 lending rate of the bank. The loan is collateralized by the
 members and is in default at this date. (a) ....................    133,064
                                                                  ----------
                                                                    $516,397
                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>

- ------------

   (a) There is currently pending litigation filed against the Company and
       other defendants by Valley National Bank (because of loan covenant
       violations). At present, no answer has been filed, however, it is
       anticipated that the revenues from the proposed sale will resolve the
       litigation.

NOTE 5 -- NOTE PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>
 The Company is obligated to a company affiliated with the
 land-owner, requiring monthly payments of $9,496 to be applied
 first to interest at 7 1/2 % per annum and the balance to
 principal. The note matures on May 1, 1998 and is
 collateralized by all assets of the Company (excluding the
 inventory) and is in default at this date. .....................  $744,152
                                                                  =========
</TABLE>

NOTE 6 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The company has purchased and sold merchandise from a related party on
open account and at no mark-up. Purchases for the year amounted to $9,932 and
sales for the year were $32,784.

                              F-41



    
<PAGE>

                    FLEMINGTON GOLF AND SPORTS CENTER, LLC
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 NOTE 7 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS

   The Company is obligated under a ten year lease which terminates April 30,
2003. Rent expense for the year was $102,000. Under the negotiated terms of
the pending sale, the landlord will release the Company from this obligation
(see Note 2). Rental payments under the lease are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>
 1996 .........  $102,000
1997 .........    102,000
1998 .........    102,000
1999 .........    102,000
2000 .........    102,000
Thereafter  ..    238,000
               ----------
                 $748,000
               ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE 8 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT

   In March 1996, the Company successfully completed the sale of all the
assets to a public company (see Note 2).

                              F-42



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors
202 Golf Associates, Inc.
Yorktown Heights, New York

   We have audited the balance sheet of 202 Golf Associates, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and the related statements of operations, changes in
shareholders' deficit and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the aforementioned financial statements present fairly the
financial position of 202 Golf Associates, Inc. at December 31, 1995 and the
results of its operations, changes in shareholders' deficit and cash flows
for the year ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.


                                        MANGINI, TRAEGER & COMPANY, P.C.

April 8, 1996
Armonk, New York

                              F-43



    
<PAGE>

                           202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
                                BALANCE SHEET
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                           <C>
                                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash .......................................................................   $  166,833
 Construction bid bonds .....................................................       41,710
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                   208,543
                                                                              ------------
Property and equipment -- net of accumulated depreciation of $147,916  ......    2,130,220
Deferred charges -- net of accumulated amortization of $54,879  .............      198,266
Deposits ....................................................................        2,900
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                 2,331,386
                                                                              ------------
    Total Assets ............................................................   $2,539,929
                                                                              ============
                    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
 Current portion of long term debt ..........................................   $   72,675
 Accounts payable ...........................................................       47,856
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                   120,531
Long term debt, net of current portion ......................................    2,445,472
Shareholders' loans payable .................................................      504,807
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                 3,070,810
                                                                              ------------
Shareholders' Deficit:
 Common stock -- no par value, 200 shares authorized, issued and outstanding         1,000
 Accumulated deficit (of which $76,256 was accumulated during the
 development  stage) ........................................................     (402,831)
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                  (401,831)
 Less: treasury stock, at cost ..............................................     (129,050)
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                  (530,881)
                                                                              ------------
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficit .............................   $2,539,929
                                                                              ============
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                              F-44



    
<PAGE>

                           202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
               STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS & SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                <C>
 Revenues .........................................  $ 388,261
Cost of sales ....................................      88,768
                                                   -----------
    Gross Profit .................................     299,493
                                                   -----------
Operating Expenses:
 Salaries ........................................      59,181
 Payroll taxes ...................................       6,046
 Equipment lease .................................      50,538
 Telephone and utilities .........................      28,367
 Landscaping maintenance .........................       8,785
 Depreciation and amortization ...................     185,742
 Advertising and marketing .......................      26,620
 Professional fees ...............................       5,011
 Office expense and utilities ....................      21,302
 Insurance .......................................      27,892
 Interest expense ................................     172,790
 Vehicle expense .................................       2,071
 Miscellaneous ...................................       3,622
 Property taxes ..................................      27,725
 State taxes .....................................         376
                                                   -----------
                                                       626,068
                                                   -----------
    Net Loss .....................................    (326,575)
Deficit accumulated during the development stage       (76,256)
                                                   -----------
Accumulated Deficit -- Ending ....................   $(402,831)
                                                   ===========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                              F-45



    
<PAGE>

                           202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                          <C>
 Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 Net loss ..................................................................   $(326,575)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating
 activities:
   Amortization ............................................................      50,629
   Depreciation ............................................................     135,113
  Decrease in prepaid expenses .............................................       6,150
  Increase in accounts payable .............................................       6,125
                                                                             ------------
     Net Cash Used by Operating Activities .................................    (128,558)
                                                                             ------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 Increase in bonds receivable ..............................................     (41,710)
 Acquisition of fixed assets ...............................................     (67,301)
 Decrease in deferred charges ..............................................       1,871
                                                                             ------------
     Net Cash Used by Investing Activities .................................    (107,140)
                                                                             ------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 Proceeds of shareholder loans .............................................     302,903
 Payments on long term debt ................................................     (70,903)
                                                                             ------------
     Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities .............................     232,000
                                                                             ------------
Net decrease in cash .......................................................      (3,698)
     Cash at beginning of period ...........................................     170,531
                                                                             ------------
Cash at end of period ......................................................   $ 166,833
                                                                             ============
Cash paid for interest .....................................................   $ 172,790
                                                                             ============
Cash paid for taxes ........................................................   $     376
                                                                             ============
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                              F-46



    
<PAGE>

                          202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              December 31, 1995

NOTE A -- ORGANIZATION

   The Company was formed in January, 1992. Operations of the golf driving
range began upon the completion of construction in December of 1994. Prior to
that time operations were devoted primarily to raising capital, obtaining
financing, constructing the facility, advertising, and administrative
functions.

NOTE B -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

 Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is charged to
expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets using straight-line and
accelerated methods.

 Deferred Charges

   Deferred charges are comprised of organization costs and financing costs
and are being amortized using the straight-line method over five years.
Amortization charged to operations was $50,629 for the period.

 Income Taxes

   The financial statements do not include a provision for income taxes
because the company has elected S corporation status for federal and state
purposes. Instead, its earnings and losses are included in the shareholders'
personal income tax returns.

 Concentration of Credit Risk

   The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which may
exceed federally insured amounts of $100,000. At the balance sheet date this
excess was $106,758.

NOTE C -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   The following is a summary of property and equipment, at cost, less
accumulated depreciation:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>
 Land and improvements ......... $  824,742
Buildings and improvements  ...   1,314,278
Machinery and equipment  ......     127,951
Furniture and fixtures ........      11,165
                                -----------
                                  2,278,136
Less: accumulated depreciation      147,916
                                -----------
                                 $2,130,220
                                ===========
</TABLE>

   The useful lives of properly and equipment for computing depreciation are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>
 Land and improvements .........10-15 years
Buildings and improvements  ... 20-30 years
Machinery and equipment  ......   3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures ........     7 years
</TABLE>

   Depreciation charged to expense for the period was $135,113.

                              F-47



    
<PAGE>

                          202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                              December 31, 1995

 NOTE D -- LONG-TERM DEBT

   The following is a summary of notes and mortgages payable as of December
31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
 Mortgage payable to bank with a fixed monthly payment of $4,596 plus interest at
 2% above the banks prime lending rate on the unpaid balance; personally
 guaranteed by all shareholders. The loan is due and payable in full in December
 1999. ..........................................................................   $1,444,843
Mortgage payable to shareholders, dated May 1994 with no stated terms for
 principal or interest payments. This mortgage is subordinate to the bank
 mortgage. Additional funds will be provided when required. .....................    1,000,000
Note payable to former shareholders for the purchase of treasury stock for 100%
 of the shareholders interest, bearing an interest rate of 9%; payable as
 follows:
  A principal installment in the sum of $5,325, together with accrued interest
   of $4,675 payable on June 1, 1995.
  The remaining principal balance is to be paid in equal monthly installments
   of $2,083. ...................................................................       73,304
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                     2,518,147
Less: current portion ...........................................................       72,675
                                                                                  ------------
Long-term debt, net of current portion ..........................................   $2,445,472
                                                                                  ============
</TABLE>

NOTE E -- TREASURY STOCK

   In October 1994, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase all of
the stock of certain shareholders for a total of $129,050.

                              F-48



    
<PAGE>

                          202 GOLF ASSOCIATES, INC.
                           STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (UNAUDITED)
                  FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>
 Revenues .......................  $ 77,254
Cost of sales ..................     12,806
                                 ----------
    Gross Profit ...............     64,448
                                 ----------
Operating Expenses:
 Salaries ......................     18,137
 Payroll taxes .................      2,193
 Equipment lease ...............     12,827
 Telephone and utilities  ......      5,974
 Landscaping maintenance  ......        799
 Depreciation and amortization       42,754
 Advertising and marketing  ....      4,868
 Professional fees .............        132
 Office expense and utilities  .      2,893
 Insurance .....................        711
 Interest expense ..............     26,359
 Miscellaneous .................        392
 Property taxes ................      5,575
                                 ----------
                                    123,614
                                 ----------
    Net Loss ...................   $(59,166)
                                 ==========
</TABLE>

                              F-49



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Stockholder
Pelham Enterprises, Inc.
Greenville, South Carolina

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Pelham Enterprises, Inc.
as of December 31, 1994, and the related statements of income and retained
earnings and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Pelham Enterprises, Inc.
at December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

Bradshaw, Gordon & Clinkscales, P.A.
Greenville, South Carolina
April 25, 1995

                              F-50



    
<PAGE>

                           PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                BALANCE SHEETS
                     DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND APRIL 30, 1995

                                    ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      APRIL 30,
                                      DECEMBER 31,      1995
                                          1994       (UNAUDITED)
                                    --------------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash .............................    $   12,183    $    5,289
 Inventory ........................       226,360       225,534
 Prepaid expenses .................         5,452         2,504
                                    --------------  -----------
  Total current assets ............       243,995       233,327
                                    --------------  -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 Land .............................       779,564       779,564
 Building and amusement facilities        752,135       754,684
                                    --------------  -----------
                                        1,531,699     1,534,248
 Less: Accumulated depreciation  ..       303,146       316,480
                                    --------------  -----------
  Net property and equipment  .....     1,228,553     1,217,768
                                    --------------  -----------
TOTAL ASSETS ......................    $ 1,472,548   $1,451,095
                                    ==============  ===========
</TABLE>

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
 CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable .............................   $   18,741   $      618
 Sales tax and admissions tax payable  ........        2,954           --
 Right-of-way deposit .........................       19,100       24,000
 Current portion of note payable ..............       33,596       34,800
                                                ------------  -----------
  Total Current Liabilities ...................       74,391       59,418
Due to shareholder ............................      511,591      511,591
LONG-TERM LIABILITY:
 Note payable, less current portion ...........      789,890      780,305
                                                ------------  -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES .............................    1,375,872    1,351,314
                                                ------------  -----------
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value; 1,000 shares
  authorized; 750 shares issued and
 outstanding ..................................       52,300       52,300
 Retained earnings ............................       44,376       47,481
                                                ------------  -----------
  Total stockholder's equity ..................       96,676       99,781
                                                ------------  -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY  ...   $1,472,548   $1,451,095
                                                ============  ===========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                              F-51



    
<PAGE>

                           PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
                   AND THE FOUR MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 APRIL 30,
                                                 DECEMBER 31,      1995
                                                     1994       (UNAUDITED)
                                               --------------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
REVENUES:
 Driving range ...............................     $303,970      $100,254
 Batting cages ...............................       43,742        16,378
 Golf instruction ............................       23,157           287
 Putting green ...............................        2,964
 Golf pro shop ...............................      389,344       149,544
                                               --------------  -----------
   Net Revenues ..............................      763,177       266,463
                                               --------------  -----------
COST OF REVENUES--GOLF PRO SHOP:
 Inventory at beginning of year ..............      153,272       226,360
 Purchases ...................................      349,545       109,837
                                               --------------  -----------
   Cost of goods available for sale  .........      502,817       336,197
 Less: Inventory at end of year ..............      226,360       225,534
                                               --------------  -----------
   Total cost of revenues ....................      276,457       110,663
                                               --------------  -----------
GROSS PROFIT .................................      486,720       155,800
                                               --------------  -----------
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:
 Salaries and wages ..........................      110,723        32,488
 Driving range supplies ......................       29,831        12,812
 Utilities ...................................       17,689         5,999
 Turf maintenance ............................       13,176         2,259
 Repairs and maintenance .....................       26,409        10,889
 Club repair costs ...........................        6,010         1,904
 Operating supplies ..........................       13,488         1,541
 Payroll taxes ...............................       10,543         3,177
 Taxes and licenses ..........................       16,277           444
 Professional fees ...........................       13,853        17,178
 Advertising .................................       22,142         6,456
 Insurance ...................................       20,885         5,198
 Equipment rental ............................       13,678         2,945
 Travel ......................................        7,290         4,166
 Telephone ...................................        2,034         1,027
 Office supplies .............................        1,053           390
 Miscellaneous ...............................        6,976         4,267
 Depreciation ................................       41,620        13,333
                                               --------------  -----------
   Total general and administrative expenses        373,677       126,473
                                               --------------  -----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS .......................      113,043        29,327
                                               --------------  -----------
OTHER EXPENSES:
 Interest expense ............................       66,490        16,222
 Abandonment of putting greens ...............       44,721
                                               --------------  -----------
   Total other expenses ......................      111,211        16,222
                                               --------------  -----------
NET INCOME ...................................        1,832        13,105
RETAINED EARNINGS, Beginning of year  ........       51,044        44,376
DIVIDENDS ....................................       (8,500)      (10,000)
                                               --------------  -----------
RETAINED EARNINGS, End of year ...............     $ 44,376      $ 47,481
                                               ==============  ===========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                              F-52



    
<PAGE>

                           PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND
                   FOR THE FOUR MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         APRIL 30,
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,      1994
                                                                             1995       (UNAUDITED)
                                                                       --------------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..........................................................    $   1,832      $ 13,105
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used
 by)  operating activities:
  Depreciation .......................................................       41,620        13,333
  Loss on abandonment of putting greens ..............................       44,721            --
  Increase (decrease) in inventory ...................................      (73,088)          826
  Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses ............................       (5,452)        2,948
  Decrease in accounts payable .......................................      (22,844)      (18,123)
  Increase in other liabilities ......................................       19,627         1,946
                                                                       --------------  -----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES ............................        6,416        14,035
                                                                       --------------  -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of fixed assets ............................................      (12,915)       (2,549)
                                                                       --------------  -----------

NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES ................................      (12,915)       (2,549)
                                                                       --------------  -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Repayment of notes payable ..........................................     (835,259)       (8,380)
 Loans from stockholders .............................................        5,000            --
 Proceeds from borrowings ............................................      845,000            --
 Dividends paid ......................................................       (8,500)      (10,000)
                                                                       --------------  -----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED BY) FINANCING ACTIVITIES ..................        6,241       (18,380)
                                                                       --------------  -----------

DECREASE IN CASH .....................................................         (258)       (6,894)

CASH, Beginning of year ..............................................       12,441        12,183
                                                                       --------------  -----------

CASH, End of year ....................................................    $  12,183      $  5,289
                                                                       ==============  ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Income taxes .......................................................    $      -0-     $     -0-
                                                                       ==============  ===========
  Interest ...........................................................    $  66,490      $ 16,222
                                                                       ==============  ===========

</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                              F-53



    
<PAGE>

                           PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

   Pelham Enterprises, Inc. operates an entertainment facility under the name
of Pelham Tees. The facility is open to the public and features a golf pro
shop and driving range and batting cages. During 1994, the Company ceased
operating its putting greens.

NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Property and Equipment:

   Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Maintenance and repair costs are charged directly to expense accounts as
incurred.

   When property and equipment are disposed of, the applicable cost and
accumulated depreciation are removed from the related asset and accumulated
depreciation accounts. The resulting gain or loss is included in operations.

   The cost of property and equipment is depreciated over the estimated
useful lives of the assets using straight-line and accelerated depreciation
methods. The same lives and rates are used for book and tax purposes. The
estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
 Buildings ...........     31.5 years
All other assets  ...         7 years
</TABLE>

 Inventory:

   Inventory is stated at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, or market. Inventory consists of items purchased for
resale in the golf pro shop.

 Income Taxes:

   The Company, with the consent of its shareholder, has elected under the
Internal Revenue Code to be an S corporation. In lieu of corporation income
taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate
share of the Company's taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability
for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

NOTE 2--DUE TO SHAREHOLDER

   The amount owed to the sole shareholder is non-interest bearing. The
amount cannot be repaid without the permission of the bank described in Note
3.

NOTE 3--NOTE PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             APRIL 30,
                                                             DECEMBER 31,      1995
                                                                 1994       (UNAUDITED)
                                                           --------------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
7.5% note payable to a bank; maturing April 1997; monthly
 payments of $7,854, including principal and interest;
 secured by a mortgage on all real property of the
 Company and the guarantee of the shareholder ............     $823,486      $815,105
Less: Current portion ....................................       33,596        34,800
                                                           --------------  -----------
                                                               $789,890      $780,305
                                                           ==============  ===========
Schedule of maturities due fiscal year ending April 30,
1996 .....................................................     $ 34,800
1997 .....................................................      780,305
                                                           ==============
                                                               $815,105
                                                           ==============
</TABLE>

                              F-54



    
<PAGE>

                           PELHAM ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    The Company was subject to certain covenants relating to the $815,105
note payable. Under the terms of the note agreement, the Company is required
to maintain specific insurance coverages and debt service ratios and to
provide the bank with periodic financial information. At December 31, 1994
and April 30, 1995, respectively, the Company was in compliance with the
covenants.

NOTE 4--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   In 1994, the Company received $19,100 from the State of South Carolina as
a deposit for a portion of the Company's land the state needed for highway
right-of-way. The Company appealed the amount the state was willing to pay
for the land, and in 1995 settled with the state for a total of $24,000.

   In May 1995, Family Golf Centers, Inc. (FGCI) purchased 100% of the
Company's issued and outstanding common stock from the Company's sole
shareholder. The Company's stock was converted into FGCI stock, and the
Company's separate identity ceased.

                              F-55



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors
Family Golf Centers, Inc.
225 Broadhollow Road
Melville, NY 11747

   We have audited the accompanying Balance Sheet of Hiland Park Golf Course
(an operating component of Newmark Investments, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of Evergreen Bank, N.A.) as of April 30, 1995 and the related
Statements of Income, Equity, and Cash Flows for the eleven months then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Hiland Park Golf Course
as of April 30, 1995 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the eleven months then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

July 12, 1995
Queensbury, New York

                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Silverstein, Loftus & Ross, CPAs, P.C.

                              F-56



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                                BALANCE SHEET
                                APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
              ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents  ......   $    2,170
 Accounts receivable .............       34,409
 Inventory (A) ...................       64,679
                                   ------------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ..........      101,258
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: (A)
 Leasehold improvements ..........        1,480
 Furniture and fixtures ..........        4,908
 Machinery and equipment .........      104,702
 Dishes, glassware, silverware  ..       18,062
 Real and personal property  .....    3,650,000
                                   ------------
   TOTAL .........................    3,779,152
 Accumulated Depreciation ........       92,131
                                   ------------
   NET PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  ...    3,687,021
                                   ------------
   TOTAL ASSETS ..................   $3,788,279
                                   ============
      LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Cash overdraft ..................   $   64,774
 Accounts payable ................       55,790
 Accrued expenses ................       20,295
 Gift certificates payable  ......        8,831
 Customer deposits ...............       35,557
 Sales tax payable ...............          228
 Deferred revenue (B) ............      165,887
                                   ------------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  ....      351,362
EQUITY:
 Equity (A) ......................   $3,436,917
                                   ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     $3,788,279
                                   ============
</TABLE>

                      See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-57



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                             STATEMENT OF INCOME
                  FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>
 SALES:
 Member dues (C) ............   $   27,447
 Greens and tournament fees        409,763
 Range fees .................       17,346
 Merchandise sales ..........       98,478
 Cart rentals ...............      137,002
 Food and beverage sales  ...      710,377
 Comedy club admission  .....       22,739
 Miscellaneous ..............       12,803
                              ------------
   TOTAL SALES ..............   $1,435,955
                              ------------
COST OF SALES:
 Inventory--beginning .......            0
 Purchases--pro shop ........      132,046
 Purchases--food and
 beverage ...................      285,211
 Range balls ................        1,048
 Entertainment ..............       64,244
                              ------------
   TOTAL ....................      482,549
 LESS: inventory--ending  ...       64,679
                              ------------
   TOTAL COST OF SALES  .....      417,870
                              ------------
   GROSS PROFIT ON SALES  ...    1,018,085
OPERATING EXPENSES ..........    1,537,327
                              ------------
   NET (LOSS) ...............   $ (519,242)
                              ============
</TABLE>

                      See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-58



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                             STATEMENT OF EQUITY
                  FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL
                                                                          -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>
Balance--June 1, 1994 ...................................................  $        0
Add:
 Cash contributions by Evergreen Bank, N.A. and Newmark Investments,
 Inc.,  its wholly owned subsidiary (A) .................................     204,453
 Contribution of Assets by Evergreen Bank, N.A. and Newmark Investments,
  Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary (A) .................................   3,751,706
Less:
 Net (loss) for the eleven months ended April 30, 1995 ..................    (519,242)
                                                                          -----------
Balance--April 30, 1995 .................................................  $3,436,917
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-59



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                  FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                      <C>
 CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR):
Operating Activities:
 Net (loss) ............................................................   $(519,242)
 Items not affecting cash:
  Depreciation .........................................................      92,131
 Accounts receivable ...................................................     (34,409)
 Inventory .............................................................     (64,679)
 Accounts payable ......................................................      55,790
 Accrued expenses ......................................................      20,295
 Customer deposits .....................................................      35,557
 Deferred revenue ......................................................     165,887
 Other current liabilities .............................................       9,059
                                                                         ------------
  NET OPERATING ACTIVITIES .............................................    (239,611)
                                                                         ------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Additions To Property and Equipment ...................................     (27,446)
                                                                         ------------
  NET INVESTING ACTIVITIES .............................................     (27,446)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash Overdraft .........................................................      64,774
 Cash Contributed by Evergreen Bank, N.A. and Newmark Investments, Inc.      204,453
                                                                         ------------
  NET FINANCING ACTIVITIES .............................................     269,227
                                                                         ------------
INCREASE IN CASH .......................................................       2,170
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
 Beginning of Period ...................................................           0
                                                                         ------------
 End of Period .........................................................   $   2,170
                                                                         ============
</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-60



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                  FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                        <C>
 NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Contribution of assets by Evergreen Bank, N.A. and
   Newmark
   Investments, Inc.  ....................................   $(3,751,706)
  Increase in Equity .....................................     3,751,706
                                                           --------------
     NET CASH TRANSACTION ................................             0
                                                           ==============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for:
   Interest ..............................................   $         0
   Income taxes ..........................................             0
DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICY:
 For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity of three months
or less to be cash equivalents.

</TABLE>

                      See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-61



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                APRIL 30, 1995

(A) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   This summary of significant accounting policies of Hiland Park Golf Course
is presented to assist in understanding the operation's financial statements.
The financial statements and notes are representations of management, which
is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These accounting policies
conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been
consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.

 Business Activity

   Hiland Park Golf Course is an operating component of Evergreen Bank, N.A.
(Evergreen) and Newmark Investments, Inc. (Newmark), a wholly owned
subsidiary of Evergreen. The business operations include a golf course,
driving range, pro shop, and restaurant and banquet facilities.

   On June 1, 1994, Evergreen obtained possession of the assets of Hiland
Park, Inc. and several related entities through foreclosure proceedings.
Evergreen retained title to all the assets obtained through the foreclosure
and assigned the business operations to Newmark. At the date of foreclosure,
the assets of Hiland Park, Inc. were valued at their fair value of
$3,650,000, using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with APB
Opinion No. 16 and were contributed by Evergreen to the Hiland Park Golf
Course. These financial statements present the activity of Hiland Park Golf
Course for the eleven month period beginning June 1, 1994, the date of
foreclosure, through April 30, 1995.

   Evergreen and Newmark invested cash and property and equipment and paid
certain expenses directly to facilitate the running of the operations. These
amounts are included in these financial statements as increases to equity.

   These financial statements were prepared using the accounting and other
internal records of Evergreen and Newmark. These financial statements are
only indicative of the ongoing operations of Hiland Park Golf Course under
the oversight and funding from both Evergreen and Newmark.

 Inventory

   Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (average value) or market value.

 Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation of property and
equipment is computed using straight-line or accelerated methods at rates
based on the estimated useful lives.

   Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful
lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

   Certain assets used at the Hiland Park Golf Course, including restaurant
equipment, furniture and fixtures are the subject of a dispute between the
owner prior to foreclosure and Evergreen Bank, N.A. as to who actually owns
the assets. No value has been placed on these assets.

 Income Taxes

   Income from Hiland Park Golf Course is combined with the income and
expenses of Newmark Investments, Inc. from other sources and reported in the
corporation's federal and state tax returns. Hiland Golf Course is not a
taxpaying entity for the purposes of federal and state income taxes, and
thus, no income taxes have been recorded in the statements.

(B) DEFERRED REVENUE

   Deferred revenue at April 30, 1995, in the amount of $165,887, represents
golf club member dues received prior to April 30, 1995, prorated for the
months of May through November 1995.

                              F-62



    
<PAGE>

                           HILAND PARK GOLF COURSE
                             QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(C) MEMBER DUES

   Prior to foreclosure in May 1994, the prior owner had received a
substantial amount of member dues for the 1994 golf season. Member dues for
the period June 1, 1994 through April 30, 1995, does not reflect any
proration of annual dues paid prior to foreclosure for months after
foreclosure. Management estimates that total membership dues for the year
ended April 30, 1995 should be $135,000.

(D) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   On May 16, 1995, the golf course operation, related land, buildings,
equipment, furniture and fixtures were sold by Evergreen Bank, N.A. to Family
Golf Centers, Inc.

                              F-63



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders
RFC Enterprises, Inc.
Glen Allen, Virginia 23060

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of RFC Enterprises, Inc.,
Glen Allen, Virginia (an S corporation) as of December 31, 1994, and the
related statements of income and accumulated deficit, and cash flows for the
year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of RFC Enterprises, Inc. as
of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

Drunagel, Johnson, Rutherford & Wilkins, P.C.
Warrenton, Virginia
August 8, 1995

                              F-64



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             Glen Allen, Virginia

                                BALANCE SHEET
                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                         <C>
                                         ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash .....................................................................  $   22,603
 Accounts receivable--Banc Marc ...........................................       3,336
                                                                            -----------
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ....................................................      25,939
                                                                            -----------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST:
 Land .....................................................................     257,319
 Office furniture, fixtures and equipment .................................     134,163
 Recreational facilities and buildings ....................................     594,216
 Transportation equipment .................................................      20,041
                                                                            -----------
                                                                              1,005,739
 Less: Accumulated depreciation ...........................................     258,555
                                                                            -----------
  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT--NET ......................................     747,184
                                                                            -----------
OTHER ASSETS:
 Loan costs ...............................................................      11,577
 Less: Accumulated amortization ...........................................       5,095
                                                                            -----------
  TOTAL OTHER ASSETS ......................................................       6,482
                                                                            -----------
                                                                             $  779,605
                                                                            ===========
                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable--trade ..................................................  $   26,538
 Notes payable--due currently .............................................     235,111
 Accrued interest .........................................................      12,492
 Accrued expenses .........................................................       6,365
                                                                            -----------
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...............................................     280,506
                                                                            -----------
DEFERRED LIABILITIES:
 Notes payable ............................................................     642,426
                                                                            -----------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES .......................................................     922,932
                                                                            -----------
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock, $1 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued
 and  outstanding .........................................................         100
 Additional paid in capital ...............................................      19,909
 Accumulated deficit ......................................................    (163,336)
                                                                            -----------
  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT .............................................    (143,327)
                                                                            -----------
                                                                             $  779,605
                                                                            ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-65



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                 STATEMENT OF INCOME AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>
 REVENUES:
 Net sales ...........................   $ 643,666
                                       -----------
COST AND EXPENSES:
 Cost of sales .......................     124,458
 Advertising and promotion ...........      38,229
 Insurance ...........................      22,087
 Interest ............................      97,432
 Depreciation ........................      68,692
 Repairs and maintenance .............      41,065
 Utilities and telephone .............      19,197
 Taxes ...............................      25,313
 Salaries ............................     209,700
 Other expenses ......................      34,444
 Loss on disposition of assets  ......      24,927
                                       -----------
   TOTAL COST AND EXPENSES ...........     705,544
                                       -----------
   NET LOSS ..........................     (61,878)
ACCUMULATED DEFICIT--BEGINNING OF
 YEAR ................................     (79,130)
Less: Dividends ......................     (22,328)
                                       -----------
   ACCUMULATED DEFICIT--END OF YEAR  .   $(163,336)
                                       ===========
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-66



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                <C>
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ........................................................................   $(61,878)
                                                                                   -----------
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation ...................................................................     68,692
  Loss on sale of fixed asset ....................................................     24,927
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable ..........................................................       (700)
   Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable .............................................................     13,989
    Accrued expenses .............................................................      1,358
                                                                                   -----------
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES ...................................     46,388
                                                                                   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of fixed assets ........................................................    (86,439)
 Proceeds from sale of fixed assets ..............................................      5,000
                                                                                   -----------
     NET CASH (USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES .....................................    (81,439)
                                                                                   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from notes payable .....................................................     72,500
 Principal payments on notes payable .............................................    (29,039)
 Additional loan cost ............................................................     (1,699)
                                                                                   -----------
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES ...................................     41,762
                                                                                   -----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH .............................................................      6,711
                                                                                   -----------

     CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR ...................................................     15,892
                                                                                   -----------
     CASH AT END OF YEAR .........................................................   $ 22,603
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                              F-67



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

   The accounting policies of a company are the principles of accounting and
the methods of applying those principles which management feels are most
appropriate in preparing their financial reports. The policies adopted can
significantly affect a company's reported results of operations. To
facilitate an understanding of the data presented in the financial
statements, the significant accounting policies are summarized below:

   The Company's primary line of business is operating a family recreation
center. Facilities available to the public include an arcade, miniature golf
course, golf driving range and baseball batting cages. The Company has
recreational facilities and an office in Glen Allen, Virginia.

   Property and equipment are recorded at cost less applicable depreciation.
For recreational facilities and buildings, depreciation is calculated on the
straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives ranging from 15 years
to 31 1/2 years. For office furniture, fixtures and equipment, and
transportation equipment, depreciation is calculated using accelerated
methods based upon estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 7 years.

   The Company, with the consent of its shareholders, has elected to have its
income taxed under Section 1372 of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides
that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders are taxed on
their proportionate share of the company's taxable income. Therefore, no
provision or liability for federal income taxes is included in these
financial statements.

   Points and loan fees are capitalized and amortized over the loan term.

2. FIXED ASSETS:

   A schedule of office furniture, fixtures and recreational facilities and
transportation equipment at December 31, 1994 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ACCUMULATED
                                                  COST      DEPRECIATION
                                              ----------  --------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>
   Office furniture, fixtures and equipment     $134,163      $ 55,940
   Recreational facilities and buildings  ...    594,216       186,774
   Transportation equipment .................     20,041        15,841
                                              ----------  --------------
                                                $748,420      $258,555
                                              ==========  ==============
</TABLE>

   Cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

3. LONG-TERM DEBT AND ASSETS PLEDGED:

   A summary of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 1994 is set forth
below in the following tabulation:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                           <C>
       Note payable to Security Bank Corporation, monthly payments of
       $1,939.84,  due until maturity at December 21, 1997, interest computed
       monthly at  2 1/2 % above Wall Street Journal published rate, secured
       by security  agreement on machinery and equipment owned by RFC
       Enterprises,  Incorporated and deed of trust on property owned by
       shareholder in  Louisa County ........................................   $195,924

                              F-68



    
<PAGE>

       3. LONG-TERM DEBT AND ASSETS PLEDGED:  (Continued)

Note payable to S.H. Guza Company, monthly payments of $2,098.92, due until
       maturity on December 12, 1996 with interest at 10% annually, secured
       by land and improvements at 11000 Washington Highway, Glen Allen,
       Virginia .............................................................   $175,631
       Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation, original amount $100,000
       dated November 20, 1992, monthly payments of $2,548.00 required until
       maturity at November 20, 1995, interest at 18% annually, secured by
       second deed of trust for land and improvements at 11000 Washington
       Highway, Glen Allen, Virginia ........................................     87,625
       Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation, original amount $50,000
       dated November 16, 1993, monthly payments of $1,272.80, due until
       maturity at November 20, 1996, interest at 18% annually, secured by
       second deed of trust for land and improvements at 11000 Washington
       Highway, Glen Allen, Virginia ........................................     50,000
       Note payable to Susan Stockstill dated August 1992, original amount
       $270,575, monthly payments of $3,575.67, due until maturity at August
       2002, interest at 10% annually .......................................    251,451
       Demand note payable to Mary Margaret Mathews for advances made during
       1993 and 1994, interest payable periodically at 10% annually .........     52,500
       Note payable to Susan Stockstill for advances made during 1993 and
       1994, interest at 10% annually .......................................     34,000
       Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation dated February 15, 1994,
       interest only payable monthly until maturity at February 15, 1997,
       interest at 18% annually .............................................     25,000
       Installment notes payable to Lease Card ..............................      5,406
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                 877,537
       Less: Current maturities on long-term debt ...........................    235,111
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                $642,426
                                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

   The following is a schedule by years of future debt payments as of
December 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31:
- ------------------------
<S>                       <C>
           1995             $235,111
           1996              255,755
           1997              197,068
           1998               25,076
           1999               27,702
        Thereafter           136,825
                          ----------
                            $877,537
                          ==========
</TABLE>

                              F-69



    
<PAGE>

4. LEASED ASSETS AND LEASE COMMITMENTS:

   The Company leases adjacent property which enhances road front visibility
and serves as a covered picnic area. The monthly rent is $500 on a month to
month basis.

   On November 15, 1993, the Company entered an agreement related to coin
operated amusement machines. The vendor purchases, installs and maintains
coin operated amusement games in the arcade. Tokens are sold by the Company
and proceeds are collected weekly and payment made to the coin machine
vendor. Certain minimum revenues are stipulated and machine location
adjustments can be made. The term of the agreement is 60 months with certain
renewal options. The minimum rent due is not available since amounts due
fluctuate with volume.

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT DISCLOSURE:

   The Company maintains its cash account in a Virginia financial
institution. The cash balance is insured by the FDIC up to $100,000 and all
funds are within the FDIC insurance provided.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>                                                                    <C>
       Cash paid for:
 Interest ...........................................................   $92,159
        Noncash investing activities:
  Noncash distributions to shareholders by note receivable reduction    $22,328
</TABLE>

                              F-70



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                                BALANCE SHEET
                                 (UNAUDITED)
                                JULY 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                         <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash .....................................................................   $  10,127
 Accounts receivable--Banc Marc ...........................................       2,570
 Prepaid insurance ........................................................         920
 Notes Receivable--Shareholder ............................................      29,460
                                                                            -----------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ...................................................      43,077
                                                                            -----------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST:
 Land .....................................................................     257,319
 Office furniture, fixtures and equipment .................................     139,663
 Recreational facilities and buildings ....................................     596,813
                                                                            -----------
                                                                                993,795
 Less: Accumulated depreciation ...........................................     277,304
                                                                            -----------
   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT--NET .....................................     716,491
                                                                            -----------
OTHER ASSETS:
 Loan costs ...............................................................      11,577
 Less: Accumulated amortization ...........................................       7,715
                                                                            -----------
   TOTAL OTHER ASSETS .....................................................       3,862
                                                                            -----------
                                                                              $ 763,430
                                                                            ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable--trade ..................................................   $ 130,660
 Notes payable--due currently .............................................     213,270
 Accrued expenses .........................................................       4,599
                                                                            -----------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ..............................................     348,529
                                                                            -----------
DEFERRED LIABILITIES:
 Notes payable ............................................................     607,936
                                                                            -----------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES ......................................................     956,465
                                                                            -----------
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock, $1 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued
 and outstanding ..........................................................         100
 Additional paid in capital ...............................................      19,909
 Accumulated deficit ......................................................    (213,044)
                                                                            -----------
   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT ............................................    (193,035)
                                                                            -----------
                                                                              $ 763,430
                                                                            ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-71



    
<PAGE>

                             RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                 STATEMENT OF INCOME AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
                                 (UNAUDITED)
                       SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>
 REVENUES
 Net sales ..............................   $363,593
                                          ----------
COST AND EXPENSES:
 Cost of sales ..........................     89,379
 Advertising and promotion ..............     27,055
 Insurance ..............................      5,844
 Interest ...............................     60,723
 Depreciation ...........................     36,771
 Repairs and maintenance ................     30,189
 Utilities and telephone ................     13,750
 Taxes ..................................     10,745
 Salaries ...............................    105,798
 Other expenses .........................     24,996
                                          ----------
   TOTAL COST AND EXPENSES ..............    405,250
                                          ----------
   NET LOSS .............................     41,657
ACCUMULATED DEFICIT--BEGINNING OF PERIOD     163,336
Less: Dividends .........................      8,051
                                          ----------
   ACCUMULATED DEFICIT--END OF PERIOD  ..   $213,044
                                          ==========
</TABLE>

                              F-72



    
<PAGE>

                             RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (UNAUDITED)
                       SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss ......................................................................   $(41,657)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation ................................................................     36,771
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     (Increase) decrease in:
      Accounts receivable--trade ................................................        766
      Prepaid assets ............................................................       (920)
      Other receivables .........................................................    (29,460)
     Increase (decrease) in:
      Accounts payable ..........................................................    104,122
      Accrued expenses ..........................................................    (14,258)
                                                                                  -----------
       NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES ................................     55,364
                                                                                  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of recreational facilities ...........................................     (3,458)
                                                                                  -----------
       NET CASH (USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES ..................................     (3,458)
                                                                                  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Principal payments on notes payable ...........................................    (56,331)
  Cash distributions to shareholders ............................................     (8,051)
                                                                                  -----------
       NET CASH (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES ..................................    (64,382)
                                                                                  -----------
NET DECREASE IN CASH ............................................................    (12,476)
                                                                                  -----------
       CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..............................................     22,603
                                                                                  -----------
       CASH AT END OF PERIOD ....................................................   $ 10,127
                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-73



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                JULY 31, 1995
                                 (UNAUDITED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

   The accounting policies of a company are the principles of accounting and
the methods of applying those principles which management feels are most
appropriate in preparing their financial reports. The policies adopted can
significantly affect a company's reported results of operations. To
facilitate an understanding of the data presented in the financial
statements, the significant accounting policies are summarized below:

   The Company's primary line of business is operating a family recreation
center. Facilities available to the public include an arcade, miniature golf
course, golf driving range and baseball batting cages. The Company has
recreational facilities and an office in Glen Allen, Virginia.

   Property and equipment are recorded at cost less applicable depreciation.
For recreational facilities and buildings, depreciation is calculated on the
straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives ranging from 15 years
to 31 1/2 years. For office furniture, fixtures and equipment, and
transportation equipment, depreciation is calculated using accelerated
methods based upon estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 7 years.

   The Company, with the consent of its shareholders, has elected to have its
income taxed under Section 1372 of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides
that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders are taxed on
their proportionate share of the Company's taxable income. Therefore, no
provision or liability for federal income taxes is included in these
financial statements.

   Loan Fees--Points and loan fees are capitalized and amortized over the
loan term.

2. FIXED ASSETS:

   A schedule of office furniture, fixtures and recreational facilities at
July 31, 1995 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ACCUMULATED
                                               COST      DEPRECIATION
                                           ----------  --------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>
Office furniture, fixtures and equipment     $139,663      $ 71,695
Recreational facilities and buildings  ...    596,813       205,609
                                           ----------  --------------
                                             $736,476      $277,304
                                           ==========  ==============
</TABLE>

   Cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

                              F-74



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

3. LONG-TERM DEBT AND ASSETS PLEDGED:

   A summary of long-term debt outstanding at July 31, 1995 is set forth
below in the following tabulation:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                           <C>
 Note payable to Security Bank Corporation, monthly payments of $1,939.84,
 due until maturity at December 21, 1997, interest computed monthly at 2 1/2
 % above Wall Street Journal published rate, secured by security agreement
 on machinery and equipment owned by RFC Enterprises, Incorporated and deed
 of trust on property owned by shareholders in Louisa County ................   $182,345
Note payable to S. H. Guza Company, monthly payments of $2,098.92, due until
 maturity on December 12, 1996 with interest at 10% annually, secured by
 land and improvements at 11000 Washington Highway, Glen Allen, Virginia  ...    171,071
Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation, original amount $100,000 dated
 November 20, 1992, monthly payments of $2,548.00 required until maturity at
 November 20, 1995, interest at 18% annually, secured by second deed of
 trust for land and improvements at 11000 Washington Highway, Glen Allen,
 Virginia ...................................................................     86,391
Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation, original amount $50,000 dated
 November 16, 1993, monthly payments of $1,272.80, due until maturity at
 November 20, 1996, interest at 18% annually, secured by second deed of
 trust for land and improvements at 11000 Washington Highway, Glen Allen,
 Virginia ...................................................................     41,176
Note payable to Susan Stockstill dated August 1992, original amount
 $270,575, monthly payments of $3,575.67, due until maturity at August 2002,
 interest at 10% annually ...................................................    245,559
Demand note payable to Mary Margaret Mathews for advances made during 1993
 and 1994, interest payable periodically at 10% annually ....................     42,500
Note payable to Susan Stockstill for advances made during 1993 and 1994,
 interest at 10% annually ...................................................     23,500
Note payable to Ellis Financial Corporation dated February 15, 1994,
 interest only payable monthly until maturity at February 15, 1997, interest
 at 18% annually ............................................................     25,000
Installment notes payable to Lease Card .....................................      3,664
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                 821,206
Less: Current maturities on long-term debt ..................................    213,270
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                $607,936
                                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

                              F-75



    
<PAGE>

                            RFC ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

3. LONG-TERM DEBT AND ASSETS PLEDGED:  (Continued)
    The following is a schedule by years of future debt payments as of July
31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 PERIOD ENDING JULY 31:
- ----------------------
<S>                     <C>
    1996  .............   $213,270
    1997  .............    265,127
    1998  .............    157,995
    1999  .............     24,276
    2000  .............     26,704
    2001 and
    thereafter  .......    133,834
                        ----------
                          $821,206
                        ==========
</TABLE>

4. LEASED ASSETS AND LEASE COMMITMENTS:

   The Company leases adjacent property which enhances road front visibility
and serves as a covered picnic area. The monthly rent is $500.

   On November 15, 1993, the Company entered an agreement related to coin
operated amusement machines. The vendor purchases, installs and maintains
coin operated amusement games in the arcade. Tokens are sold by the Company
and proceeds are collected weekly and payment made to coin machine vendor.
Certain minimum revenues are stipulated and machine location adjustments can
be made. The term of the agreement is 60 months with certain renewal options.
The minimum rent due is not available since amounts due fluctuate with
volume.

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT DISCLOSURE:

   The Company maintains its cash account in a Virginia financial
institution. The cash balance is insured by the FDIC up to $100,000 and all
funds are within the FDIC insurance provided.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                          <C>
 Cash paid for:
  Interest ...............................................   $67,381
Noncash investing activities:
  Noncash distributions to shareholders by note
 receivable   reduction-vehicle distributed ..............   $ 3,544
</TABLE>

                              F-76



    
<PAGE>

To the Partners
UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
(a Georgia limited partnership)
1360 Upper Hembree Road
Roswell, Georgia 30076

                       INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT

   I have audited the accompanying balance sheet of UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS,
L.P. (a Georgia limited partnership) as of December 31, 1994 and the related
statements of income, partners' capital, and cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993, respectively. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. My
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on my audits.

   I conducted my audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. I believe that my audits provides a
reasonable basis for my opinion.

   In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS,
L.P. (a Georgia limited partnership) as of December 31, 1994 and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1994
and December 31, 1993, respectively, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

   We previously audited and reported on the financial statements of UPPER
HEMBREE PARTNERS, LP as of December 31, 1994 and for the year then ended in
our report dated September 7, 1995. That audit and those financial statements
have been updated by this report to include comparative prior year
information as to income and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1993.
No change to the previously issued financial statements has resulted.

Ernest T. Northrup
Certified Public Accountant
September 7, 1995

                              F-77



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK
                                BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,     JULY 31,
                                                                         1994           1995
                                                                   --------------  ------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>
                              ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash in bank ....................................................    $   11,607     $   18,742
 Cash--change funds ..............................................         1,500          1,400
 Miscellaneous account receivable (Note 2) .......................            --            704
 Inventory (Note 2) ..............................................         2,500            500
 Prepaid expenses ................................................         3,561         10,518
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Total current assets ..........................................        19,168         31,864
                                                                   --------------  ------------
FIXED ASSETS (Note 1):
 Land ............................................................     2,605,573      2,605,573
 Land improvements ...............................................       835,787        829,154
 Furniture and fixtures ..........................................        34,765         37,208
 Machinery and equipment .........................................       652,342        667,922
 Buildings and structures ........................................       275,551        280,911
 Less: accumulated depreciation ..................................      (540,149)      (659,648)
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Fixed assets--net .............................................     3,863,869      3,761,120
                                                                   --------------  ------------
OTHER ASSETS:
 Intangible assets (Note 1) ......................................        29,052         29,052
 Less: accumulated amortization ..................................       (13,762)       (18,302)
 Utility deposit .................................................         5,500          5,500
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Other assets--net .............................................        20,790         16,250
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Total Assets ..................................................    $3,903,827     $3,809,234
                                                                   ==============  ============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ................................................    $   22,145     $   20,336
 Accrued property taxes ..........................................        24,836         17,105
 Accrued interest payable ........................................        15,791         15,966
 Other accrued liabilities .......................................         3,789         12,801
 Installment notes and capitalized leases--current portion (Note
 4) ..............................................................         8,214          7,054
 Notes payable to banks--current portion (Note 3) ................       107,100        130,173
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Total current liabilities .....................................       181,875        203,435
                                                                   --------------  ------------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
 Notes payable to banks--long-term portion (Note 3)  .............     1,792,423      1,756,470
 Installment notes and capitalized leases--long-term portion
  (Note 4) .......................................................         1,632          4,468
 General partners' preference loan (Note 6) ......................       290,000        290,000
                                                                   --------------  ------------
   Total long-term liabilities ...................................     2,084,055      2,050,938
                                                                   --------------  ------------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL                                                      1,637,897      1,554,861
   Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital .......................    $3,903,827     $3,809,234
                                                                   ==============  ============
</TABLE>


  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                              F-78
 

    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK
                             STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DECEMBER 31,   FOR THE YEAR ENDED  FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED
                                             1993       DECEMBER 31, 1994   JULY 31, 1995 (UNAUDITED)
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>                 <C>                         <C>
REVENUES:
 Sports park sales ...................    $ 636,250         $ 672,759                $385,998
 Miscellaneous income ................        2,841             4,516                   5,625
 Interest income .....................            4             2,405                      --
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
  Total revenues .....................      639,095           679,680                 391,623
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
DIRECT COSTS:
 Driving range and golfing activities        43,594            68,608                  32,173
 Batting cages .......................          782             4,829                     381
 Pro shop ............................       12,263            19,748                   1,687
 Food and beverage ...................       16,728            32,012                  12,356
 Video arcade ........................            0             7,934                     812
 Other direct costs ..................       68,661             7,318                   2,743
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
  Total direct costs .................      142,028           140,449                  50,152
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE:
 Employee and personnel expense  .....      272,850           266,256                  90,596
 Advertising .........................       28,182            36,145                   9,969
 Contributions .......................          659             1,296                     275
 Dues and subscriptions ..............          655             3,277                     780
 Entertainment .......................          356                 0                       0
 Insurance ...........................       34,412            34,374                  14,717
 Office supplies .....................        3,730             2,248                     872
 Professional fees ...................        9,229            23,678                  14,048
 Repairs and maintenance .............       23,010            20,283                   8,964
 Taxes--property .....................        9,702            49,701                  14,000
 Telephone ...........................        7,194             4,879                   4,440
 Utilities ...........................       34,239            46,837                  19,438
 Other general and administrative  ...       16,387            11,735                  10,673
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
  Total general and administrative  ..      440,605           500,709                 188,772
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
   Operating income ..................       56,462            38,522                 152,699

NONOPERATING EXPENSE:
 Amortization ........................       19,874            20,148                   4,540
 Depreciation ........................      179,221           194,055                 119,499
 Interest ............................      212,685           162,262                 111,697
 Penalties ...........................          718                48
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
  Total nonoperating expense .........      412,498           376,513                 235,736
                                       --------------  ------------------  --------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ....................    $(356,036)        $(337,991)               $(83,037)
                                       ==============  ==================  ==========================
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part
                        of these financial statements.

                              F-79



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
           FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, DECEMBER 31, 1994
                   AND THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 GENERAL      LIMITED
                                                    TOTAL       PARTNERS      PARTNERS
                                                ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>          <C>
BALANCE--January 1, 1993 ......................   $1,317,071    $ 154,037    $1,163,034
 Net loss--1993 ...............................     (356,036)    (178,018)     (178,018)
                                                ------------  -----------  ------------
BALANCE--January 1, 1994 ......................   $  961,035    $ (23,981)   $  985,016
 Capitalization of Partners' loans and accrued
  interest (Note 6) ...........................      764,853      379,860       384,993
 Partners' capital contribution ...............      250,000                    250,000
 Net loss--1994 ...............................     (337,991)    (152,096)     (185,895)
                                                ------------  -----------  ------------
BALANCE--December 31, 1994 ....................   $1,637,897    $ 203,783    $1,434,114
 Net loss--seven months ended July 31, 1995  ..      (83,037)     (37,367)      (45,670)
                                                ------------  -----------  ------------
 Balance--July 31, 1995 .......................   $1,554,860    $ 166,416    $1,388,444
                                                ============  ===========  ============
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part
                        of these financial statements.

                              F-80



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, DECEMBER 31, 1994
                   AND THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    JULY 31,
                                                               1993            1994          1995
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Cash received from customers ..........................    $ 639,095       $ 679,680      $ 390,919
 Cash paid to suppliers and employees ..................     (588,040)       (622,928)      (244,408)
 Interest paid .........................................     (144,965)       (149,386)      (111,522)
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  .      (93,910)        (92,634)        34,989
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of fixed assets ..............................      (61,178)       (175,071)       (16,750)
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from partners' preference loans ..............      193,200          35,000
 Partners' capital contribution ........................            0         250,000
 Proceeds from short and long-term borrowings  .........       11,550          81,721         56,970
 Repayment of partners' loans ..........................       (8,200)              0              0
 Principal repayments on short and long-term borrowings       (58,710)        (75,193)       (68,174)
 Loan costs incurred ...................................            0          (6,573)
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  .      137,840         284,955        (11,204)
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------

NET INCREASE IN CASH ...................................      (17,248)         17,250          7,035

CASH BALANCE--beginning ................................       13,105          (4,143)        13,107
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------

CASH BALANCE--ending ...................................    $  (4,143)      $  13,107      $  20,142
                                                         ==============  ==============  ===========
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) TO NET CASH
 PROVIDED BY (USED) IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) .....................................     (356,036)      $(337,991)     $ (83,037)
 Adjustments:
  Depreciation and amortization ........................      199,095         214,203        124,039
  Add back 1994 capitalized interest on partners' loans             0          17,533           (704)
Net increase in miscellaneous accounts receivable
  Net increase in inventory and prepaid expenses  ......         (968)         (1,383)        (4,957)
  Net increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
 accrued liabilities ...................................       (3,721)         19,661           (527)
  Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest  .........       67,720          (4,657)           175
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------
 Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities  ..      (93,910)      $ (92,634)     $  34,989
                                                         ==============  ==============  ===========
</TABLE>

       DISCLOSURE IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITY

CAPITALIZATION OF LOANS PAYABLE TO PARTNERS

   See Note 6 in Notes to Financial Statements concerning capitalization of
$764,853 of partner loans and accrued interest on March 31, 1994.

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part
                        of these financial statements.

                              F-81



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK

                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     JULY 31, 1995 AND DECEMBER 31, 1994

1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Description of Organization

   UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P. (the "PARTNERSHIP") was formed on December
20, 1990 for the purpose of owning and operating a 26 acre golf driving
range, including ancillary operations such as golf lessons, miniature golf,
batting cages, video arcade, snack bar, etc., in Fulton County, Georgia. The
PARTNERSHIP consists of five general and 31 limited partners as of December
31, 1994. It filed as a limited partnership under the laws of the state of
Georgia on December 11, 1991.

 Method of Accounting

   The financial statements are prepared, and the books are maintained, on
the accrual method of accounting.

 Allocation of Net Income (Loss) and Partner Distributions

   The Partnership Agreement was amended and restated on March 31, 1994.
Under the amended agreement, profits and losses are allocated 45 percent to
the general partners and 55 percent to the limited partners. Distributions of
available cash flow from operations or the sale or refinance of the business
are distributed at the discretion of the general partners and in accordance
with the Partnership Agreement. The Agreement calls for three classes of
distribution priority and, thereafter, 45 percent to general partners and 55
percent to limited partners in proportion to their respective ownership
percentages.

 Fixed Assets and Depreciation

   All property is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using
straight-line methods of computation over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>
 Furniture and fixtures  .....   5 years
Machinery and equipment  ....    5 years
Buildings and structures  ...    25 years
Land improvements ...........    15 years
</TABLE>

   All land, buildings, structures, and improvements are pledged as
collateral on the note payable to bank (see Note 3).

 Intangible Assets

   Intangible assets consist of organization costs and deferred loan costs.
These assets are being amortized on the straight-line method, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                         <C>
 Organization costs  ....   5 years (60 months)
Deferred loan costs  ...    2 years (24 months)
</TABLE>

 Income Taxes

   UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, LP is organized under the laws of the state of
Georgia as a limited partnership and qualifies to file as a partnership
organization under Federal and state income tax law. Accordingly, no income
taxes are payable by the partnership entity and each partner is required to
report his pro rata share of partnership income or loss.

                              F-82



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 (Continued)
    No current or deferred income taxes are recognized for this entity.

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

   For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the PARTNERSHIP has
reflected cash flows and changes only with respect to cash on deposit. There
are no cash equivalents for the PARTNERSHIP.

2. INVENTORY

   Inventory is minor and incidental in nature. It relates to the snack bar
and pro shop operations. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net
realizable value.

   In March, 1995, the PARTNERSHIP divested itself of direct ownership and
management of the pro shop, by selling its then-existing inventory and
entering into a month-to-month management agreement with an individual who
continued to run the pro shop on the premises.

3. NOTES PAYABLE TO BANKS

   The PARTNERSHIP'S notes payable to banks consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,     JULY 31,
                                                                     1994           1995
                                                               --------------  ------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Term-balloon note payable to a commercial bank, dated
 November 14, 1994, fixed interest rate of 9.8 percent,
 payable over a two year term in equal monthly installments
 of $19,859, principal and interest included, with remaining
 principal of $1,755,450 due in a balloon payment on November
 1, 1996, collateralized by land, buildings, and structures
 of the PARTNERSHIP and by the personal guarantee of a
 general partner .............................................    $1,849,523     $1,816,643
Floating line of credit payable to a commercial bank,
 interest rate
 9.75 percent at December 31, 1994 and prime plus one percent
 at July 31, 1995 (see renewal on August 31, 1995 under
 subsequent events, Note 7), guaranteed by the personal
 guarantee of two general partners ...........................        50,000         70,000
                                                               --------------  ------------
    Total ....................................................     1,899,523      1,886,643
Less current maturities:
 Term-balloon ................................................        57,100         60,173
 Line of credit ..............................................        50,000         70,000
                                                               --------------  ------------
    Total current ............................................       107,100        130,173
                                                               --------------  ------------
    Total long-term maturities ...............................    $1,792,423     $1,756,470
                                                               ==============  ============
Maturity of long-term debt:
 1996 (due November 1, 1996) .................................    $1,792,423     $1,756,470
</TABLE>

                              F-83



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

4. INSTALLMENT NOTES AND CAPITALIZED LEASES

   The installment notes and capitalized leases represent equipment financing
arrangements, requiring monthly payments of principal and interest (finance
charge) over terms that extend as far as July 1998. There were two such
arrangements in force at December 31, 1994. Monthly payment obligations
ranged from $200 to $430 during the period under audit and until the final
term date. Current and long-term principal maturities at December 31, 1994
were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    JULY 31,
                                                                      1994          1995
                                                                --------------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
Total principal balance outstanding under installment notes
 and capitalized leases .......................................      $9,846       $11,522
Less current maturities (due within one year) .................       8,214         7,054
                                                                --------------  ----------
    Total long-term maturities ................................      $1,632       $ 4,468
                                                                ==============  ==========
</TABLE>

   The equipment financed under these arrangements is pledged as collateral
on the various outstanding obligations.

5. OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

   Other accrued liabilities consists of accrued salaries, accrued payroll
taxes, sales taxes payable and (at July 31, 1995) an insurance note payable.

   The insurance note payable at July 31, 1995 represents a premium financing
arrangement for the currently in-force general and liability insurance
policy. The note is payable in monthly amounts of $1,614 over a remaining
term of three months.

6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 General Partners' Preference Loans

   As of each respective balance sheet date, $290,000 was owed to the five
general partners for monies advanced by them to the PARTNERSHIP. These loans
are non-interest bearing and, under the terms of the Partnership Agreement,
are considered to represent a priority distribution upon the eventual sale or
refinance of the PARTNERSHIP.

 Capitalization of Loans Payable to Partners

   As of March 31, 1994, in connection with adopting an amended Partnership
Agreement (see Note 1), partners' loans in the amount of $606,000 plus
accrued interest of $158,853 were capitalized into the partners' capital
accounts. These loans had been made by both general and limited partners
during 1992 and had accrued interest at the rate of 12 percent. Interest on
these loans was $17,533 for the year ended December 31, 1994. After
capitalizing this indebtedness, no further interest was accrued. See
Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital.

 Limited Partner as Employee

   Effective March 31, 1994, one of the limited partners was employed on a
full-time basis as general manager of the sports park operation. This partner
was paid wages of $22,500 during 1994 and $17,500 during the seven months
ended July 31, 1995.

                              F-84



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  (Continued)
  Account Payable to General Partner

   At December 31, 1994, $973 was owed for a miscellaneous piece of sporting
equipment obtained for the PARTNERSHIP by a general partner. The equipment
originally cost $3,791. This account payable had no specific repayment terms.
The sum of $2,818 was repaid to the general partner during 1994 and the
account was fully retired during 1995.

7. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND OPERATING LEASES

 Commitments and Contingencies

   The PARTNERSHIP was contractually obligated to the extent of approximately
$5,000 at December 31, 1994 and $6,800 at July 31, 1995 for various
cancelable and noncancelable service and maintenance agreements and a
name-licensing agreement. These obligations are not reflected in these
financial statements because the exact amount of the liability has not been
precisely fixed and determined.

 OPERATING LEASES

   The PARTNERSHIP had entered into various operating lease agreements for
telephone equipment and credit card equipment. Future minimum commitments
under these leases for each of the next five years as of December 31, 1994
and July 31, 1995, respectively, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       DECEMBER 31,    JULY 31,
                           1995          1995
                     --------------  ----------
<S>                  <C>             <C>
Year ending in 1995       $  792        $   --
Year ending in 1996          715           869
Year ending in 1997                        609
Year ending in 1998                        318

                     --------------  ----------
    Total ..........      $1,507        $1,796
                     ==============  ==========
</TABLE>

   Rent expense under operating leases was approximately $1,900 during 1994
and $850 during the seven months ended July 31, 1995.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 Renewal of Line of Credit

   The line of credit note payable (see Note 3) was renewed on August 31,
1995 with a maturity date of September 30, 1995. Under the renewed note
agreement, the credit limit was $70,000, interest rate was 9.75 percent, and
the note was guaranteed by the personal guarantee of two general partners.

                              F-85



    
<PAGE>

                         UPPER HEMBREE PARTNERS, L.P.
                       (A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                         D/B/A MCDIVOT'S SPORTS PARK

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  (Continued)
  Sale of Partnership Assets

   Effective August 1, 1995, the PARTNERSHIP entered into an intent agreement
to sell all of the assets and the business operations of UPPER HEMBREE
PARTNERS, L.P. to an unrelated purchaser, with the closing of the sale to be
prior to the end of September, 1995. The consideration for the sale would
satisfy all outstanding liabilities of the PARTNERSHIP and, in addition,
would result in final liquidating distributions of net proceeds to all
partners under the terms of the Partnership Agreement dated March 31, 1994
(see Note 1).

9. UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The financial statements as of July 31, 1995 and for the nine months ended
July 31, 1995 are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of the results
that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 1995. In the opinion of
management, the financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of
normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's
financial position and results of operations.

                              F-86



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors
The Practice Tee, Inc.
El Segundo, California

   I have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Practice
Tee, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1994 and the related consolidated
statement of operations and accumulated deficit, and cash flows for the
period from February 8, 1994 (inception) to December 31, 1994. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. My
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on my audit.

   I conducted my audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
from material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. I believe that my audit provides a
reasonable basis for my opinion.

   In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of The Practice Tee, Inc.
and subsidiary as of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the period then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

Robert Del Riego
Manhattan Beach, California
September 14, 1995

                              F-87



    
<PAGE>

                      THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           AS AT DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                              <C>
                                            ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash .........................................................................   $  16,514
  Cash--payroll fund (restricted) ..............................................       9,950
  Accounts receivable ..........................................................      36,671
  Inventory ....................................................................         971
  Prepaid expenses .............................................................       2,073
                                                                                 -----------
    Total Current Assets .......................................................      66,179
Property, Plant and Equipment
  Computer equipment ...........................................................      10,148
  Office equipment .............................................................         372
  Allowance for depreciation ...................................................      (4,132)
                                                                                 -----------
    Total Property, Plant and Equipment ........................................       6,388
Other Assets
  Organization costs, net ......................................................       4,128
                                                                                 -----------
    Total Assets ...............................................................   $  76,695
                                                                                 ===========
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable .............................................................   $   7,066
  License fees payable .........................................................      17,500
  Accrued expenses .............................................................      37,054
  Franchise tax payable ........................................................         800
  Accrued rent .................................................................       7,800
  Accrued commissions ..........................................................       6,602
  Deposits--payroll fund .......................................................       9,950
                                                                                 -----------
    Total Current Liabilities ..................................................      86,772
Loans payable--shareholder .....................................................     201,191
Stockholders' Equity
  Capital stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued
    and outstanding ............................................................       1,000
  Accumulated deficit ..........................................................    (212,268)
                                                                                 -----------
    Total Stockholders' Equity .................................................    (211,268)
                                                                                 -----------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ...................................   $  76,695
                                                                                 ===========
</TABLE>

          See accountant's report and notes to financial statements.

                              F-88



    
<PAGE>

                      THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
              FEBRUARY 8, 1994 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
 Revenues:
  Management fees .........................   $ 101,974
  Sublicensee fees ........................       9,382
  Beer & wine sales .......................      18,862
                                            -----------
    Total Revenues ........................     130,218
Cost of Sales .............................       7,346
                                            -----------
Gross Profit ..............................     122,872
General and Administrative:
  Salaries and wages ......................     175,153
  Travel and entertainment ................      16,546
  Rent ....................................      20,053
  Commissions .............................       6,602
  Licensing fees ..........................      17,500
  Site development ........................       7,736
  Other general & administrative expenses .      78,098
                                            -----------
    Total General & Administrative ........     321,688
                                            -----------
Income (Loss) From Operations .............    (198,816)
Other Income (Expense):
  Interest income .........................         308
  Interest expense ........................     (12,160)
                                            -----------
    Total Other Income (Expense) ..........     (11,852)
                                            -----------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes  ........    (210,668)
Income Taxes ..............................       1,600
                                            -----------
Net Income (Loss) and Accumulated Deficit     $(212,268)
                                            ===========
</TABLE>

          See accountant's report and notes to financial statements.

                              F-89



    
<PAGE>

                      THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
              FEBRUARY 8, 1994 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                <C>
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net Income .....................................................................   $(212,268)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization ................................................       4,958
    Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:
     Accounts receivable .........................................................     (36,671)
     Inventory ...................................................................        (971)
     Prepaid expenses ............................................................      (2,073)
     Accounts payable ............................................................       7,066
     License fees payable ........................................................      17,500
     Accrued expenses ............................................................      37,054
     Franchise tax payable .......................................................         800
     Accrued rent ................................................................       7,800
     Accrued commissions .........................................................       6,602
                                                                                   ------------
     Net cash used in operating activities .......................................    (170,203)
                                                                                   ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Purchase of equipment ..........................................................     (10,520)
  Organization costs .............................................................      (4,954)
                                                                                   ------------
     Net cash used in investing activities .......................................     (15,474)
                                                                                   ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of capital stock ........................................       1,000
  Loans from shareholder .........................................................     201,191
                                                                                   ------------
     Net cash from financing activities ..........................................     202,191
                                                                                   ------------
Net Increase in Cash .............................................................      16,514
Cash at Beginning of Period ......................................................           0
                                                                                   ------------
Cash at End of Period ............................................................   $  16,514
                                                                                   ============

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:
   Income taxes ..................................................................   $     800
   Interest ......................................................................           0
</TABLE>

          See accountant's report and notes to financial statements.

                              F-90



    
<PAGE>

                     THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

NOTE A--THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 [1] THE COMPANY:

   The Company was formed in February, 1994 for the purpose of constructing
and operating golf learning centers and golf courses in the western United
States.

   The Company presently manages golf courses in El Segundo and Gilroy,
California.

   Through an assignment agreement with Orient Associates International, Inc.
and Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. ("GBGC") the Company is a licensee for a
Golden Bear Golf Center in California. The license agreement is terminable by
GBGC under certain conditions.

   Through agreements with the City of El Segundo ("The City"), The Practice
Tee, Inc. ("TPT") manages a golf course located in that city ("The Lakes at
El Segundo") and TPT El Segundo, Inc. owns and operates the liquor concession
in the facility's restaurant. These agreements are for a period of five years
and are terminable by either party under certain conditions expiring June 30,
1998.

 [2] PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:

   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TPT and its
wholly owned subsidiary TPT El Segundo, Inc. All significant intercompany
transactions have been eliminated.

 [3] INVENTORIES:

   Inventories consist of beer and wine for sale at the El Segundo facility
and is stated on a first in first out basis.

 [4] PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
using the double declining balance method over an estimated useful life of
five years. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 1994
amounted to $4,132.

 [5] ORGANIZATION COSTS:

   Organization costs are being amortized over five years using the straight
line method. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 1994 was
$826.

 [6] INCOME TAXES:

   The Company has adopted Statement of Accounting Standards No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes" which requires the use of the liability method
of accounting for income taxes.

   For income tax purposes, TPT uses the cash method to compute taxable
income. TPT El Segundo, Inc. reports on the accrual basis for income tax
purposes. The Companies file separate tax returns. The tax returns as filed
by the Companies reported combined losses of $171,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1994. These losses may be carried forward to offset future
taxable income.

NOTE B--CASH--RESTRICTED:

   As part of the management agreement between TPT and the City of El
Segundo, TPT El Segundo, Inc. pays the salaries and wages of the operating
staff of The Lakes of El Segundo golf course. The City reimburses the Company
for such payments. These funds are held in a separate account and their use
is restricted to the payment of operating salaries, wages, payroll taxes and
related administrative costs.

   The liability shown as "Deposits--payroll fund" represents the balance of
these restricted funds as of December 31, 1994.

                              F-91



    
<PAGE>

                     THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

 NOTE C--LOANS PAYABLE--SHAREHOLDER:

   Pursuant to a shareholder agreement with the Company, one of the
shareholders has committed to lending the Company up to $400,000 for working
capital requirements. As of December 31, 1994, these loans totaled $201,191.
There is no stated interest rate on this debt. The Company has recorded
interest expense of $12,160 on these loans using an interest rate of eight
percent. The agreement specifies payments of principal and interest based on
the Company's cash availability.

   In 1995, the shareholder loaned $125,000 of his commitment to the Company.
This debt falls under a separate agreement which specifies a two year term
and an interest rate of 10.5% to be paid monthly.

NOTE D--LEASING ARRANGEMENTS:

   Operating leases, which expire at various dates through 1997, are for
office and restaurant space, and office equipment.

   Future minimum lease payments under operating lease agreements that have
initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as
follows:

   Year Ending December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>
 1995 .......................... $ 37,365
1996 ..........................    37,365
1997 ..........................    32,918
1998 ..........................    18,000
1999 ..........................     4,500
                                ---------
  Total minimum lease payments   $130,148
                                =========
</TABLE>

NOTE E--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

    Stock Option:

   The president of the Company, who is a shareholder, has been granted a
stock option which allows him to acquire 5% of the Company's outstanding
stock from the majority shareholder at a price specified in the agreement.
The option expires in February, 1999. If the option is not exercised by that
time, an alternate shareholder has the right to exercise the option until May
of 1999.

NOTE F--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 [1] EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT:

   The shareholders agreement provides for the president of the Company, who
is also a shareholder, to receive an annual salary of $100,000.

 [2] PROPOSED ACQUISITION OF GLOBAL GOLF/GAVILAN, INC. BY THE PRACTICE TEE,
INC.

   The Company has agreed in principle to acquire Global Golf/Gavilan for
nominal consideration.

 [3] PROPOSED ACQUISITION OF COMPANY BY FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.:

   The Company has agreed in principle to be acquired by Family Golf Centers,
Inc. ("FGCI").

 [4] OPERATING ARRANGEMENT:

   The Company operates a golf course in Gilroy, California for Global
Golf/Gavilan and retains 87.5% of the net profits of such golf course. The
income from this operation for the year ended December 31, 1994 was $14,653
and is included in management fee income.

                              F-92



    
<PAGE>

                     THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

NOTE F--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:  (Continued)
  [5] SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT:

   In consideration for excluding Moreno Valley from the territory covered by
the GBI/GBGC agreement, GBGC pays the Company one half of the licensing fees
GBGC receives from the Moreno Valley facility. Total sublicense fees recorded
for the year ended December 31, 1994 were $9,382.

 [6] LOSS CONTINGENCY:

    Potential Legal Action:

   A former employee has asserted a claim against the Company alleging
harassment and discrimination during her employment. To date, no formal
complaint has been filed. The former employee made a settlement demand of
$50,000 which was rejected by the Company. The Company disputes the
allegations and intends a vigorous defense. No estimate of the possible loss
or range of loss has been made.

NOTE G--ECONOMIC DEPENDENCY

   The Company receives a substantial portion of its revenues from activities
pursuant to agreements with the City of El Segundo. If these agreements were
to be terminated prematurely, there would be a materially adverse effect on
the Company.

                              F-93



    
<PAGE>

                     THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           AS AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                              <C>
                                            ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash .........................................................................   $  27,703
  Cash--payroll fund (restricted) ..............................................       4,197
  Accounts receivable ..........................................................      92,721
  Inventory ....................................................................       1,017
  Prepaid expenses .............................................................      60,239
                                                                                 -----------
   Total Current Assets ........................................................     185,877
Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Computer equipment ...........................................................      13,408
  Office equipment .............................................................       2,204
  Allowance for depreciation ...................................................      (6,154)
                                                                                 -----------
   Total Property, Plant and Equipment .........................................       9,458
Other Assets:
  Organization costs, net ......................................................       3,385
                                                                                 -----------
   TOTAL ASSETS ................................................................   $ 198,720
                                                                                 ===========
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable .............................................................   $  20,753
  Accrued expenses .............................................................     114,501
  Accrued rent .................................................................      12,000
  Accrued commissions ..........................................................      14,193
  Deposits--payroll fund .......................................................       4,197
                                                                                 -----------
   Total Current Liabilities ...................................................     165,644
Loans payable--shareholder .....................................................     301,191
Stockholders' Equity:
  Capital stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued
   and outstanding  ............................................................       1,000
  Accumulated deficit ..........................................................    (269,115)
                                                                                 -----------
   Total Stockholders' Equity ..................................................    (268,115)
                                                                                 -----------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ....................................   $ 198,720
                                                                                 ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-94



    
<PAGE>

                      THE PRACTICE TEE, INC. & SUBSIDIARY

         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                        <C>
 Revenues:
  Management fees ........................   $ 151,920
  Sublicensee fees .......................      15,000
  Beer and wine sales ....................      36,492
                                           -----------
    Total Revenues .......................     203,412
Cost of Sales ............................      13,594
                                           -----------
Gross Profit .............................     189,818
General and Administrative:
  Salaries and wages .....................      99,634
  Travel and entertainment ...............      22,078
  Rent ...................................      22,591
  Commissions ............................      12,772
  Licensing fees .........................      26,250
  Site development .......................       3,368
  Other general and administrative
   expenses  .............................      36,951
                                           -----------
    Total General and Administrative .....     223,644
                                           -----------
Income (Loss) From Operations ............     (33,826)
Other Income (Expense):
  Interest income ........................         286
  Interest expense .......................     (23,307)
                                           -----------
    Total Other Income (Expense) .........     (23,021)
                                           -----------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes  .......     (56,847)
Income Taxes .............................          --
                                           -----------
Net Income (Loss) ........................     (56,847)
Accumulated Deficit, December 31, 1994  ..    (212,268)
                                           -----------
Accumulated Deficit, June 30, 1995  ......   $(269,115)
                                           ===========
</TABLE>

                              F-95



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Partners of
Golf Masters Limited Partnership,

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Golf Masters Limited
Partnership (an Ohio partnership) as of December 31, 1994, and the related
statements of income, changes in partners' capital, and cash flows for the
year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Golf Masters Limited
Partnership as of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
                                          Respectfully submitted,

                                          Sewell & Co., Inc.
                                          Certified Public Accountants

Cleveland, Ohio
November 2, 1995

This report contains nine pages.

                              F-96



    
<PAGE>

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                       ASSETS                              1994             1995
- ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash on hand and on deposit .......................   $   48,632.85    $    3,976.43
 Accounts receivable--Trade ........................       84,205.42        74,875.30
 Accounts receivable--Employees ....................          200.00
 Inventory .........................................       24,909.24        22,039.74
 Prepaid insurance .................................        4,091.38         3,215.05
                                                     ---------------  ---------------
  Total Current Assets .............................   $  162,038.89    $  104,106.52
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 Land ..............................................   $  500,000.00    $  500,000.00
 Leasehold improvements ............................      592,034.89       596,280.82
 Range equipment ...................................       67,595.36        67,595.36
 Computers and office equipment ....................       39,745.55        40,157.50
 Furniture and fixtures ............................       59,119.40        59,119.40
                                                     ---------------  ---------------
  Total ............................................   $1,258,495.20     1,263,153.08
 Less depreciation provision .......................       67,025.61       102,108.51
                                                     ---------------  ---------------
  Remaining Value ..................................    1,191,469.59     1,161,044.57
OTHER ASSETS
 Deposits ..........................................   $    1,273.14    $    1,273.14
 Organization and start-up costs--Net of
 accumulated  amortization of $118,794.21 and
 $167,391.87 at
  December 31, 1994 and September 30, 1995  ........      205,189.83       156,592.17
                                                     ---------------  ---------------
  Total Other Assets ...............................      206,462.97       157,865.31
                                                     ---------------  ---------------
TOTAL ASSETS .......................................   $1,559,971.45    $1,423,016.40
                                                     ===============  ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-97



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                BALANCE SHEETS

                      LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  1994             1995
                                            ---------------  ---------------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>              <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Accounts payable--Trade ..................   $   68,387.17    $  102,406.72
 Notes payable--Current portion ...........       93,170.29       278,537.77
 Withheld and accrued payroll taxes  ......        3,526.43         1,211.48
 Accrued payroll ..........................       14,417.78         5,355.86
 Accrued sales tax ........................        1,016.35
 Accrued real estate interest .............        3,237.97         3,237.97
 Deferred lesson income ...................      291,689.16       244,401.91
                                            ---------------  ---------------
  Total Current Liabilities ...............   $  475,445.15    $  635,151.71

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 Notes payable--Deferred portion ..........   $  529,491.18    $  334,495.55
 Loan payable--Golf Masters, Inc.  ........      135,465.44       169,411.59
 Loan payable--Air Dome Limited
 Partnership ..............................          615.11
                                            ---------------  ---------------
  Total Long-term Liabilities .............      665,571.73       503,907.14
PARTNERS' CAPITAL .........................      418,954.57       283,957.55
                                            ---------------  ---------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL  ..   $1,559,971.45    $1,423,016.40
                                            ===============  ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-98



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>
 Partners' capital--January 1, 1994 ....................  $ 535,047.72
 Prior period adjustment (Note 8) .....................      (7,636.88)
                                                        --------------
Partners' capital--January 1, 1994, as restated  ......   $ 527,410.84
 Partners' contributions ..............................      92,733.00
 Net loss for the year ended December 31, 1994  .......    (201,189.27)
                                                        --------------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL--DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................   $ 418,954.57
 Net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 1995     (134,997.02)
                                                        --------------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL--SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (UNAUDITED)  ....   $ 283,957.55
                                                        ==============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-99



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                       STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND EXPENSE
                 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND FOR
                   THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      1994             1995
                                ---------------  ---------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>
REVENUES                                           (UNAUDITED)
 Sales--Merchandise ...........   $  58,705.56     $  40,786.00
 Cost of sales ................      35,439.84        31,247.00
                                ---------------  ---------------
  Gross Profit ................   $  23,265.72     $   9,539.00
OTHER OPERATING INCOME
 Lessons ......................   $ 459,658.01     $ 338,258.00
 Memberships ..................     111,477.63        66,049.00
 Practice range ...............     208,677.33       160,372.00
                                ---------------  ---------------
  Total Other Operating Income      779,812.97       564,679.00
                                ---------------  ---------------
NET REVENUES ..................   $ 803,078.69     $ 574,218.00
OPERATING EXPENSE
 Advertising ..................      55,417.32        46,906.44
 Contributions ................         120.00            30.00
 Depreciation .................      46,008.75        35,082.90
 Employee benefits ............      17,615.55        13,890.12
 Insurance ....................       9,124.00        10,546.33
 Interest expense .............      59,549.19        37,078.33
 Maintenance ..................      19,888.55        17,698.65
 Miscellaneous expense ........       2,924.82               --
 Office expense ...............      36,194.24        14,841.30
 Practice range expense  ......       9,758.51               --
 Professional fees ............      15,999.65        24,051.48
 Rent .........................      56,849.24        45,000.00
 Salaries and wages ...........     329,125.27       213,138.06
 Selling expense ..............     118,968.48        95,162.18
 Taxes--Payroll ...............      49,177.20        37,454.43
 Taxes--Other .................      10,311.40         8,154.57
 Telephone ....................      20,056.83         9,639.78
 Utilities ....................      83,237.10        53,433.08
                                ---------------  ---------------
  Total Operating Expense  ....     940,326.10       662,107.65
                                ---------------  ---------------
NET LOSS FROM OPERATIONS  .....   $(137,247.41)    $ (87,889.65)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 Interest income ..............   $     854.95     $   1,490.29
 Amortization .................     (64,796.81)      (48,597.66)
                                ---------------  ---------------
  Total Other Income (Expense)      (63,941.86)      (47,107.37)
                                ---------------  ---------------
NET LOSS ......................   $(201,189.27)    $(134,997.02)
                                ===============  ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-100



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT D

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FOR THE YEAR        FOR THE NINE
                                                             ENDED DECEMBER       MONTHS ENDED
                                                                31, 1994       SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>
OPERATIONS:
 Net loss ................................................    $(201,189.27)       $(134,997.02)
 Adjustments needed to reconcile to net cash provided
  by operations:
 Depreciation ............................................       46,008.75           35,082.90
 Amortization ............................................       64,796.81           48,597.66
 Change in current assets and liabilities net of
 purchased  amounts:
  Decrease in accounts receivable ........................       28,211.08            9,530.12
  Decrease in prepaid expenses ...........................        8,994.13              876.33
  Increase in deposits ...................................         (773.14)                 --
  Decrease in inventory ..................................        8,602.05            2,869.50
  Decrease in accounts payable--Trade ....................      (42,222.13)          34,019.55
  Increase in accrued expenses ...........................          204.25          (12,393.22)
  Decrease in accrued interest ...........................       (3,056.48)                 --
  Increase (Decrease) in deferred income .................        8,811.91          (47,287.25)
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
   Net Cash Flow From Operations .........................    $ (81,612.04)       $ (63,701.43)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Inflows: ................................................    $       0.00        $       0.00
 Outflows:
  Purchase of equipment for cash .........................      (10,552.70)          (4,657.88)
  Leasehold improvements .................................      (20,775.64)                 --
  Payments to contractors ................................      (53,753.57)                 --
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
   Net Investing Outflows ................................      (85,081.91)          (4,657.88)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Inflows:
  Cash contributed by partners ...........................    $  92,733.00
  Loans from affiliated companies--net ...................      152,993.93        $ 218,698.52
 Outflows:
  Long-term debt repaid ..................................      (83,768.34)        (194,995.63)
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
   Net Financing Inflows .................................      161,958.59           23,702.89
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents ....................    $  (4,735.36)       $ (44,656.42)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents ......................       53,368.21           48,632.85
                                                           -----------------  ------------------
ENDING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .........................    $  48,632.85        $   3,976.43
                                                           =================  ==================
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 Cash paid for interest ..................................    $  62,605.67        $  37,078.33
</TABLE>
- ------------
   For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Partnership considers all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or
less to be equivalents.

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-101



    
<PAGE>

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                      NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Organization -- The limited partnership was organized in 1992 and issued a
confidential private placement memorandum pursuant to which a total offering
of $540,000 was consummated for the purpose of leasing, and operating an
indoor, year-round, golf learning center and practice facility in Valley
View, Ohio.

   Accounts Receivable -- Management has determined that all receivables are
collectable. No provision for uncollectable amounts has been recorded.

   Inventories -- The inventory is valued at lower of cost or market using
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

   Property and Equipment -- are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on
the straight-line basis for financial statement purposes and on the modified
accelerated cost recovery system for federal income tax purposes.
Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful life of the assets as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS ............ 10-30 years
Range equipment ...................    10 years
Computers and office equipment  ...  7-10 years
Furniture and fixtures ............    10 years
</TABLE>

   Organization and Start-up Costs -- have been capitalized and are being
amortized over a five year period using the straight-line method.

   Federal Income Taxes -- the partners are taxed on their proportionate
share of the Partnership's taxable income. Therefore, no provision or
liability for federal income taxes has been included in the financial
statements.

   Accounting Method and Revenue Recognition -- The financial statements are
prepared on the accrual basis of accounting.

   Deferred lesson income represents the portion of the lesson programs sold
that the students have not completed as of the balance sheet date.

   Lesson income represents the portion of the lesson programs sold that the
students have completed or that have been forfeited based on the student
contract time limitations of either one year or six months.

NOTE 2--LEASES WITH COMPANY AS LESSEE

   The partnership entered into a lease with ORIX Leasing Company for the use
of telephone equipment. The lease meets the criteria of a capital lease and,
accordingly, has been recorded as such.

NOTE 3--NOTES PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 CURRENT       DEFERRED         TOTAL
                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>            <C>
Note payable -- Independence Bank (Term
 Loan) ......................................   $84,705.96    $197,646.91    $282,352.87
Note Payable -- JSN Holdings (Mortgage)  ....     5,991.01     331,225.90     337,216.91
Capital lease -- ORIX Leasing ...............     2,473.32         618.37       3,091.69
                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
  Total .....................................   $93,170.29    $529,491.18    $622,661.47
                                              ============  =============  =============
</TABLE>

   Independence Bank (Term Loan) consists of $360,000.00 note with principal
payments of $7,058.83 for fifty-one consecutive months with interest computed
at a rate of 1.5% above the bank prime rate. The note is collateralized by
accounts receivable, inventory and equipment of the partnership, a second
mortgage on the condominium owned by Bruce and Kathleen Ferris and the
personal guarantee of Louie J. Zeitler and Bruce and Kathleen Ferris.

                              F-102



    
<PAGE>

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
               NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

    JSN Holdings (Mortgage) consists of a $350,000.00 note with payments of
$2,927.54, per month including interest at a rate of 8% or 1% above the
National City Bank prime rate, whichever is greater. The note is amortized
over a 20 year life with a balloon payment after five years. The note is
collateralized by land. On May 10, 1995, the payment will increase to
$3,359.33 per month with an interest rate of 10%.

   Long-term liabilities will mature as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 1995  . $ 93,170.29
<S>       <C>
1996  .    93,304.89
1997  .   407,951.30
1998  .    28,234.99
</TABLE>

NOTE 4--LEASING ARRANGEMENTS -- RELATED PARTY

   The partnership is currently renegotiating the lease for their facility
with Air Dome Limited Partnership. The terms of the proposed lease are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>
1995 .........$ 5,000.00 PER MONTH
1996 .........  7,500.00 per month
1997-2009 .... 14,040.15 per month
</TABLE>

   The partnership will have the option to purchase the building at the end
of the lease based on fair market value.

   Golf Masters Limited Partnership and Airdome Limited Partnership have
substantially the same individuals as limited partners.

NOTE 5--MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

   Under the management agreement the partnership agrees to pay Bruce Ferris
5% of gross revenues collected from the operation of the facility. The
initial term of the agreement is for ten years and shall automatically renew
year to year thereafter.

NOTE 6--LOANS -- AFFILIATED COMPANIES

   Golf Masters Inc. (the general partner) repaid its loan to Golf Master
Limited Partnership of $17,528.49 and loaned an additional $135,465.44 during
1994. The interest on the loan is computed at a rate of 9%.

   Air Dome Limited Partnership loaned Golf Masters Limited Partnership
$615.11 in 1993.

   It is anticipated that these loans will not be repaid within one year and
therefore are listed as long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.

NOTE 7--TAX ABATEMENTS

   The partnership was granted a tax abatement on real estate and personal
property taxes from the Ohio Department of Development and the Village of
Valley View for the period of three years commencing January 1, 1993.

                              F-103



    
<PAGE>

                       GOLF MASTERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
               NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

 NOTE 8--PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENTS

   The December 31, 1993 financial statements were not audited or reviewed by
an independent accountant. As a result of the examination of the balance
sheet amounts at January 1, 1994, it was determined that partners' capital
needed to be restated at December 31, 1993. Therefore, the following
adjustment was made to the beginning balance of partners' capital at January
1, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>
 ADJUST ACCOUNTS PAYABLE FOR:
  Utilities ...........................................   $8,458.91
  Telephone ...........................................     (822.03)
                                                        -----------
Net decrease in partners' capital at December 31, 1994    $7,636.88
                                                        ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 9--UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The financial statements as of September 30, 1995 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995 and September 30, 1994 are unaudited and are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year
ending December 31, 1995. In the opinion of management, the financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals,
necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position and
results of operations.

                              F-104



    
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Partners of
Airdome Limited Partnership,

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Airdome Limited
Partnership (an Ohio partnership) as of December 31, 1994, and the related
statements of income, changes in partners' capital, and cash flows for the
year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Airdome Limited
Partnership as of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
                                          Respectfully submitted,

                                          Sewell & Co., Inc.
                                          Certified Public Accountants

Cleveland, Ohio
November 2, 1995
This report contains seven pages.

                              F-105



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A
                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                BALANCE SHEET
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
                                ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash on deposit ...................................                    $    2,531.54
PROPERTY
 Building ..........................................   $1,134,467.10
 Less depreciation provision .......................      105,175.25
                                                     ---------------
  Remaining value ..................................                     1,029,291.85
OTHER ASSETS
 Loan receivable -- Golf Masters Limited
 Partnership .......................................                           615.11
                                                                      ---------------
TOTAL ASSETS .......................................                    $1,032,438.50
                                                                      ===============
          LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Loan payable -- General partner ...................                    $    2,970.98
PARTNERS' CAPITAL ..................................                     1,029,467.52
                                                                      ---------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL ............                    $1,032,438.50
                                                                      ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-106



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>
 Partners' capital -- January 1, 1994  .........  $1,076,510.63
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 1994        (14,391.76)
Distributions to partners' ....................      (32,651.35)
                                                ---------------
Partners' capital -- December 31, 1994  .......   $1,029,467.52
                                                ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-107



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                       STATEMENT OF INCOME AND EXPENSE
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                         <C>
 INCOME
 Rental Income ............   $ 56,849.24
OPERATING EXPENSE
 Depreciation .............   $ 70,427.25
 Professional fees ........        900.00
 Bank charges .............         19.16
                            --------------
  Total Operating Expense       71,346.41
                            --------------
NET LOSS FROM OPERATIONS  .   $(14,497.17)
OTHER INCOME
 Interest .................        105.41
                            --------------
NET LOSS ..................   $(14,391.76)
                            ==============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-108



    
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT D

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                      <C>
 OPERATIONS
 Net loss ..............................................   $(14,391.76)
 Adjustments needed to reconcile to net cash provided
 by operations:
 Depreciation ..........................................     70,427.25
                                                         --------------
  Net Cash Flow From Operations ........................   $ 56,035.49
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Inflows: ..............................................   $      0.00
 Outflows:
  Cash payments of use tax on building construction  ...    (36,202.10)
                                                         --------------
   Net Investing Outflows ..............................    (36,202.10)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Inflows: ..............................................   $      0.00
 Outflows:
  Distributions to partners ............................    (29,680.37)
                                                         --------------
   Net Financing Outflows ..............................    (29,680.37)
                                                         --------------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents ..................   $ (9,846.98)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents ....................     12,378.52
                                                         --------------
Ending cash and cash equivalents .......................   $  2,531.54
                                                         ==============
</TABLE>

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

A distribution to the general partner of $2,970.98 was recorded in the
financial statements without a cash payment, therefore a loan from the
general partner was created in the same amount.

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-109



    
<PAGE>

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                      NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Organization--The limited partnership was organized in 1992 and issued a
confidential private placement memorandum pursuant to which a total offering
of $990,000 was consummated for the purpose of constructing and leasing an
airdome structure in Valley View, Ohio.

   Property--Buildings are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on the
straight-line basis for financial statement purposes and on the modified
accelerated cost recovery system for federal income tax purposes.
Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful life of the assets as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  ORIGINAL COST       LIFE
                                ---------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>
Building:
 Structure ....................    $603,765.00   31.5 years
 Airdome fabric and components      530,702.10   10.0 years
</TABLE>

   Federal Income Taxes--The partners are taxed on their proportionate share
of the Partnership's taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for
federal income taxes has been included in the financial statements.

   Accounting Method--The financial statements are prepared on the accrual
basis of accounting.

NOTE 2--LEASING ARRANGEMENTS--RELATED PARTY

   The partnership is currently renegotiating the lease of the facility with
Golf Masters Limited Partnership. The terms of the proposed leases are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>
1995 ......... $ 5,000.00 per month
1996 ......... $ 7,500.00 per month
1997-2009 .... $14,040.15 per month
</TABLE>

   Golf Masters Limited Partnership has the option to purchase the building
at the end of the lease based on fair market value.

   Airdome Limited Partnership and Golf Masters Limited Partnership have
substantially the same individuals as limited partners.

NOTE 3--TAX ABATEMENTS

   The partnership was granted a tax abatement on real estate taxes from the
Ohio Department of Development and the Village of Valley View for the period
of three years commencing January 1, 1993.

NOTE 4--LOANS--AFFILIATED COMPANIES

   Air Dome Limited Partnership loaned Golf Masters Limited Partnership
$615.11 in 1993.

   It is anticipated that this loan will not be repaid within one year and
has been listed in the other assets section of the balance sheet.

                              F-110



    
<PAGE>

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                BALANCE SHEET
                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>
                                 ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash on deposit ......................................   $    1,685.61
 Accounts receivable -- Golf Masters Limited
 Partnership ..........................................       45,000.00
                                                        ---------------
  Total Current Assets ................................   $   46,685.61
PROPERTY:
 Building .............................................   $1,134,467.10
 Less depreciation provision ..........................     (157,995.68)
                                                        ---------------
  Remaining Value .....................................      976,471.42
OTHER ASSETS:
 Loan receivable -- Golf Masters Limited Partnership  .          615.11
                                                        ---------------
TOTAL ASSETS ..........................................   $1,023,772.14
                                                        ===============
           LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Loan payable -- General partner ......................   $    2,970.98
PARTNERS' CAPITAL .....................................    1,020,801.16
                                                        ---------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL ...............   $1,023,772.14
                                                        ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-111



    
<PAGE>

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>
 Partners' capital--January 1, 1995 ...................  $1,029,467.52
Net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 1995        (8,666.36)
                                                       ---------------
Partners' capital--September 30, 1995 ................   $1,020,801.16
                                                       ===============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-112



    
<PAGE>

                          AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                       STATEMENT OF INCOME AND EXPENSE
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                         <C>
 INCOME
 Rental Income ............   $45,000.00
OPERATING EXPENSE
 Depreciation .............   $52,820.43
 Professional fees ........       900.00
                            -------------
  Total Operating Expense      53,720.43
                            -------------
NET LOSS FROM OPERATIONS  .   $(8,720.43)
OTHER INCOME
 Interest .................        54.07
                            -------------
NET LOSS ..................   $(8,666.36)
                            =============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-113



    
<PAGE>

                          AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>
 OPERATIONS
 Net loss ..........................................................   $ (8,666.36)
 Adjustments needed to reconcile to net cash provided by
 operations:
  Depreciation .....................................................     52,820.43
 Change in current assets and liabilities net of purchase amounts:
  Increase in accounts receivable ..................................    (45,000.00)
                                                                     -------------
   Net Cash Flow From Operations ...................................   $   (845.93)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 None: .............................................................          0.00
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 None: .............................................................          0.00
                                                                     -------------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents ..............................   $   (845.93)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents ................................      2,531.54
                                                                     -------------
Ending cash and cash equivalents ...................................   $  1,685.61
                                                                     =============
</TABLE>

     The appended notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

                              F-114



    
<PAGE>

                         AIRDOME LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                      NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Organization--The limited partnership was organized in 1992 and issued a
confidential private placement memorandum pursuant to which a total offering
of $990,000 was consummated for the purpose of constructing and leasing an
airdome structure in Valley View, Ohio.

   Property--Buildings are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on the
straight-line basis for financial statement purposes and on the modified
accelerated cost recovery system for federal income tax purposes.
Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful life of the assets as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  ORIGINAL COST       LIFE
                                ---------------  -------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>
Building:
 Structure ....................    $603,765.00   31.5 years
 Airdome fabric and components      530,702.10   10.0 years
</TABLE>

   Federal Income Taxes--The partners are taxed on their proportionate share
of the Partnership's taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for
federal income taxes has been included in the financial statements.

   Accounting Method--The financial statements are prepared on the accrual
basis of accounting.

NOTE 2--LEASING ARRANGEMENTS--RELATED PARTY

   The partnership is currently renegotiating the lease of the facility with
Golf Masters Limited Partnership. The terms of the proposed lease are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>             <C>
1995 .......... $ 5,000.00 per month
1996 .......... $ 7,500.00 per month
1997-2009 ..... $14,040.15 per month
</TABLE>

   Golf Masters Limited Partnership has the option to purchase the building
at the end of the lease based on fair market value.

   Airdome Limited Partnership and Golf Masters Limited Partnership have
substantially the same individuals as limited partners.

NOTE 3--TAX ABATEMENTS

   The partnership was granted a tax abatement on real estate taxes from the
Ohio Department of Development and the Village of Valley View for the period
of three years commencing January 1, 1993.

NOTE 4--LOANS--AFFILIATED COMPANIES

   Air Dome Limited Partnership loaned Golf Masters Limited Partnership
$615.11 in 1993.

   It is anticipated that this loan will not be repaid within one year and
has been listed in the other asset section of the balance sheet.

NOTE 5--INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The financial statements as of September 30, 1995 and for the nine months
then ended are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of the results
that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 1995. In the opinion of
management, the financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of
normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the
Partnership's financial position and results of operations.

                              F-115





    


<PAGE>

NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR ANY
OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR
A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN
ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PAGE
                                             --------
<S>                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary ......................... 3
Risk Factors ............................... 7
Use of Proceeds ............................ 12
Price Range of Common Stock ................ 13
Dividend Policy ............................ 13
Capitalization ............................. 14
Selected Financial Data .................... 15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations ................................ 17
Business ................................... 24
Management ................................. 34
Principal Stockholders ..................... 38
Certain Relationships and Related
 Transactions .............................. 40
Description of Capital Stock ............... 42
Underwriting ............................... 44
Legal Matters .............................. 45
Experts .................................... 45
Available Information ...................... 46
Index to Financial Statements .............. F-1
</TABLE>

                               2,000,000 SHARES


                                    [LOGO]


                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.
                                 COMMON STOCK
                                  PROSPECTUS
                          JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
                             HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES
                                 CORPORATION

                                        , 1996






    
<PAGE>

                                   PART II
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   Delaware General Corporation Law, Section 102(b)(7), enables a corporation
in its original certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto validly
approved by stockholders, to eliminate or limit personal liability of members
of its Board of Directors for violations of a director's fiduciary duty of
care. However, the elimination or limitation shall not apply where there has
been a breach of the duty of loyalty, failure to act in good faith,
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of a law, the payment of a
dividend or approval of a stock repurchase which is deemed illegal or an
improper personal benefit is obtained. The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation includes the following language:

   No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any
of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, provided that this provision does not eliminate the liability of
the director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii)
under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware code, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

   Article Eighth of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company permits
indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, among others, officers
and directors of the Corporation. Such Article provides as follows:

   "(a) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a
"proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director,
officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or any of its direct or
indirect subsidiaries or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee, or agent of any other corporation or of a
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service
with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"),
whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official
capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity
while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense,
liability, and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines, excise or
other taxes assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, penalties, and
amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue
as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors,
and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph
(c) of this Article Eighth with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to
indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee
only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

   (b) The right to indemnification conferred in paragraph (a) of this
Article Eighth shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the
expenses incurred in defending for which such right to indemnification is
applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement
of expenses"); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation
Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or
her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation,
service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the
Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf
of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately
be determined by final judicial decision from which there is not further to
appeal (hereinafter a "final adjudication") that such indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article Eighth or
otherwise.

                               II-1



    
<PAGE>

    (c) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article Eighth shall be contract
rights. If a claim under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Article Eighth is not
paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has
been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an
advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty
days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the
Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole
or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,
the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting
or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce
a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by an
indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a
defense that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for
indemnification set forth in the Delaware Corporation Law, and (ii) any suit
by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the
terms of an undertaking, the Coporation shall be entitled to recover such
expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any
applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board
of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of
the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that
the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create
a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a
defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a
right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by
the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms
of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled
to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article
Eighth or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

   (d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article Eighth shall not be exclusive of any other right
which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this
certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

   (e) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect
itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or
loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

   (f) The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was
or is serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of any direct or
indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or, at the request of the Corporation,
of any other corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as
indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, or other enterprise.

   (g) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article
Eighth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any
person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such
repeal or modification."

   The Company maintains a policy of insurance under which the directors and
officers of the Company are insured, subject to the limits of the policy,
against certain losses arising from claims made against such directors and
officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such policy in
their respective capacities as directors and officers.

                               II-2



    
<PAGE>

 ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

   The following is an itemization of all expenses incurred or expected to be
incurred by the Company in connecton with the issuance and distribution of
the securities being offered hereby (items marked with an asterisk (*)
represent estimated expenses):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>
 SEC Registration Fee .................. $  22,081.73
Legal Fees and Expenses ...............    150,000.00*
Blue Sky Fees (including counsel fees)      25,000.00*
NASD Filing Fees ......................      7,113.00
Nasdaq National Market Fee ............     17,500.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses ..........    100,000.00*
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees  ....      5,000.00*
Printing and Engraving Expenses  ......    100,000.00*
Miscellaneous .........................     73,305.27*
                                         -------------
  Total ...............................  $ 500,000.00
                                        =============
</TABLE>

ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

   Set forth below in chronological order is information regarding the number
of shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, since inception, the
consideration received by the Company for such shares, and information
relating to the section of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission under
which exemption from registration was claimed. None of these securities was
registered under the Securities Act. No sales of securities involved the use
of an underwriter and no commissions were paid in connection with the sale of
any securities.

   In July 1994, the Company issued 5,000 shares of Common Stock to Dominic
Chang, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, for nominal consideration in connection with the initial
organization of the Company.

   On August 15, 1994 the Company borrowed $499,000 from six individuals,
each of whom represented that he was an "accredited investor" within the
meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, pursuant to a
series of promissory notes. Such promissory notes bore interest at a rate of
10% per annum and were due and paid in full upon the closing of the Company's
initial public offering. In connection with such loans, the Company issued a
series of Common Stock Purchase Warrants entitling the individuals to
purchase an aggregate of 24,950 shares of the Company's common stock, at a
price of $3.50 per share, any time prior to August 14, 1999, which warrants
were exercised in connection with the Secondary Offering and the 24,950
shares underlying such warrants were registered and sold in the Secondary
Offering.

   Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, between
the Company Dominic Chang, Krishnan P. Thampi, John Chen, Jimmy C.M. Hsu and
Tommy Hsu, upon the closing of the initial public offering of the Company,
the Company received all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of
Orient Associates International, Inc., Skycon Construction Company, Inc.,
Skydrive Company, Inc., Skydrive Greenburgh Co., Inc., Skydrive Willowbrook
NJ, Inc. and Skydrive Alley Pond Company, Inc., in exchange for an aggregate
of 3,445,000 shares of the Company's common stock.

   On March 8, 1995 Dominic Chang and Krishnan Thampi were each granted
options outside of the 1994 Stock Option Plan ("Plan") to purchase 10,000
shares of Common Stock at $6.75 per share in connection with amendments to
their respective employment agreements.

   In connection with the Company's acquisition on May 1, 1995 of the entity
which owned the golf center in Greenville, South Carolina, the Company issued
90,000 shares of Common Stock to the selling stockholder of such entity. See
"Business--Recently Opened or Acquired Facilities."

   In connection with the acquisition on August 25, 1995 by the Company of
the entity which owned the golf center in Glen Allen, Virginia (near
Richmond), 7,500 shares of Common Stock of the Company were issued to the two
selling shareholders. See "Business--Recently Opened or Acquired Facilities."

                               II-3



    
<PAGE>

    In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the golf center in
Alpharetta, Georgia, which closed on September 28, 1995, 85,000 shares of
Common Stock and an option to purchase up to 8,500 shares of Common Stock of
the Company (subsequently reduced to 8,280 shares in accordance with the
purchase contract) (at an exercise price of $25.00 per share and exercisable
until September 28, 2000) were issued to the seller. See "Business--Recently
Opened or Acquired Facilities."

   In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the golf center in
Valley View, Ohio, which closed November 8, 1995, 101,800 shares of Common
Stock and an option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of Common Stock (at an
exercise price of $25.00 per share and exercisable until November 8, 2000)
were issued to the sellers. See "Business--Recently Opened or Acquired
Facilities."

   In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the golf center in
Virginia Beach, Virginia, which closed on March 6, 1996, 50,000 shares of
Common Stock were issued to the seller. See "Business -- Recently Opened or
Acquired Facilities."

   In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the golf center in
Flemington, New Jersey, which closed on March 7, 1996, 100,000 shares of
Common Stock were issued to the seller. See "Business -- Recently Opened or
Acquired Facilities."

   In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the golf center in
Yorktown Heights, New York, which closed on April 8, 1996, 30,900 shares of
Common Stock were issued to the seller. See "Business -- Recently Opened or
Acquired Facilities."

   In connection with the entry by the Company into a consulting agreement
dated as of March 7, 1996, warrants to purchase up to 70,000 shares of Common
Stock (at an exercise price of $19.875 per share and exercisable until March
7, 1997) were issued to the consultant.

   As of May 10, 1996, options to purchase 294,000 shares of Common Stock
have been granted under the Plan and options to purchase 53,500 shares of
Common Stock have been granted outside of both the Plan and the New Plan at
prices ranging from $3.50 to $19.875 per share.

   Each of the foregoing transactions was exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of the provisions of Section 4(2) and/or Section
3(b) of the Securities Act. None of such transactions involved any general
solicitation. Each purchaser of the securities described above has
represented that such purchaser understands that the securities acquired may
not be sold or otherwise transferred absent registration under the Securities
Act or the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, and each certificate evidencing the securities owned by
each purchaser bears or will bear upon issuance a legend to that effect.

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS

   The following exhibits are filed herewith:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                                                 DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
1.1              Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1*             Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2              By-laws, as amended.
4.1*****         Pages 7 and 8 of the Certificate of Incorporation defining rights of security holders.
4.2*****         Pages 1, 3, 4, 6 and 9 of the By-laws defining rights of security holders.

                               II-4



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1+++           Opinion of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP.

10.1*            Agreement to Exchange, dated as of September 11, 1994, by and among Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Dominic Chang, Jimmy C.M. Hsu, Krishnan Thampi, Tommy Hsu, and John Chen.

10.2*            Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, by and among Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Golf Range, Inc. and Abbington Holdings, Inc.

10.3*            Option Agreement by and among Ken Simonds, William Schickler III, Dominic Chang, Krishnan Thampi,
                 The Practice Tee, Inc. and Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.4*            Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Dominic Chang.

10.4.1*****      Amendment No. 1, dated March 8, 1995 to the Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994,
                 between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Dominic Chang, filed as Exhibit 10.4.

10.5*            Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Krishnan Thampi.

10.5.1*****      Amendment No. 1, dated March 8, 1995 to the Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994,
                 between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Krishnan P. Thampi, filed as Exhibit 10.5.

10.6*            Agreement, dated as of August 12, 1992 by and between Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient
                 Associates International, Inc., as amended by an Assignment and Amendment entered into February
                 16, 1994, by and among Golden Bear International, Inc., Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. and Orient
                 Associates International, Inc., as further amended by an Assignment and Assumption by and among
                 Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc., Orient Associates International, Inc. and The Practice Tee, Inc.

10.6.1**         Amendment entered into November 9, 1994 to Agreement dated as of August 12, 1992, by and between
                 Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient Associates International, Inc.

10.6.2*****      Amendment entered into December 2, 1994 to Agreement dated as of August 12, 1992, by and between
                 Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient Associates International, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.6.

10.7*            License Agreement, dated September 14, 1994, between Orient Associates International, Inc. and
                 City of New York Parks & Recreation Department.

10.8             Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.9*            Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan.

10.10++          Purchase Agreement, dated March 6, 1996 between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach
                 Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.11++          Escrow Agreement dated March 6, 1996 among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Owl's Creek Golf Center,
                 Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

10.12++          Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 6, 1996, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and certain
                 stockholders of Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. listed on Schedule 1 thereto.

10.13++          Deed of Assignment dated February 27, 1996 between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia
                 Beach Family Golf Centers, Inc. and the City of Virginia Beach, Virginia.

10.14++          Deed of Assignment dated March 1, 1996 between Owl's Creek Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach Family
                 Golf Centers, Inc.

                               II-5



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.15*           Building Loan Contract and Building Loan Mortgage, dated October 20, 1994, between Orient
                 Associates International, Inc., as Borrower, and Grand Pacific Finance Corp., as Lender.

10.16++          Deed for Improvements, dated as of March 1, 1996, between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and
                 Virginia Beach Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.17**          Collateral Note and Security Agreements, dated September 28, 1994 and September 30, 1994, between
                 Bank of New York, as Lender, and Skydrive Co., Inc., as Borrower.

10.18***         Purchase and Sale Contract, dated May 1, 1995, between Evergreen Bank, N.A. f/k/a The First
                 National Bank of Glens Falls and Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.19***         Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated May 15, 1995 between Family Golf Centers, Inc., as
                 Mortgagor and Orix USA Corporation, as Mortgagee.

10.20***         Purchase Money Note, dated May 15, 1995, made by Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Orix USA
                 Corporation in the principal amount of $3,000,000.

10.21***         Statement of Purpose for an Extension of Credit Secured by Margin Stock, dated April 28, 1995,
                 between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Chemical Bank.

10.22***         Promissory Note, dated May 4, 1995, made by Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Chemical Bank
                 in the principal amount of $850,000.

10.23*****       Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 28, 1995 between Kenneth Gurley and Family Golf
                 Centers, Inc.

10.24++          Bill of Sale, dated as of March 6, 1996, between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach
                 Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.25++          Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 1996, between Flemington Equities VII and Flemington Family
                 Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.26*****       Warrant to purchase 80,000 shares of Common Stock, dated November 23, 1994, issued to Hampshire
                 Securities Corporation by Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.27++          Guaranty dated March 7, 1996, by Family Golf Centers, Inc., in favor of Flemington Equities VII.

10.28*****       Form of Representatives' Warrants.

10.29*****       TPT/FGC Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc.,
                 Dominic Chang, Krishnan Thampi, Ken Simonds and William Schickler III.

10.30*****       Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 24, 1995 between Thomas Matthews, J.L. Matthews, Jr.
                 and Family Golf Centers, Inc.

                 Purchase Contract, dated September 28, 1995, between Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., each of the
10.31****        general partners of Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. and Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc., a
                 wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.32****        Escrow Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc., Upper Hembree
                 Partners, L.P. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

10.33****        Stock Option Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Upper
                 Hembree Partners, L.P.

10.34****        Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.

                               II-6



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.35****        Form of Promissory Note, dated September 28, 1995, in the principal amount of $35,000 made by
                 Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. in favor of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.36****        Assignment & Assumption Agreement, dated October 16, 1995, between Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.,
                 Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Bank South.

10.37****        Renewal Promissory Note, dated November 14, 1994, in the principal amount of $1,860,770.07 made
                 by Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. in favor of Bank South, N.A.

10.38****        Form of Guaranty Agreement from Dominic Chang in favor of Bank South.

10.39****        Form of Guaranty Agreement from Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Bank South.

10.40******      Promissory Note, dated November 8, 1995, in the principal amount of $4,000,000 made by Family
                 Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Dominic Chang, as the representative of the shareholders of The
                 Practice Tee, Inc.

10.41******      Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995 by and between Golf Masters Limited Partnership
                 and Air Dome Limited Partnership, as Sellers, each of the general partners of Sellers and Valley
                 View Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.42******      Escrow Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Golf Masters
                 Limited Partnership, Air Dome Limited Partnership and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

10.43******      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, between Golf Masters Limited
                 Partnership, Air Dome Limited Partnership and Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.44******      Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Golf
                 Masters Limited Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership.

10.45++          Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 1996, between Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC and
                 Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.46++          Mortgage Note, dated March 7, 1996, in the principal amount of $1,700,000 made by Flemington
                 Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Flemington Equities VII and related Mortgage Deed.

10.47++          Cash Escrow Agreement, dated March 7, 1996 among Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc., Flemington
                 Golf and Sports Center, LLC and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

10.48++          Purchase Agreement, dated April 8, 1996 among 202 Golf Associates, Inc., Family Golf Centers,
                 Inc. and Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers,
                 Inc.

10.49++          Escrow Agreement dated April 8, 1996 among Family Golf Centers, Inc., 202 Golf Associates, Inc.,
                 Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 8, 1996, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and 202

10.50++          Golf Associates, Inc.
                 Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated April 8, 1996 between 202 Golf Associates, Inc. and

10.51++          Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.52++          Bill of Sale dated April 8, 1996 by 202 Golf Associates, Inc.

                 Indenture, dated April 8, 1996 between 202 Golf Associates, Inc. and Yorktown Family Golf
10.53++          Centers, Inc.

                               II-7



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.54            Form of Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of Common Stock, dated as of March 7,
                 1996, issued to Monness, Crespi & Hardt & Co. by Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.55***         Purchase Agreement, dated May 20, 1996 among Indian River Golf-O-Rama, Inc., Indian River Family
                 Golf Centers, Inc. and Lenrich Associates, L.L.C.

11.1             Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Share.

21.1             Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1             Consent of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP. Consent of Anne E. Gorry. Consent of Ehrenkrantz and
                 Company. Consent of Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C. Consent of Silverstein, Loftus & Ross, CPAs,
                 P.C. Consent of Bradshaw, Gordon & Clinkscales, P.A. Consent of Drunagel, Johnson, Rutherford &
                 Wilkins, P.C. Consent of Ernest T. Northrup. Consent of Robert Del Riego. Consent of Sewell &
                 Co., Inc.

23.2***          Consent of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP (contained in the Opinion filed as
                 Exhibit 5.1).

23.3             Consent of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin.

24.1             Power of Attorney (Reference is made to the signature page of the Registration Statement).

99.1+            Opinion of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin.
</TABLE>

- ------------

   *     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form SB-2 dated September 12, 1994 (Registration No. 33-83910).

   **    Incorporated by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to
         the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 dated November 10,
         1994 (Registration No. 33-83910).

   ***   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K/A (Amendment No. 1), dated June 6, 1995.

   ****  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated October 11, 1995.

   ***** Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement
         (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on October 3, 1995.

   ******Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
         Registration Statement (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on November
         9, 1995.

   +     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's
         Registration Statement (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on November
         29, 1995.

   ++    Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K/A (Amendment No. 1), dated May 20, 1996 amending the Reports on
         Form 8-K dated March 6, 1996 and April 8, 1996.

   +++   To be filed by amendment.

                               II-8



    
<PAGE>

 ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS

   (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

   (b) The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

   (1) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of the
time the Commission declared it effective.

   (2) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new
registration statement for the securities offered in the registration
statement, and the offering of the securities at that time as the initial
bona fide offering of those securities.

                               II-9



    
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the
City of Melville, State of New York on May 24, 1996

                                               FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

                                               By: /s/ Dominic Chang
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Dominic Chang
                                               Chairman of the Board,
                                               President,
                                               and Chief Executive Officer

                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

   KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Dominic Chang and Krishnan P. Thampi, or any
one of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place, and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all pre-or post-effective
amendments to this Registration Statement, and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.

   In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this to
the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                           TITLE                          DATE
- --------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ----------------
     /S/ Dominic Chang      CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT AND
 -------------------------- CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (PRINCIPAL
        Dominic Chang       EXECUTIVE OFFICER)                          MAY 24, 1996
<S>                         <C>                                       <C>
  /s/ Krishnan P. Thampi    Chief Financial Officer and Director
 --------------------------  (Principal Financial and Accounting
     Krishnan P. Thampi      Officer)                                    May 24, 1996
      /s/ James Ganley
 --------------------------
        James Ganley        Director                                     May 24, 1996
     /s/ Jimmy C.M. Hsu
 --------------------------
       Jimmy C.M. Hsu       Director                                     May 24, 1996
       /s/ Yupin Wang
 --------------------------
         Yupin Wang         Director                                     May 24, 1996
</TABLE>

                              II-10







    

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION                                                 PAGE
   NO.
- --------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>              <C>                                                                                                   <C>
1.1              Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1*             Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2              By-laws, as amended.

4.1*****         Pages 7 and 8 of the Certificate of Incorporation defining rights of security holders.

4.2*****         Pages 1, 3, 4, 6 and 9 of the By-laws defining rights of security holders.

5.1+++           Opinion of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP.

10.1*            Agreement to Exchange, dated as of September 11, 1994, by and among Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
                 Dominic Chang, Jimmy C.M. Hsu, Krishnan Thampi, Tommy Hsu, and John Chen.

10.2*            Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, by and among Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Golf
                 Range, Inc. and Abbington Holdings, Inc.

10.3*            Option Agreement by and among Ken Simonds, William Schickler III, Dominic Chang, Krishnan Thampi,
                 The Practice Tee, Inc. and Family Golf Centers, Inc.

10.4*            Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Dominic
                 Chang.

10.4.1*****      Amendment No. 1, dated March 8, 1995 to the Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994,
                 between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Dominic Chang, filed as Exhibit 10.4.

10.5*            Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Krishnan
                 Thampi.

10.5.1*****      Amendment No. 1, dated March 8, 1995 to the Employment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 1994,
                 between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Krishnan P. Thampi, filed as Exhibit 10.5.

10.6*            Agreement, dated as of August 12, 1992 by and between Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient
                 Associates International, Inc., as amended by an Assignment and Amendment entered into February 16,
                 1994, by and among Golden Bear International, Inc., Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc. and Orient
                 Associates International, Inc., as further amended by an Assignment and Assumption by and among
                 Golden Bear Golf Centers, Inc., Orient Associates International, Inc. and The Practice Tee, Inc.

10.6.1**         Amendment entered into November 9, 1994 to Agreement dated as of August 12, 1992, by and between
                 Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient Associates International, Inc.

10.6.2*****      Amendment entered into December 2, 1994 to Agreement dated as of August 12, 1992, by and between
                 Golden Bear International, Inc. and Orient Associates International, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.6.

10.7*            License Agreement, dated September 14, 1994, between Orient Associates International, Inc. and City
                 of New York Parks & Recreation Department.

10.8             Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.9*            Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated March 6, 1996 between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach

10.10++          Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                   DESCRIPTION                                                 PAGE
   NO.
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
                 Escrow Agreement dated March 6, 1996 among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc.
10.11++          and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 6, 1996, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and certain
10.12++          stockholders of Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. listed on Schedule 1 thereto.
                 Deed of Assignment dated February 27, 1996 between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach
10.13++          Family Golf Centers, Inc. and the City of Virginia Beach, Virginia.
                 Deed of Assignment dated March 1, 1996 between Owl's Creek Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach Family
10.14++          Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Building Loan Contract and Building Loan Mortgage, dated October 20, 1994, between Orient Associates
10.15*           International, Inc., as Borrower, and Grand Pacific Finance Corp., as Lender.
                 Deed for Improvements, dated as of March 1, 1996, between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia
10.16++          Beach Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Collateral Note and Security Agreements, dated September 28, 1994 and September 30, 1994, between
10.17**          Bank of New York, as Lender, and Skydrive Co., Inc., as Borrower.
                 Purchase and Sale Contract, dated May 1, 1995, between Evergreen Bank, N.A. f/k/a The First National
10.18***         Bank of Glens Falls and Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated May 15, 1995 between Family Golf Centers, Inc., as Mortgagor
10.19***         and Orix USA Corporation, as Mortgagee.
                 Purchase Money Note, dated May 15, 1995, made by Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Orix USA
10.20***         Corporation in the principal amount of $3,000,000.
                 Statement of Purpose for an Extension of Credit Secured by Margin Stock, dated April 28, 1995,
10.21***         between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Chemical Bank.
                 Promissory Note, dated May 4, 1995, made by Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Chemical Bank in
10.22***         the principal amount of $850,000.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 28, 1995 between Kenneth Gurley and Family Golf Centers,
10.23*****       Inc.
                 Bill of Sale, dated as of March 6, 1996, between Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. and Virginia Beach
10.24++          Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 1996, between Flemington Equities VII and Flemington Family Golf
10.25++          Centers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Warrant to purchase 80,000 shares of Common Stock, dated November 23, 1994, issued to Hampshire
10.26*****       Securities Corporation by Family Golf Centers, Inc.
10.27++          Guaranty dated March 7, 1996, by Family Golf Centers, Inc., in favor of Flemington Equities VII.
10.28*****       Form of Representatives' Warrants.
                 TPT/FGC Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc.,
10.29*****       Dominic Chang, Krishnan Thampi, Ken Simonds and William Schickler III.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 24, 1995 between Thomas Matthews, J.L. Matthews, Jr. and
10.30*****       Family Golf Centers, Inc.



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                   DESCRIPTION                                                 PAGE
   NO.
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                 Purchase Contract, dated September 28, 1995, between Upper Hembree Partners, L.P., each of the
                 general partners of Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. and Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly
10.31****        owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Escrow Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc., Upper Hembree
10.32****        Partners, L.P. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                 Stock Option Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Upper
10.33****        Hembree Partners, L.P.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Upper
10.34****        Hembree Partners, L.P.
                 Form of Promissory Note, dated September 28, 1995, in the principal amount of $35,000 made by Upper
10.35****        Hembree Partners, L.P. in favor of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Assignment & Assumption Agreement, dated October 16, 1995, between Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.,
10.36****        Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Bank South.
                 Renewal Promissory Note, dated November 14, 1994, in the principal amount of $1,860,770.07 made by
10.37****        Upper Hembree Partners, L.P. in favor of Bank South, N.A.
10.38****        Form of Guaranty Agreement from Dominic Chang in favor of Bank South.
10.39****        Form of Guaranty Agreement from Family Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Bank South.
                 Promissory Note, dated November 8, 1995, in the principal amount of $4,000,000 made by Family Golf
                 Centers, Inc. in favor of Dominic Chang, as the representative of the shareholders of The Practice
10.40******      Tee, Inc.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995 by and between Golf Masters Limited Partnership and
                 Air Dome Limited Partnership, as Sellers, each of the general partners of Sellers and Valley View
10.41******      Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Escrow Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Golf Masters
10.42******      Limited Partnership, Air Dome Limited Partnership and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, between Golf Masters Limited
10.43******      Partnership, Air Dome Limited Partnership and Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1995, among Family Golf Centers, Inc., Golf Masters
10.44******      Limited Partnership and Air Dome Limited Partnership.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 1996, between Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC and
10.45++          Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Mortgage Note, dated March 7, 1996, in the principal amount of $1,700,000 made by Flemington Family
10.46++          Golf Centers, Inc. in favor of Flemington Equities VII and related Mortgage Deed.
                 Cash Escrow Agreement, dated March 7, 1996 among Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc., Flemington
10.47++          Golf and Sports Center, LLC and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated April 8, 1996 among 202 Golf Associates, Inc., Family Golf Centers, Inc.
10.48++          and Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Family Golf Centers, Inc.



    
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NO.                                                   DESCRIPTION                                                 PAGE
   NO.
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
                 Escrow Agreement dated April 8, 1996 among Family Golf Centers, Inc., 202 Golf Associates, Inc.,
10.49++          Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                 Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 8, 1996, between Family Golf Centers, Inc. and 202 Golf
10.50++          Associates, Inc.
                 Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated April 8, 1996 between 202 Golf Associates, Inc. and
10.51++          Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc.
10.52++          Bill of Sale dated April 8, 1996 by 202 Golf Associates, Inc.
                 Indenture, dated April 8, 1996 between 202 Golf Associates, Inc. and Yorktown Family Golf Centers,
10.53++          Inc.
                 Form of Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of Common Stock, dated as of March 7,
10.54            1996, issued to Monness, Crespi & Hardt & Co. by Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                 Purchase Agreement, dated May 20, 1996 among Indian River Golf-O-Rama, Inc., Indian River Family
10.55+++         Golf Centers, Inc. and Lenrich Associates, L.L.C.
11.1             Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Share.
21.1             Subsidiaries of the Company.
                 Consent of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP. Consent of Anne E. Gorry. Consent of Ehrenkrantz and
                 Company. Consent of Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C. Consent of Silverstein, Loftus & Ross, CPAs,
                 P.C. Consent of Bradshaw, Gordon & Clinkscales, P.A. Consent of Drunagel, Johnson, Rutherford &
                 Wilkins, P.C. Consent of Ernest T. Northrup. Consent of Robert Del Riego. Consent of Sewell & Co.,
23.1             Inc.
                 Consent of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP (contained in the Opinion filed as Exhibit
23.2+++          5.1).
23.3             Consent of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin.
24.1             Power of Attorney (Reference is made to the signature page of the Registration Statement).
99.1+            Opinion of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin.
</TABLE>

- ------------

   *     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form SB-2 dated September 12, 1994 (Registration No. 33-83910).

   **    Incorporated by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to
         the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 dated November 10,
         1994 (Registration No. 33-83910).

   ***   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K/A (Amendment No. 1), dated June 6, 1995.

   ****  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated October 11, 1995.

   ***** Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement
         (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on October 3, 1995.

   ******Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
         Registration Statement (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on November
         9, 1995.

   +     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's
         Registration Statement (Registration No. 33-97686) filed on November
         29, 1995.

   ++    Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
         8-K/A (Amendment No. 1), dated May 20, 1996 amending the Reports on
         Form 8-K dated March 6, 1996 and April 8, 1996.

   +++   To be filed by amendment.





<PAGE>



                           FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.


                               2,000,000 Shares*

                                 Common Stock


                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                              _________ __, 1996


JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION
  As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
c/o Jefferies & Company, Inc.
650 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York  10019

Dear Sirs:

         Family Golf Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company")
hereby confirms its agreement with the underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
(the "Underwriters"), for which you are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), with respect to the sale by the Company and the purchase
by the Underwriters of 2,000,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of the Company's
Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"). In addition, the
stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the "Option Selling
Stockholders") hereby confirm their agreement with the Underwriters to sell up
to an aggregate of 300,000 shares (the "Additional Shares") of Common Stock to
cover over-allotments, if any. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Shares."

         You have advised us that, subject to the terms and conditions herein
contained, you desire to purchase the Firm Shares and that you propose to make
a public offering of the Firm Shares as soon as you deem advisable after the
Registration Statement referred to below becomes effective.


- -----------------------
*        Plus an option to purchase from selling stockholders of the Company
         up to 300,000 Additional Shares to cover over-allotments.



0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





         The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the
meanings indicated. "Preliminary Prospectus" shall mean each prospectus
subject to completion included in the Company's registration statement on Form
SB-2 referred to in Section below or any amendment or post-effective amendment
thereto (including the prospectus subject to completion included in the
Registration Statement (as defined below) on the date that the Registration
Statement becomes effective (the "Effective Date") that omits Rule 430A
Information (as defined below)). "Registration Statement" shall mean the
registration statement referred to in Section below, including all financial
statement schedules and exhibits, as amended at the Representation Date (as
defined in Section 1(a) hereof) (or, if not effective at the Representation
Date, in the form in which it shall become effective) and, if any
post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the Closing Date
(as defined in Section hereof), shall also mean such registration statement as
so amended. The term "Registration Statement" shall include Rule 430A
Information deemed to be included therein at the Effective Date as provided by
Rule 430A (as defined below). "Prospectus" shall mean (x) if the Company
relies on Rule 434 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
the Term Sheet (as defined below) relating to the Shares that is first filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) under the Act, together with the Preliminary
Prospectus identified therein that the Term Sheet supplements, or (y) if the
Company does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act, the prospectus first filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to
Rule 424(b) under the Act, or, if no prospectus is required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, the prospectus included in the
Registration Statement. "Term Sheet" shall mean any term sheet that satisfies
the requirements of Rule 434 under the Act. "Rule 158," "Rule 424," "Rule 434"
and "Rule 430A" refer to such rules under the Act (the rules and regulations
under the Act, the "Act Regulations"). "Rule 430A Information" means
information with respect to the Shares and the offering thereof permitted to
be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant
to Rule 430A. For purposes of the representations and warranties contained
herein, to the extent reference is made to the Prospectus and at the relevant
time the Prospectus is not yet in existence, such reference shall be deemed to
be to the most recent Preliminary Prospectus. For purposes of this Agreement,
all references to the Registration Statement, Prospectus, Preliminary
Prospectus or Term Sheet or to any amendment or supplement to any of the
foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission
pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval system
("EDGAR").


         1.       Representations and Warranties.

                  (a) The Company and the Option Selling Stockholders named in
Part A of Schedule II, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to, and
agree with, each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof (such date being
referred to as the "Representation Date"), as follows:



                                      -2-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




              (i)      The Company meets the requirements for use of Form SB-2
under the Act and has filed with the Commission a registration statement
(Registration No. 333-_____) on such form, including a prospectus subject to
completion, for the registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the
Shares. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including
the related prospectus subject to completion, each of which has previously
been furnished to the Representatives. After the execution of this Agreement,
the Company will file with the Commission either (A) prior to effectiveness of
such registration statement, a further amendment to such registration
statement (including a form of prospectus), a copy of which amendment has been
furnished to and approved by the Representatives prior to the execution of
this Agreement, or (B) after effectiveness of such registration statement,
either (1) if the Company relies on Rule 434 under the Act, a Term Sheet
relating to the Shares that shall identify the Preliminary Prospectus that it
supplements containing such information as is required or permitted by Rules
434, 430A and 424(b) under the Act or (2) if the Company does not rely on Rule
434 under the Act, a prospectus in the form most recently included in an
amendment to such registration statement (or, if no amendment shall have been
filed, in such registration statement) in accordance with Rules 430A and
424(b) of the Act Regulations and as have been provided to and approved by the
Representatives prior to execution of this Agreement.

               (ii)     The Commission has not issued any order preventing or
suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus. When any Preliminary
Prospectus was filed with the Commission it (A) complied in all material
respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the Act Regulations
and (B) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading. On the Effective Date, the Representation Date
and each Closing Date, the Registration Statement did and will, and when the
Prospectus or any Term Sheet that is a part thereof is first filed (if
required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Representation Date and
each Closing Date, the Prospectus will, comply in all material respects with
the applicable requirements of the Act and the Act Regulations; on the
Effective Date, the Representation Date and each Closing Date, the
Registration Statement did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; on the
Effective Date, the Representation Date and each Closing Date, and on the date
of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that
is a part thereof did not and will not include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; and each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus
delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the
Shares will, at the time of such delivery, be substantially identical to the
electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant
to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T under the Act;
provided, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the
information provided in


                                      -3-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters through the
Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and the Company agrees that the only
information provided in writing by or on behalf of Underwriters to the Company
expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus is that information contained in the last paragraph on the
cover page of the Prospectus, the stabilization legend on the inside front
cover page of the Prospectus, the table of Underwriters set forth under the
caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus and the amounts of the selling
concession and reallowance set forth in the Prospectus.

     (iii)    The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all
requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to conduct its business
and is in good standing in each jurisdiction or place where the nature or
location of its properties (owned or leased) or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification, except where the failure so to qualify would not
have an adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business,
properties, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the Company or
any of the Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) that is or would be, singly
or in the aggregate, material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, whether or not occurring in the ordinary course of business (a
"Material Adverse Effect").

      (iv)     The only subsidiaries (as defined in the Act Regulations) of the
Company are the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration
Statement (individually, a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Subsidiaries").
Each of the Subsidiaries is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its incorporation with all
requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to conduct its business
and is in good standing in each jurisdiction or place where the nature or
location of its properties (owned or leased) or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (v)      Each of the Company and each Subsidiary possesses all
authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, franchises and
permits of and from, and have made all declarations and filings with, all
regulatory or governmental officials, bodies and tribunals ("Permits") to own,
lease or operate their respective properties and to conduct their respective
businesses described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except
where failure to have obtained or made the same would not have a Material
Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has
received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification
of any such Permits. Except as described in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, each of the Company and


                                      -4-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




each Subsidiary has fulfilled and performed all its current material
obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred that
allows, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would allow, revocation or
termination thereof or result in any other material impairment of the rights
of the holder of any such Permit and such Permits contain no restrictions that
are materially burdensome to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; and the
Company and each of the Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations, orders and consents, the violation of which would
have a Material Adverse Effect. The property and business of the Company and
the Subsidiaries conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof
contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

       (vi)     All of the Company's issued and outstanding capital stock has
been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable, and
the Common Stock and the capitalization of the Company conform to the
descriptions thereof and the statements made with respect thereto in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus as of the date set forth therein.
None of the issued shares of Common Stock have been issued in violation of any
preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of capital
stock of the Company. There are no outstanding securities convertible into or
exchangeable for, and no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to
purchase, any shares of the capital stock of the Company, nor any agreements
or commitments to issue any of the same, except as described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and there are no preemptive or
other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, and no restrictions upon the
voting or transfer of, any capital stock of the Company pursuant to the
Company's certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement or other
instrument to which the Company is a party. All offers and sales of the
Company's capital stock prior to the date hereof were at all relevant times
duly registered or exempt from the registration requirements of the Act, and
were duly registered or the subject of an available exemption from the
registration requirements of the applicable state securities or blue sky laws.

       (vii)    All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary
have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock of such
Subsidiaries are owned of record and beneficially by the Company, either
directly or through one of the other Subsidiaries, free and clear of any
security interests, liens, encumbrances, equities or other claims [except that
shares of capital stock of certain Subsidiaries are pledged to secure loans].
There are no outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire, or
instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock
or other equity interest in any Subsidiary.

     (viii) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable
title to, and is possessed of, each property, right, interest or estate
constituting the properties and assets described in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of all liens, charges,
encumbrances and restrictions, except such


                                      -5-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




as are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or such as
are not burdensome and do not interfere with the use or proposed use of the
property or the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary in a
manner that is or would be material to the business of the Company and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has
valid, subsisting and enforceable leases for the properties described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus as leased by it and no event has
occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both,
would cause a material breach of, or default under any such lease.

     (ix) The Company has all requisite power, authority, authorizations,
approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits to enter into this
Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, including the
issuance and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters as provided herein.
This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and this
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes
a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except to the extent rights to indemnity hereunder
may be limited by Federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying
such laws and except to the extent the enforcement hereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by equitable
principles.

     (x) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary owns, or possesses adequate
rights to use, all trademarks, service marks, trade names, licenses,
copyrights and other rights necessary for the conduct of its business as
described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and neither the
Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received a notice, or knows of any
basis, of any conflict with the asserted rights of others in any such respect
that could have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

     (xi) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly and validly
authorized for issuance by the Company and the Company has the corporate power
and authority to issue, sell and deliver the Firm Shares; and, when the Shares
are issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided by this
Agreement, the Shares will have been validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any
preemptive or similar rights. All corporate action required to be taken by the
stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company for the authorization,
issuance and sale of the Shares has been duly and validly taken.

     (xii) Each of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP, Silverstein, Loftus &
Ross, CPAs, P.C., Bradshaw, Gordon & Clinkscales, P.A., Drunagel, Johnson,
Rutherford & Wilkins, P.C., Ernest T. Northrup, Robert Del Riego, Sewell &
Co., Inc., Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C., Ehrenkrantz and Company and Anne
E. Gorry, whose reports are filed with the Commission as part of the
Registration Statement, are independent certified public


                                      -6-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




accountants with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries, under the
meaning of and as required by the Act and the Act Regulations.

     (xiii) The consolidated financial statements and related schedules and
notes included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly
the financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries, on the basis
stated in the Registration Statement, as of the respective dates thereof and
the results of operations and cash flows of the Company and the Subsidiaries,
for the respective periods covered thereby, all in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the
entire period involved, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information
included under the caption "Selected Financial Data" in the Prospectus
presents fairly the information shown therein and has been compiled on a basis
consistent with that of the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company included therein. The pro forma financial statements and other pro
forma financial information included in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus have been prepared in all material respects with the applicable
accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the
Commission and present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown
therein; the assumptions used in the preparation of the pro forma financial
statements and other pro forma financial information and included in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus are reasonable and the adjustments used
therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances
referred to therein. No other financial statements or schedules of the Company
and its Subsidiaries are required by the Act or the Act Regulations to be
included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

     (xiv) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary maintains a system of
internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that
(A) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorizations; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (C) access to
assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken
with respect to any differences.

     (xv) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary maintains insurance covering
its properties, operations, personnel and businesses. Such insurance insures
against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary
in the businesses in which they are engaged. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has reason to believe that it will not
be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage
expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be


                                      -7-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material
Adverse Effect. All such insurance is outstanding and duly in force on the
date hereof.

     (xvi) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with all
Federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations relating to pollution or
protection of human health or the environment ("Environmental Laws"), except
where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse
Effect. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has authorized, conducted or
has knowledge of the generation, transportation, storage, use, treatment,
disposal or release of any hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous
material, hazardous constituent, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant,
petroleum product, natural gas, liquified gas or synthetic gas, defined or
regulated under any Environmental Law on, in or under any property currently
leased or owned or by any means controlled by the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries (the "Real Property") in violation of any applicable law, except
for any violation which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; there is no
pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened claim, action, litigation
or any administrative agency proceeding involving the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries or their respective properties, nor has the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries received any written notice, or any oral notice to any executive
officer of the Company or any other employee responsible for receipt of any
such notice, from any governmental entity or third party, that (A) alleges a
violation of any Environmental Laws by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
or any person or entity whose liability for a violation of an Environmental
Law the Company or any Subsidiary has retained or assumed either contractually
or by operation of law, which liability or violation could be reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (B) alleges the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries is a liable party under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. ss. 9601 et seq., or any
state superfund law; (C) alleges possible contamination of the environment by
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; or (D) alleges possible contamination
of the Real Property.

     (xvii) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation of
its respective charter or by-laws. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is,
nor with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, in
violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or
regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or of any
judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency or body or of
any arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
which would have a Material Adverse Effect, or in default in the performance
or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in
any mortgage, loan agreement, note, bond, debenture, credit agreement or any
other evidence of indebtedness or in any agreement, contract, indenture, lease
or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party
or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound, or to which any
of the property or assets of the Company or any of


                                      -8-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




the Subsidiaries is subject, the effect of which violation or default in
performance or observance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xviii) There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court,
arbitrator or governmental agency or body pending or, to the Company's
knowledge, threatened, against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or to
which any of their respective properties is subject, (A) that are required to
be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not
described as required or (B) that, if adversely determined, could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no agreement,
contract, indenture, lease or other document or instrument that is required to
be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not described or filed or
incorporated by reference as required. All such agreements to which the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party have been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company or a Subsidiary, constitute valid and
binding agreements of the Company or a Subsidiary, and are enforceable against
the Company or a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms thereof.

     (xix) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated
therein, (A) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries (1) has issued
any securities other than in connection with the exercise of any outstanding
options or warrants, (2) incurred any material liability or obligation, direct
or contingent, for borrowed money, (3) entered into any transaction, not in
the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (4) entered into any transaction with an
affiliate of the Company (as the term "affiliate" is defined in Rule 405
promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Act), which would otherwise be
required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or
(5) declared or paid any dividend on its capital stock or made any other
distribution to its equity holders, (B) there has not been any material change
in the capital stock or other equity, or material increase in the short-term
debt or long-term debt, of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries and (C)
there has been no change or development with respect to the condition
(financial or otherwise), business, properties, prospects, net worth or
results of operations of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that could
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xx) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement,
the offer, issuance, sale or delivery of the Shares, nor the consummation of
the other transactions contemplated hereby (A) requires the consent, approval,
authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body, except
such as have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the
blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or such as may be required by
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and such
other approvals as have been obtained, (B) will conflict with, result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the terms of any
agreement, contract, indenture,


                                      -9-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a
party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be
bound, or the charter or by-laws of the Company or any Subsidiary; or will
result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon
any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or an
acceleration of indebtedness pursuant to the terms of any agreement or
instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them may be
bound or to which any of the property or assets of any of them is subject, or
(C) will conflict with or violate any law, statute or regulation, or any
judgment, order, consent or memorandum of understanding applicable to the
Company or any Subsidiary of any court, regulatory body, administrative
agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Company
or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties.

     (xxi) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of
(A) the Closing Date or (B) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will
not distribute without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc.
("Jefferies") any offering material in connection with the offering and sale
of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if any, permitted by the Act
and the Act Regulations.

     (xxii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor any employee or agent
of the Company or any Subsidiary has made any payment of funds of the Company
or any Subsidiary, or received or retained any funds, in violation of any law,
rule or regulation, or which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a
character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus.

     (xxiii) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is involved in
any labor dispute and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such dispute is
threatened.

     (xxiv) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries have filed (or have
obtained extensions thereto) all Federal, state and local tax returns that are
required to be filed (other than returns with respect to which failure to so
file would not have a Material Adverse Effect), which returns are compete and
correct in all material respects and have paid all taxes shown on such returns
and all assessments received by them with respect thereto to the extent that
the same have become due, except those taxes that are being contested or
protested in good faith by the Company or its Subsidiaries and as to which any
reserves required under generally accepted accounting principles have been
established; and the Company has no knowledge of any tax deficiency which has
been or might be asserted or threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary
which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xxv) Except for the shares of capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries,
neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries owns any share of stock or any
other securities of any corporation or has any equity interest in any firm,
partnership, association


                                     -10-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




or other entity other than as reflected in the consolidated financial
statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

     (xxvi) No holder of any security of the Company has the right (other than
a right which has been waived in writing or complied with) to have any
security owned by such holder included in the Registration Statement and,
except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no
holder of any security of the Company has the right to demand registration of
any security owned by such holder during the period ending 12 months after the
date of the Prospectus.

     (xxvii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or their respective
officers, directors, employees or agents have taken or will take, directly or
indirectly, (A) any action designed to cause or to result in, or that has
constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares, or (B) since the filing of the
Registration Statement (1) sold, bid for, purchased or paid anyone any
compensation for soliciting purchases of, the Shares or (2) paid or agreed to
pay any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any
securities of the Company.

     (xxviii) As of the date of the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of
the Subsidiaries is currently planning any probable acquisitions for which
disclosure of pro forma financial information would be required by the Act.

     (xxix) The Common Stock currently outstanding is duly authorized for
trading on the Nasdaq National Market and, prior to the Closing Date, the
Shares will be duly authorized for trading on the Nasdaq National Market.

     (xxx) The Company is not an "investment company" within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is not subject to
registration under such act.

     (xxxi) The Company had complied with all provisions of Section 517.075,
Florida Statutes, relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or
with any person or any affiliate located in Cuba.

                  (b) Each Option Selling Stockholder, severally and not
jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

     (i) Such Option Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority
to enter into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney
(as defined below) and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the
Underwriters the Additional Shares to be sold by such Option Selling
Stockholder hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This
Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of


                                     -11-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Option
Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Option
Selling Stockholder, enforceable against such Option Selling Stockholder in
accordance with their respective terms.

     (ii) Such Option Selling Stockholder is, or at or prior to the Additional
Shares Closing Date will be, the lawful owner of the Additional Shares to be
sold by the Option Selling Stockholder hereunder and upon sale and delivery
of, and payment for, the Additional Shares to be sold by such Option Selling
Stockholder, as provided herein, the Option Selling Stockholder will convey
good and marketable title to such Additional Shares, free and clear of all
security interests, liens, encumbrances, equities, claims or other defects.

     (iii) Other than as permitted by the Act and the Act Regulations, such
Option Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any other offering material in
connection with the offering and sale of the Shares. Such Option Selling
Stockholder has not, directly or indirectly, (A) taken and will not take any
action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or which might
reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the
price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
Shares, or (B) since the filing of the Registration Statement (1) sold, bid
for, purchased or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of,
the Shares or (2) paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for
soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company.

     (iv) Certificates in negotiable form for the Shares to be sold by such
Option Selling Stockholder have been placed in custody, for delivery pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, under a custody agreement and power of
attorney duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Option Selling
Stockholder, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Custody Agreement
and Power of Attorney"), with the Company, as Custodian (the "Custodian"); the
Additional Shares represented by the certificates so held in custody for such
Option Selling Stockholder are for the benefit of and coupled with and subject
to the interests hereunder of the Custodian, the Underwriters, the Company and
the other Option Selling Stockholders; the arrangements for custody and
delivery of such certificates made by such Option Selling Stockholder
hereunder and under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney are not
subject to termination by any acts of such Option Selling Stockholder, or by
operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of such Option Selling
Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event; and if any such death,
incapacity or any other such event shall occur before the delivery of such
Shares hereunder, certificates for the Shares will be delivered by the
Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney as if such death, incapacity, or
other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall
have received notice of such death, incapacity, or other event.


                                     -12-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





     (v) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or
the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney by such Option Selling
Stockholder, the compliance by such Option Selling Stockholder with the
provisions hereof and thereof nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby requires the consent, approval, authorization
or order of any court or regulatory agency or body (except such as have been
obtained under the Act and such as may be required by the NASD or under state
securities or blue sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution
by the Underwriters of the Shares to be sold by such Option Selling
Stockholder), or (B) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture,
lease or other instrument to which such Option Selling Stockholder is a party
or by which such Option Selling Stockholder or any of such Option Selling
Stockholder's properties are bound, or (C) will conflict with or violate any
law, statute or regulation, or any judgment, order, consent or memorandum of
understanding applicable to such Option Selling Stockholder of any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body or arbitrator
having jurisdiction over such Option Selling Stockholder or the property of
such Option Selling Stockholder.

     (vi) All information furnished or to be furnished by such Option Selling
Stockholder specifically for use in connection with the preparation of the
Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, insofar
as it relates to such Option Selling Stockholder, is and on the Effective
Date, the Representation Date and each Closing Date will be true and correct
in all material respects and, with respect to the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, does not and on the Effective Date, the Representation Date and
each Closing Date will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading.

     (vii) Without any independent investigation, such Option Selling
Stockholder does not have any knowledge or any reason to believe that the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The sale
of the Additional Shares to be sold by such Option Selling Stockholder
pursuant to this Agreement is not prompted by any adverse information
concerning the Company that is not set forth in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus.

     (viii) At each Additional Shares Closing Date, all stock transfer or
other taxes (other than income taxes) which are required to be paid in
connection with the sale and transfer of the Additional Shares to be sold by
such Option Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder will have been
fully paid or provided for by such Option Selling Stockholder and all laws
imposing such taxes will have been fully complied with.

     (c) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or by any Option
Selling Stockholder or an officer thereof delivered to the Representatives or
to counsel for


                                     -13-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company or such Option Selling Stockholder,
as the case may be, to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

         2.       Sale and Delivery to the Underwriters; Closing.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon
the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to
sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not
jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $_______ per
share (the "Initial Price"), the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite such
Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto.

                  (b) The Option Selling Stockholders grant to the
Underwriters an option to purchase all or any part of the Additional Shares at
the Initial Price. Additional Shares shall be purchased from the Option
Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, for the accounts of the
Underwriters in proportion to the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule
I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter. Such option may be exercised
only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Shares by the
Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from
time to time within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, in each case
upon written or facsimile notice, or verbal or telephonic notice confirmed by
written or telegraphic notice, by the Underwriters to the Company and the
Option Selling Stockholders no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on
the business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date (as hereinafter defined)
or at least two business days before the Additional Shares Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined), as the case may be, setting forth the number of
Additional Shares to be purchased and the time and date (if other than the
Firm Shares Closing Date) of such purchase. If such option is exercised as to
only a portion of the Additional Shares, the number of Additional Shares
purchased from each Option Selling Stockholder shall bear the same ratio to
the total number of Additional Shares purchased from all the Option Selling
Stockholders as the number of Additional Shares set forth opposite such Option
Selling Stockholder's name in Schedule II bears to the maximum number of
Additional Shares to be purchased from the Option Selling Stockholders,
subject to adjustment as the Representatives in their discretion shall make to
eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

                  (c) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the
Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters shall be made at the offices
of Jefferies & Company, 650 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, Attention: Syndicate
Operations, New York, New York 10019, or at such other place as shall be
agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company at 10:00 A.M. on the third
(fourth, if the pricing occurred after 4:30 p.m. on any given day) business
day after the date of this Agreement, or such other time not later than ten
business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives
and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein
called the "Firm Shares Closing Date"). Payment shall be made to the Company
by certified or official bank check or wire transfer


                                     -14-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




and payable in next day funds to the order of the Company against delivery to
the Underwriters of the Firm Shares.

                  (d) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the
Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters shall be made at the
office as set forth above or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by
the Representatives, the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders at the
time and on the date (which may be the same as, but in no event shall be
earlier than, the Firm Shares Closing Date) specified in the notice referred
to in Section hereof (such time and date of delivery and payment are called
the "Additional Shares Closing Date"). The Firm Shares Closing Date and the
Additional Shares Closing Date are called, individually, a "Closing Date" and
together, the "Closing Dates". Payment shall be made to the Option Selling
Stockholders by certified or official bank check or wire transfer and payable
in next day funds to the order of the Custodian on behalf of each Option
Selling Stockholder against delivery to the Underwriters of the Additional
Shares being purchased by the Underwriters.

                  (e) The Shares shall be in such denominations and registered
in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least two
business days before the Firm Shares Closing Date or, in the case of the
Additional Shares, on the day of notice of exercise of the option as described
in Section hereof. The Shares will be made available for examination and
packaging by the Underwriters not later than 1:00 P.M. on the last business
day prior to the Firm Shares Closing Date (or the Additional Shares Closing
Date in the case of the Additional Shares) at such place as is designated by
the Representatives.

         3.       Covenants.

     (a) The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

     (i) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement, if not effective at the Representation Date, and any amendment
thereto, to become effective, as promptly as possible after the filing
thereof. The Company will not file any amendment to the Registration Statement
or amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to which the Representatives
shall reasonably object in writing after a reasonable opportunity to review
such amendment or supplement. Subject to the foregoing sentences in this
clause , if the Registration Statement has become or becomes effective
pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that
constitutes a part thereof or supplement to the Prospectus is otherwise
required under Rule 424(b), the Company will cause the Prospectus or any Term
Sheet that constitutes a part thereof, properly completed, or such supplement
thereto, to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 434 and the
applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will
provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing.
The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (A) when the Registration
Statement, if not effective at


                                     -15-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




the Representation Date, and any amendment thereto, shall have become
effective, (B) when the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that constitutes a part
thereof, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 434 and 424(b), (C) when any amendment to the
Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (D) of any
request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the
Registration Statement or any Prospectus or for any additional information,
(E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification of, or if the Company
otherwise has knowledge of, the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution
or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (F) of the receipt by
the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Company will use its best
efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to
obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

     (ii) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is required
to be delivered under the Act or the Act Regulations, any event occurs as a
result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to
amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus to
comply with the Act or the Act Regulations, the Company promptly will prepare
and file with the Commission, at the Company's expense, subject to the second
sentence of Section hereof, an amendment or supplement which will correct such
statement or omission or effect such compliance. Neither your consent to, nor
your delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver
of any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.

     (iii) The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus in accordance
with the provisions of the Act and with the securities or blue sky laws of the
jurisdictions in which the Shares are offered by the Underwriters and by all
dealers to whom Shares may be sold, both in connection with the offering and
sale of the Shares and for such period of time thereafter as the Prospectus is
required by the Act to be delivered in connection with the sales by any
Underwriter or dealer. The Company will comply with all requirements imposed
upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended, so far as necessary to
permit the continuance of sales of or dealing in the Shares in accordance with
the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

     (iv) As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to
its security holders and to the Underwriters a consolidated earnings statement
or statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries covering a twelve-month
period beginning with the first full calendar quarter following the Effective
Date which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule
158 thereunder.

                                     -16-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





     (v) The Company will, without charge, furnish (A) to the Representatives,
three signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto
and upon request, all documents incorporated by reference therein), (B) to
each Underwriter, a conformed copy of such Registration Statement (without
exhibits thereto) and (C) so long as delivery of a prospectus by an
Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act, as many copies of the
Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto as the Representatives
may reasonably request. The copies of the Registration Statement, and each
amendment thereto, and the copies of the Prospectus, and any amendments or
supplements thereto, furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the
electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant
to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

     (vi) During the period of five years hereafter the Company will furnish
to the Representatives as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal
year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the
Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy
of each report or definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the
Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from
time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the
Representatives may reasonably request, provided that prior to the Company's
furnishing any such other information that is nonpublic you shall enter into
such agreement respecting the confidentiality thereof as the Company may
reasonably request.

     (vii) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale
of the Shares to be sold by the Company in accordance with the description set
forth in the "Use of Proceeds" section of the Prospectus.

     (viii) The Company will cooperate with the Underwriters and their counsel
in connection with endeavoring to obtain and maintain the qualification or
registration, or exemption from qualification, of the Shares for offer and
sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other
jurisdictions of the United States as the Underwriters may designate;
provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do
business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any
action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any
jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

     (ix) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly (A) take
any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or which
might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation
of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale
of any of the Shares, or (B) (1) sell, bid for, purchase or pay anyone any
compensation for soliciting purchases of, the Shares or (2) pay or agree to
pay any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other
securities of the Company.



                                     -17-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




     (x) The Company will comply with all the provisions of any undertakings
contained in the Registration Statement.

     (xi) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, for a period of 6
months following the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent
of Jefferies, offer, sell, contract to sell, or grant any option to purchase
or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock, or register for
sale under the Act any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock, other than (A) pursuant to
any employee stock option plan of the Company in effect at the Representation
Date, or (B) upon exercise of any options or warrants outstanding at the
Representation Date, or (C) in connection with acquisitions by the Company;
provided, however, that in no case shall the Company offer, sell, contract to
sell, or grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of in any one
acquisition more than 5% of the Company's outstanding capital stock on a fully
diluted basis.

     (xii) The Company shall cause the Shares to be quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market and shall use its best efforts to maintain such trading while
the Shares are outstanding.

     (xiii) Until the expiration of three years from the Effective Date, the
Company will not effect a change in the independent certified public
accountants for the Company unless either the Company has received Jefferies'
prior written consent or such substitute independent certified public
accountant is one of the "big six" firms.

     (b) Each Option Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees, severally and
not jointly, with each of the Underwriters that:

     (i) Such Option Selling Stockholder will not, directly or indirectly (A)
take any action designed to cause or to result in, or that has constituted or
which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or
manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the
sale or resale of the Shares, or (B) (1) sell, bid for, purchase, attempt to
induce any person to purchase, or pay anyone any compensation for soliciting
purchases of the Shares or (2) pay or agree to pay to any person any
compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the
Company.

     (ii) As soon as such Option Selling Stockholder is advised thereof, such
Option Selling Stockholder will advise the Representatives and confirm such
advice in writing, (i) of receipt by the Option Selling Stockholder or by any
representative or agent of such Option Selling Stockholder, of any
communication from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, or any notice or order of the
Commission relating to the Company or any of the Option Selling Stockholders
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) of


                                     -18-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




the happening of any event which makes or may make any statement made in the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus untrue or
that requires the making of any change in the Registration Statement,
Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to make
such statement not misleading.

     (iii) Such Option Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representatives
prior to any Additional Shares Closing Date a properly completed and executed
United States Treasury Department Form W-9.

         4.       Payment of Expenses.

                  (a) The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters
that the Company will pay (directly or by reimbursement): (i) the fees,
disbursements and expenses of counsel and accountants for the Company, and all
other expenses, in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto, and the furnishing of copies thereof,
including charges for mailing, air freight and delivery and counting and
packaging thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing
this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealer
Agreement, communications with the Underwriters and selling group and the
Preliminary and Supplemental Blue Sky Memoranda and any other documents in
connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii)
all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering
and sale under securities laws as provided in Section 3(a) hereof, including
filing and registration fees and the fees, disbursements and expenses for
counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in
connection with Blue Sky surveys or similar advice with respect to sales; (iv)
the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the NASD of
the terms of the sale of the Shares; (v) all fees and expenses in connection
with quotation of the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market; (vi) the cost of
publication of "tombstone" advertisements with respect to the offering; (vii)
the cost of at least four sets of bound volumes of the Registration Statement
and all related materials to the individuals designated by the
Representatives; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the
performance of the obligations of the Company and the Option Selling
Stockholders under this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically
provided for in this Section 4, including the fees of the Company's transfer
agent and registrar, the cost of any stock issue or transfer taxes on sales of
the Shares to the Underwriters, the cost of the Company's personnel and other
internal costs, the cost of printing and engraving the certificates
representing the Shares and all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and
delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Company to the Underwriters or the
Representatives hereunder.

                  (b) Each Option Selling Stockholder shall pay all
underwriting discounts and applicable state transfer taxes, if any, involved
in the transfer to the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased by
them from such Option Selling Stockholder.


                                     -19-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





                  (c) If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives
in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or 8 hereof, the Company shall
reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters for all of their
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

         5.       Conditions of the Underwriters' Obligation.

                  The obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Shares
hereunder is subject to the continued accuracy of the representations and
warranties of the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders herein contained
as of the date hereof and on each Closing Date, to the accuracy of the
statements of the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders made in any
certificate or certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof as of the date
hereof and on each Closing Date and to the performance by the Company and the
Option Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder, and to
the following further conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective
not later than 5:30 P.M. on the date hereof, or at such later time and date as
may be approved by the Representatives, the Company and the Option Selling
Stockholders and shall remain effective at each Closing Date. No stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been
issued under the Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the
Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement or the qualification or registration of the Shares under the
securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be in effect or
proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission or the
authorities of any such jurisdiction. If the Company has elected to rely upon
Rule 430A, the price of the Shares and any price-related or other information
previously omitted from the effective Registration Statement pursuant to Rule
430A shall have been transmitted to the Commission for filing pursuant to Rule
424(b) within the prescribed time period, and prior to the Firm Shares Closing
Date, the Company shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the
Representatives of such timely filing, or a post-effective amendment providing
such information shall have been promptly filed and declared effective in
accordance with the requirement of Rule 430A.

                  (b) Since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have
occurred (i) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in
or affecting the business, properties, prospects, condition (financial or
other) or results of operations of the Company or the Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, which, in the judgment of the Representatives, materially affects the
market for the Shares or (ii) any material loss or interference with the
business or properties of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries from fire,
explosion, flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or
from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental
action, order or decree, which is not set forth in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, if in the judgment of the Representatives any


                                     -20-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with
completion of the sale of and payment for the Shares.

                  (c) Since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall have been
no litigation or other proceeding instituted against the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or directors in their
capacities as such, before or by any Federal, state or local court,
commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body,
domestic or foreign, or arbitrator, in which litigation or proceeding an
unfavorable ruling, decision or finding would materially and adversely affect
the business, properties, business prospects, condition (financial or
otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole.

                  (d) Each of the representations and warranties of the
Company and the Option Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and
correct in all material respects at each Closing Date, as if made at such
Closing Date, and all covenants and agreements contained herein to be
performed on the part of the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders and
all conditions contained herein to be fulfilled or complied with by the
Company and the Option Selling Stockholders at or prior to each Closing Date,
shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with.

     (e) Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP, counsel for the Company
and the Option Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to the Underwriters
their opinion, satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for the
Underwriters, dated the Firm Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable, the
Additional Shares Closing Date), to the effect that:

     (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with full
corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and is duly qualified to conduct its business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction or place where the nature or location of its
properties (owned or leased) or the conduct of its business requires such
registration or qualification, except where the failure so to register or
qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (ii) Each Subsidiary has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which
it is incorporated, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to conduct
its business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction or place where the
nature or location of its properties (owned or leased) or the conduct of its
business requires such registration or qualification, except where the failure
so to register or qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                     -21-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





     (iii) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary have
been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable
and all outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are owned of
record and, to such counsel's knowledge, beneficially by the Company, either
directly or through one of the other Subsidiaries, free and clear of any
perfected security interests and, to such counsel's knowledge, other security
interests, liens, encumbrances, equities, other rights to purchase or other
claims, except that shares of capital stock of certain of the Subsidiaries are
pledged to secure loans.

     (iv) There are no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to any statute, the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or, to such counsel's
knowledge, any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party
as to which any person can successfully maintain an action, suit or proceeding
against the Company for violation of his or her preemptive rights with respect
to the issuance of any shares of capital stock of the Company.

     (v) To the knowledge of such counsel, there is no pending or threatened
action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental agency, authority
or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
required to be disclosed in the Prospectus that is not disclosed in the
Prospectus, and there is no contract or other document required to be
described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or to be filed as
an exhibit, which is not described or filed as required.

     (vi) All of the Company's issued and outstanding capital stock has been
duly authorized, validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable, has been
issued in compliance with all applicable Federal securities laws and the
capitalization of the Company conforms in all material respects to the
descriptions thereof and the statements made with respect thereto in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the caption "Description of
Capital Stock."

     (vii) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act; any
required filing of the Prospectus, and any supplements thereto, pursuant to
Rule 424(b) have been made in the manner and within the time period required
by Rule 424(b); to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no proceedings
for that purpose have been instituted or threatened, and the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other
financial and statistical information contained therein as to which such
counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects
with the requirements of the Act and the applicable Act Regulations.



                                     -22-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




     (viii) The statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
insofar as they are descriptions of contracts, agreements or other legal
documents, are accurate in all material respects.

     (ix) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
the Company, is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in
accordance with its terms (except to the extent rights to indemnity hereunder
or thereunder may be limited by Federal or state securities laws or public
policy underlying such laws and except to the extent the enforcement hereof or
thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or
by equitable principles) and the Company has full corporate power and
authority to enter into this Agreement.

     (x) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body of which such counsel has knowledge is required
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except such as
have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the blue
sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution
of the Shares by the Underwriters or such as may be required by the NASD (as
to which such counsel need express no opinion) and such other approvals
(specified in such opinion) as have been obtained.

     (xi) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issue and
sale of the Shares, the consummation of any other of the transactions herein
contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof, will conflict with, or
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, or result
in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, claim or encumbrance upon,
any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
pursuant to (a) the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture, lease or
other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or
by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of
the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject,
which is filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement or identified in writing to such counsel, (b) any law, statute,
rule, or regulation, or any judgment, order, consent or memorandum of
understanding known to such counsel of any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction
over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (c) the charter or by-laws of
the Company.

     (xii) The Shares have been duly and validly authorized by the Company for
issuance, and the Company has full corporate power and authority to issue,
sell and deliver the Firm Shares; and, when the Shares are issued and
delivered against payment therefor as provided by this Agreement, the Shares
will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable, and
the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any statutory preemptive
rights or similar statutory rights or, to such counsel's knowledge, any other
preemptive or similar rights.

                                     -23-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>





     (xiii) The certificates for the Shares are in due and proper form under
Delaware law and the by-laws of the Company and conform with the form of
certificate duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (xiv) The Shares, when issued, will conform in all material respects to
the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock."

     (xv) The Company is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or subject to registration under
such act.

     (xvi) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, to the knowledge of such counsel no holder of any securities of
the Company or any other person has the right, contractual or otherwise, to
cause the Company to sell or otherwise issue to such person, or to permit such
person to underwrite the sale of, any of the Shares or the right to have any
Common Stock or other securities of the Company included in the Registration
Statement or the right, as a result of the filing of the Registration
Statement, to require registration under the Act of any shares of Common Stock
or other securities of the Company that has not been waived or lapsed.

         In addition, such counsel shall also state that such counsel has
participated in conferences with representatives of the Underwriters, officers
and representatives of the Company and the Subsidiaries and representatives of
the independent certified public accountants of the Company, at which
conferences the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and
related matters were discussed and that, although such counsel is not passing
upon and does not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or
fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus (except as set forth in Section 5(e)(vi)), on the basis of the
foregoing (relying as to materiality to a large extent upon officers and other
representatives of the Company), no facts have come to the attention of such
counsel which lead such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement at
the time it became effective or at the Representation Date and at the Firm
Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date)
contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus, at the
Representation Date (unless the term "Prospectus" refers to a prospectus which
has been provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection
with the offering of the Shares which differs from the Prospectus on file at
the Commission at the Representation Date, in which case at the time it is
first provided to the Underwriters for such use) or at the Firm Shares Closing
Date (and, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date), included or
includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
that such


                                     -24-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




counsel need not express any comment with respect to the financial statements,
supporting schedules or other financial and statistical data contained in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

                  (f) Each of the Option Selling Stockholders shall have
furnished to the Representatives the opinion of counsel for such Option
Selling Stockholders, dated the Additional Shares Closing Date, to the effect
that:

     (i) Each of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of
Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Option
Selling Stockholder, this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of
Attorney are valid and binding agreements of such Option Selling Stockholder,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (except to the extent
rights to indemnity hereunder or thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or public policy underlying such laws and except to the extent
the enforcement hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles), and such Option
Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power and authority to sell,
transfer and deliver in the manner provided in this Agreement and the Custody
Agreement and Power of Attorney the Additional Shares being sold by such
Option Selling Stockholder hereunder.

     (ii) Immediately prior to delivery of the Additional Shares being sold by
such Option Selling Stockholder, the Option Selling Stockholder was the sole
registered and, to the knowledge of such counsel, beneficial owner of such
Shares, and upon delivery of and payment for the Additional Shares being sold
hereunder by such Option Selling Stockholder, the Underwriters will receive
good and valid title to such Additional Shares, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, equities, security interests, claims or other defects, except
for any liens created by the Underwriters.

     (iii) To the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval,
authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required
for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Custody
Agreement and Power of Attorney and the sale by such Option Selling
Stockholder of the Additional Shares, except such as may be required under the
Act and such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in
connection with the purchase and distribution of the Additional Shares by the
Underwriters and such other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been
obtained.

     (iv) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney and the sale of the Additional Shares
being sold by such Option Selling Stockholder will not conflict with, result
in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any statute, order,
rule or regulation or the terms of any indenture or other agreement or
instrument known to such counsel and to which such


                                     -25-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




Option Selling Stockholder is a party or bound, or any judgment, order or
decree known to such counsel to be applicable to such Option Selling
Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental
body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Option Selling Stockholder or
any of such Option Selling Stockholder's properties.

     (v) There are no transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes and New
York transfer taxes) known to such counsel payable in connection with the sale
and delivery of the Additional Shares by such Option Selling Stockholder to
the several Underwriters or all such taxes have been fully paid in connection
with such sale and delivery.

     (g) Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, shall have
furnished to the Underwriters an opinion with respect to such matters as may
be reasonably requested by the Underwriters, dated the Firm Shares Closing
Date (and, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date).

     (h) The following conditions contained in clauses (A) through (C) of this
Section 5(h) shall have been satisfied on and as of each Closing Date and the
Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters a certificate of the Company,
signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal
financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Firm Shares Closing
Date (and, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date), to the effect
that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus, any supplement or amendment to the Prospectus and
this Agreement and that:

     (A) the representations and warranties of the Company and the Option
Selling Stockholders in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the
Firm Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable, on the Additional Shares Closing
Date), with the same effect as if made on the Firm Shares Closing Date (and,
if applicable, on the Additional Shares Closing Date); the Registration
Statement, as amended as of the Firm Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable,
on the Additional Shares Closing Date), does not include any untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented as of the Firm Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable, on the
Additional Shares Closing Date), does not include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; and the Company has complied with all the agreements and
satisfied all the conditions under this Agreement on its part to be performed
or satisfied at or prior to the Firm Shares Closing Date (and, if applicable,
at or prior to the Additional Shares Closing Date);


                                     -26-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




     (B) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been
instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened; and

     (C) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in
the Prospectus, there has been no change or development involving a
prospective change, with respect to the business, properties, prospects,
financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (i) At the Effective Date, the Representation Date and at each Closing
Date, Richard A. Eisner & Company LLP shall have furnished to the Underwriters
a letter or letters, dated respectively as of the Effective Date, the
Representation Date and each Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type
customarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with
respect to the historical and pro forma financial statements and certain
financial and statistical information pertaining to the Company and the
Subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

     (j) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date, Silverstein Loftus
& Ross, CPAs, P.C. shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated
respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and the Hiland Park Golf Course within the meaning of the Act and
the Act Regulations.

     (k) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date, Bradshaw, Gordon &
Clinkscales, P.A. shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated
respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and Pelham Enterprises, Inc. within the meaning of the Act and
Act Regulations.

     (l) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date, Drunagel, Johnson,
Rutherford & Wilkins, P.C. shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter,
dated respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and RFC Enterprises, Inc. within the meaning of the Act and the
Act Regulations.

     (m) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date, Ernest T. Northrup
shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated respectively as of
the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Underwriters,


                                     -27-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




     confirming that he is an independent certified public accountant with
respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries and Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.
within the meaning of the Act and the Act Regulations.

                  (n) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date,
Robert Del Riego shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated
respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that he is an
independent certified public accountant with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and The Practice Tee, Inc. and its subsidiary within the meaning
of the Act and the Act Regulations.

                  (o) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date,
Sewell & Co., Inc. shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated
respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and Golf Masters Limited Partnership and Air Dome Limited
Partnership within the meaning of the Act and the Act Regulations.

                  (p) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date,
Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C. shall have furnished to the Underwriters a
letter, dated respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation
Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that
they are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company
and the Subsidiaries and 202 Golf Associates, Inc. within the meaning of the
Act and the Act Regulations.

                  (q) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date,
Ehrenkrantz and Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter,
dated respectively as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and the
Subsidiaries and Flemington Golf and Sports Center, LLC within the meaning of
the Act and the Act Regulations.

                  (r) At the Effective Date and the Representation Date, Anne
E. Gorry shall have furnished to the Underwriters a letter, dated respectively
as of the Effective Date and the Representation Date, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming that she is an independent
certified public accountant with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries
and Owl's Creek Golf Center, Inc. within the meaning of the Act and the Act
Regulations.

                  (s) At each Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall
have been furnished with such information, certificates and documents as they
may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the
issuance and sale of the Shares as contemplated herein and related
proceedings, or to evidence the accuracy of any of the


                                     -28-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions,
herein contained, or otherwise in connection with the offering contemplated
hereby; and all opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this
Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

                  (t) At each Additional Shares Closing Date, each Option
Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Underwriters a certificate,
signed by the Option Selling Stockholder or, in the case the Option Selling
Stockholder is not a natural person, by the chairman of the board, the
president, any vice president, the trustee or the general partner (or the
general partner of such general partner) of such Option Selling Stockholder,
dated the Additional Shares Closing Date, to the effect that the signer of
such certificate has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus, any supplement or amendment to the Prospectus and this Agreement
and that: (A) the representations and warranties of such Option Selling
Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Additional
Shares Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Additional Shares
Closing Date; (B) the Registration Statement, as amended as of the Additional
Shares Closing Date, does not include any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented as of the
Additional Shares Closing Date, does not include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in light of their circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; and (C) such Option Selling Stockholder has performed
all covenants and agreements on his part to be performed or satisfied at or
prior to the Additional Shares Closing Date.

         6.       Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a) Each of the Company and each Option Selling Stockholder
named in Part A of Schedule II hereto, jointly and severally, agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers,
employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, to the fullest extent lawful from and against any losses,
expenses, claims, damages or liabilities (including any and all investigative,
legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any
amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim
asserted), which, jointly or severally, any of them may become subject under
the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, as such expenses are incurred, insofar
as such losses, expenses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are
based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in the Registration Statement, or in any Preliminary Prospectus
or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in
any Blue Sky application or other document executed by the Company
specifically for that purpose or based upon information furnished by the
Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or
all of the Shares under the securities laws thereof or filed with the


                                     -29-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




Commission or any securities association or securities exchange (each, an
"Application"), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement made in Section 1(a) of this Agreement by the Company or the
Option Selling Stockholders named in Part A of Schedule II; provided, however,
that the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders named in Part A of
Schedule II will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, expense, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the written
information furnished to the Company by the Representatives on behalf of any
Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration or the Prospectus; and
provided, further, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the
benefit of any such Underwriter the directors, officers, employees or agents
of such Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter, and the
Company and the Option Selling Stockholders named in Part A of Schedule II
shall not be liable to any such Underwriter, the directors, officers,
employees or agents of such Underwriter or any persons controlling such
Underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, expenses, claims,
damages or liabilities purchased the Shares concerned, to the extent that any
such loss, expense, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that
there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person, a copy of the
Prospectus, as the same may be amended or supplemented, within the time
required by the Act (if required thereby), and the untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact in such Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in such Prospectus
and the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Underwriter on
a timely basis in order to permit the Prospectus (as the same may be amended
or supplemented) to be sent or given. The foregoing indemnity agreement shall
be in addition to any liability that the Company or the Option Selling
Stockholders named in Part A of Schedule II may otherwise have. The indemnity
obligation of each of the Option Selling Stockholders named in Part A of
Schedule II hereto under this Section 6(a) shall be limited to the total
proceeds such Option Selling Stockholder received from the sale of such Option
Selling Stockholder's Additional Shares to the Underwriters hereunder, before
deducting the underwriting discount attributable to the sale of such shares.

                  (b) Each Option Selling Stockholder severally agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers,
employees and agents of each Underwriter, and each person who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company
and the Option Selling Stockholders named in Part A of Schedule II of this
Agreement to each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents
of such Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter, but only with
reference to (i) written information furnished by or on behalf of such Option
Selling


                                     -30-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




Stockholder expressly for inclusion in the documents referred to in the
foregoing indemnity or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
in Section 1(b) of this Agreement by such Option Selling Stockholder. The
indemnity obligation of each Option Selling Stockholder under this Section
shall be limited to the total proceeds such Option Selling Stockholder
received from the sale of such Option Selling Stockholder's Additional Shares
to the Underwriters hereunder, before deducting the underwriting discount
attributable to the sale of such shares. This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability which any Option Selling Stockholder may otherwise
have.

                  (c) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, the Option Selling Stockholders, each person, if any,
who controls the Company or any Option Selling Stockholder within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each director of
the Company and each officer who signs the Registration Statement, and the
directors, officers, employees and agents, if any, of the Option Selling
Stockholders, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnities from the Company
and the Option Selling Stockholders to each Underwriter, the directors,
officers, employees and agents of such Underwriter and any person controlling
such Underwriter, but only insofar as such loss, expense, claim, damage or
liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance or in conformity with
information relating to such Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company
by the Representatives on behalf of such Underwriter, expressly for use in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus. This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability that any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Company
and each Option Selling Stockholder agree that the statements set forth in the
last paragraph of the cover page of the Prospectus, the stabilization legend
on the inside front cover page of the Prospectus, the table of Underwriters
set forth under the heading "Underwriting" in the Prospectus and the amounts
of the selling concession and reallowance set forth in the Prospectus
constitute the only information provided in writing by the Representatives on
behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus.

                  (d) If any action is brought against an indemnified party
under this Section , the indemnified party or parties shall promptly notify
the indemnifying party in writing of the institution of such action (provided
that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party
of any liability which it may have pursuant to this Agreement, unless and to
the extent the indemnifying party did not otherwise learn of such action and
such failure has resulted in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses
by the indemnifying party) and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense
of such action, including the employment of counsel and payment of reasonable
expenses. The indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel) in any such case and to participate
in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at
the expense of the indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of
such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party
in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying party


                                     -31-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified
party to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time
after notice of the institution of such action, (iii) such indemnified party
or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses
available to it or them that are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party or (iv) the use of counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such
counsel with a conflict of interest (in which case the indemnifying party
shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the
indemnified party or parties, in any of which events such fees and expenses
shall be borne by the indemnifying party and paid as incurred; provided that
the indemnifying party shall only be responsible for the fees and expenses of
one counsel for the indemnified party or parties hereunder). Anything in this
paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable for any settlement of any such claim or action effected without its
written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. An
indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential
parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

                  (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is
unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a), (b) or (c) of this
Section 6 or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder,
in respect of any losses, expenses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to
therein, then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the
amount paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding or any claims
asserted, but after deducting in the case of losses, expenses, claims, damages
and liabilities suffered by the Company or the Option Selling Stockholders,
any contribution received by the Company or any Option Selling Stockholder
from persons other than the Underwriters who may also be liable for
contribution, including persons who control the Company or any Option Selling
Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement
and directors of the Company, to which the Company, any Option Selling
Stockholder and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company and the Option Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the
Underwriters on the other hand, from the offering of the Shares or, if, but
only if, such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Option
Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other hand,
in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
expenses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and
the Option Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the
other hand, shall be


                                     -32-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering
(net of underwriting discounts but before deducting expenses) received by the
Company and the Option Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of
the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the
Underwriters on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Company, the Option Selling Stockholders or the
Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, expenses,
claims and liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal
or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any claim or action. The Company, the Option
Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 6(e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the underwriting discount received by it by reason of such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission;
and (ii) in no case shall any Option Selling Stockholder be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the total proceeds such
Option Selling Stockholder received from the sale of such Option Selling
Stockholder's Additional Shares to the Underwriters hereunder, before
deducting underwriting discounts attributable to the Additional Shares sold by
such Option Selling Stockholder. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this Section 6(e) to
contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.

                  (f) Subject to the provision of subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section 6 with respect to the Option Selling Stockholders, the Company
and each of the Option Selling Stockholders hereby severally agree that in
addition to their other obligations under subsections (a) and (b) of this
Section 6, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action,
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any
statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission described in
subsections (a) or (b) of this Section, as applicable, it will reimburse the
Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal fees and other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending
such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding,
notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety
and enforceability of the obligations under this Section 6 and the possibility
that such payments might later be held to be improper by a court of competent
jurisdiction. To the extent that


                                     -33-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the
Underwriters shall promptly return such payments to the Company or the Option
Selling Stockholders, as applicable.

         7. Survival. The respective indemnity and contribution agreements
contained in Section hereof and the covenants, warranties and other
representations of the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders contained
in this Agreement or contained in certificates of officers of the Company or
any Option Selling Stockholder submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
Underwriter, or any of their respective officers, employees, directors,
stockholders or person who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act, or by or on behalf of the Company or any of its
directors, officers, employees or any person who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, or by or on behalf of any of the Option
Selling Stockholders, or any person who controls any of the Option Selling
Stockholders, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

         8. Default by an Underwriter. If one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail or refuse at a Closing Date to purchase and pay for any of the
Shares agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder on
such date and the aggregate number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the
case may be, which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, as the case
may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of
the total number of Shares to be purchased on such date by all Underwriters,
each nondefaulting Underwriter shall be obligated severally, in the proportion
which the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I
bears to the total number of Firm Shares which all the non-defaulting
Underwriters, as the case may be, have agreed to purchase, or in such other
proportion as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the Firm Shares or
Additional Shares, as the case may be, which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters, as the case may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase on
such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Firm Shares or
Additional Shares, as the case may be, which any Underwriter has agreed to
purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof be increased pursuant to this Section 8
by an amount in excess of one-tenth of such number of Firm Shares or
Additional Shares, as the case may be, without the written consent of such
Underwriter. If on the Firm Shares Closing Date or on the Additional Shares
Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail
or refuse to purchase Firm Shares, or Additional Shares, as the case may be,
and the aggregate number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may
be, with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the
aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date by all Underwriters in
the event of a default by a Underwriter and arrangements satisfactory to the
Representatives, the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders for purchase
of such Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement
will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
Underwriter, the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders. In any such case
which does not result in termination of this Agreement, either the
Representatives or the Company


                                     -34-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




shall have the right to postpone the Firm Shares Closing Date, or the
Additional Shares Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer
than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or
arrangements may be effected. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not
relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of
any such Underwriter under this Agreement.

         9.       Termination of Agreement.

                  (a) The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by
written notice to the Company and the Option Selling Stockholders prior to the
Firm Shares Closing Date (or, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing
Date) (i) if there shall occur any default or breach by the Company or the
Option Selling Stockholders hereunder or the failure to satisfy any of the
conditions contained in Section hereof, (ii) if there has been, since the date
of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is
provided in the Registration Statement and prior to the Firm Shares Closing
Date (or, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date), there shall have
been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
material adverse change (including, without limitation, a change in the
management or control of the Company), in the condition (financial or
otherwise), business prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
Company, or (iii) if, since the date of this Agreement and prior to the Firm
Shares Closing Date (or, if applicable, the Additional Shares Closing Date),
(A) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets of
the United States or in political, financial or economic conditions in the
United States or any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or
declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other
calamity or crisis, the effect of which on the financial securities markets of
the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the
Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares on the
terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus, or (B) trading in any
of the securities of the Company has been suspended by the Commission, or
trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market
has been suspended (other than by limitation on hours or number of days of
trading), or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum
ranges for prices for securities have been required, by the New York Stock
Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market or by order of the Commission or any
other governmental authority or (C) a banking moratorium has been declared by
any of the Federal or New York authorities.

                  (b) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section
or any other provision of this Agreement, such termination shall be without
liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections and
6.

     10. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted
by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall
be directed to the Underwriters,


                                     -35-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




c/o Jefferies & Company, Inc., 11100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Los Angeles,
California 90025, attention of Jerry Gluck, Esq., with a copy to Fulbright &
Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103, attention of Paul
Jacobs, Esq.; notices to the Company shall be directed to 225 Broadhollow
Road, Melville, New York 11747, attention of Dominic Chang, with a copy to
Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP, 551 Fifth Avenue, New York, New
York, 10176, attention of Kenneth R. Koch, Esq. and notices to the Option
Selling Stockholders shall be directed to them at their addresses set forth in
their respective Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney.

         11. Parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the Underwriters, the Company, the Option Selling Stockholders
and their respective successors and legal representatives. Nothing expressed
or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to provide
any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company, the
Option Selling Stockholders and their respective successors and legal
representatives and the controlling persons and officers, employees, directors
and stockholders referred to in Sections and and their respective heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement
and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Option Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors and legal representatives, and
said controlling persons, stockholders, officers and directors and their
respective heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other
person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Shares from the Underwriters
shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

     12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

     13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of
the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute
one and the same instrument.


                                     -36-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




                                   * * * * *

         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Custodian a
counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Company and the
Option Selling Stockholders in accordance with its terms.

                           Very truly yours,

                           FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.



                          By:
                             ----------------------------------
                          Dominic Chang
                          President and Chief Executive Officer

                          OPTION SELLING STOCKHOLDERS



                          By:
                             ----------------------------------
                          Name:
                          Attorney-in-Fact for each of the Option Selling
                          Stockholders named in Schedule II




CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:

JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION

By:  JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.,



By:
   -------------------------------
Name:
Title:


For themselves and as Representatives of
the other Underwriters named in this Agreement


0286995.03




    
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE I


                                                      Number of Firm Shares
                  Underwriter                            To Be Purchased
                  -----------                         ---------------------

Jefferies & Company, Inc. ........................
Hampshire Securities Corporation..................


















                                                       ----------------
                                   Total                      2,000,000
                                                       ================



                                     -38-

0286995.03




    
<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE II


                                                            MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
                                                            ADDITIONAL SHARES
OPTION SELLING STOCKHOLDERS                                    TO BE SOLD
- ---------------------------                                 -----------------

PART A:

Dominic Chang                                                      166,282

Krishnan P. Thampi                                                  50,000

PART B:

Jimmy C.M. Hsu                                                      50,000

Upper Hembree Partners, L.P.                                        33,718
                                                                   -------
Total............................................................  300,000
                                                                   =======











                                     -39-


0286995.03













                        AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

                                     OF

                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.
                            (AS OF APRIL 2, 1996)

                             SECTION 1.  OFFICES

        The principal office of the corporation shall be located at its
principal place of business or such other place as the Board of Directors
("Board") may designate.  The Corporation may have such other offices, either
within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate or as the
business of the corporation may require from time to time.

                          SECTION 2.  STOCKHOLDERS

        2.1 Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes
of electing Directors and of transacting such other business as may come before
it shall be held each year at such date, time, and place, either within or
without the State of Delaware, as may be specified by the Board.

        2.2     Special Meeting.  Except as otherwise provided in the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of stockholders for
any purpose or purposes may be held at any time upon call of the Chairman of the
Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary, or a majority of the
Board, at such time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as
may be stated in the notice.  A special meeting of stockholders shall be called
by the President or the Secretary upon the written request, stating time, place
and the purpose of the meeting, of stockholders who together own of record not
less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding stock of all classes entitled to vote at
such meeting.

        2.3     Place of Meeting.  All meetings shall be held at the principal
office of the Corporation or at such other place within or without the State of
Delaware designated by the Board, by any persons entitled to call a meeting
hereunder or in a waiver of notice signed by all of the stockholders entitled to
notice of the meeting.

        2.4     Notice of Meeting.

                2.4.1   Notice by Board.  The Chairman of the Board, the
President, any Vice-President, the Secretary or the Board, shall cause to be
delivered to each stockholder entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting
either personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the meeting, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and,
in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called. At any time, upon written request of the holders of not less than the
number of outstanding shares of the Corporation specified in subsection 2.2 and
entitled to vote at the meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to give
notice of a special meeting of stockholders to be held on such date and at such
place and hour as the Secretary may fix, not less than ten nor more than sixty
days after receipt of said request, and if the Secretary shall neglect or refuse
to issue





    
such notice, the person making the request may do so and may fix the date for
such meeting.  If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed delivered when
deposited in the official government mail properly addressed to the stockholder
at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
Corporation with postage prepaid.  If the notice is telegraphed, it shall be
deemed delivered when the content of the telegram is delivered to the telegraph
company.

        Section 2.4.2  Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations of Directors.
Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall
be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation except as may be
otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of the
Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain
circumstances.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at
any annual meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board (or
any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the
Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of a
notice provided for in this Section 2.4.2 and on the record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii)
who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.2.

        In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be
made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in
proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

        To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered
to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders;
provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a
date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date,
notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later
than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which
such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public
disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

        To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary
must be set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and
residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of
the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of
the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv)
any other information relating to the person that would be required to be
disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in
connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to
Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the
stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such
stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of
the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder,
(iii)  a description of all arrangements or understandings between such
stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including
their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such
stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in
person or by proxy at




    

the annual meeting to nominate the person named in its notice and (v) any other
information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed
in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with
solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such notice
must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named
as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.

        No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the
Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 2.4.2.  If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was
not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare
to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination
shall be disregarded.

        Section 2.4.3.  Advance Notice by Stockholder of Proposed Business at
Annual Meetings.  No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of
stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of
meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board
(or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought
before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly
authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the
annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of
record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section
2.4.3 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set
forth in this Section 2.4.3.

        In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of
the Corporation.

        To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered
to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders;
provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a
date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date,
notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later
than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which
such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public
disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

        To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary
must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the
annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the
annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the
class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which
are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of
all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person
or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such
business

                                 - 3 -




    

by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such
business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in
person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the
meeting.

        No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders
except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.3, provided, however, that, once
business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with
such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.4.3 shall be deemed to preclude
discussion by any stockholder of any such business.  If the Chairman of an
annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the
annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall
declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the
meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

        2.5     Waiver of Notice.

                2.5.1   Whenever any notice is required to be given to any
stockholder under the provisions of these By-Laws, the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation of Delaware, a waiver
thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
the giving of such notice.

                2.5.2   The attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when a stockholder attends
a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

        2.6     Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders.

                2.6.1   Meeting.  For the purpose of determining stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders of any
adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than
ten days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the
Board, the record date for determining stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled
to notice of and to vote at the meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.

                2.6.2   Dividends, Distributions and Other Rights.  For the
purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend
or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock,
or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date,
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing
the

                                 - 4 -




    

record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days
prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for
determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business
the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

        2.7     Voting List.  At least ten days before each meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such
meeting, or any adjournment thereof, shall be made, arranged in alphabetical
order, with the address of and number of shares held by each stockholder.  This
list shall be open to examination by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to
the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of ten days prior to
the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  This list shall also
be produced and kept at such meeting for inspection by any stockholder who is
present.

        2.8     Quorum.  A majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation
entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting,
shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders; provided, that where
a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the outstanding
shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy at
the meeting, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to
that vote on that matter. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. If
a quorum is present or represented at a reconvened meeting following such an
adjournment, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally called. The stockholders present at a duly organized
meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.  Shares of the
Common Stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another
corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of
directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum
purposes.

        2.9     Manner of Acting.  In all matters other than the election of
Directors, if a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the
outstanding shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and
entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders,
unless the vote of a greater number is required by these By-laws, the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, if a quorum
of such class or classes is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of
outstanding shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by
proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes.  Directors shall
be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
Directors.

        2.10    Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
stockholders may authorize another person of persons to act for such
stockholders by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or by his or her

                                 - 5 -




    

attorney-in-fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the
Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  A proxy shall become invalid
three years after the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the
proxy.  A proxy with respect to a specified meeting shall entitle the holder
thereof to vote at any reconvened meeting following adjournment of such meeting
but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.

        2.11    Voting of Shares.  Each outstanding share entitled to vote with
respect to the subject matter of an issue submitted to a meeting of stockholders
shall be entitled to one vote upon each such issue.

        2.12    Voting for Directors.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at an
election of Directors may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares
owned by such stockholder for as many persons as there are Directors to be
elected and for whose election such stockholder has a right to vote.

        2.13    No Consent to Corporate Action Without a Meeting.  Any action
required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
the stockholders, may not be taken by any consent in writing of stockholders,
without a meeting.

                        SECTION 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        3.1     General Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by the Board none of whom need to be stockholders of the
Corporation.

        3.2     Number and Tenure.  The Board shall be composed of not less than
three nor more than 10 Directors, the specific number to be set by resolution by
a majority of the Board.  No decrease in the number of Directors shall have the
effect of shortening term of any incumbent Director. The Directors shall, except
as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies or as otherwise provided
in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, be elected at the
annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective
successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or
removal.

        3.3     Annual and Regular Meetings.  An annual Board meeting shall be
held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual
meeting of stockholders.  By resolution, the Board or any committee designated
by the Board may specify the time and place either within or without the State
of Delaware for holding regular meetings thereof without other notice than such
resolution.

        3.4     Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board or any
committee appointed by the Board may be called by or at the request of the
Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or, in the case of special
Board meetings, any one Director and, in the case of any special meeting of any
committee appointed by the Board, by the Chairman thereof.  The person or
persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place either within or
without the State of Delaware as the place for holding any special Board or
committee meeting called by them.

        3.5     Meetings by Telephone.  Members of the Board or any committee
designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee

                                 - 6 -




    

by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can bear each other.
Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

        3.6     Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of a special Board or
committee meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given
to a Director in writing or orally by telephone or in person. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be
specified in the notice of such meeting.

                3.6.1   Personal Delivery.  If notice is given by personal
delivery, the notice shall be effective if delivered to a Director at least two
days before the meeting.

                3.6.2   Delivery by Mail.  If notice is delivered by mail, the
notice shall be deemed effective if deposited in the official government mail
properly addressed to a Director at his or her address shown the records of the
Corporation with postage prepaid at least five days before the meeting.

                3.6.3   Delivery by Telecopy.  If notice is delivered by
telecopy, the notice shall be deemed effective if it is transmitted to a
facsimile number provided by a Director for that purpose from time to time and
successful transmission thereof is confirmed by telephone with the operator of
the receiving equipment at least three days before the meeting.

                3.6.4   Oral Notice.  If notice is delivered orally, by
telephone or in person, the notice shall be deemed effective if personally given
to the Director at least two days before the meeting.

        3.7     Waiver of Notice.

                3.7.1   In Writing.  Whenever any notice is required to be given
to any Director under the provisions of these By-laws, the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation law of Delaware, a
waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such
notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted
at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board or any
committee appointed by the Board need be specified in the waiver of notice of
such meeting.

                3.7.2   By Attendance.  The attendance of a Director at a Board
or committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened.

        3.8     Quorum.  Subject to the provisions of sub-section 3.13 of this
Section 3, a majority of the total number of Directors fixed by or in the manner
provided in these By-laws shall constitute a quorum for the action of business
at any Board meeting but, if less than a majority are present at a meeting, a
majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without further notice.

                                 - 7 -




    

        3.9     Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the Directors
present at a Board meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the
Board, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these By-laws, the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law
of Delaware.

        3.10    Presumption of Assent.  A Director of the Corporation present at
a Board or committee meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken
shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent
is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless such Director files a
written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the
meeting before the adjournment thereof, or forwards such dissent by registered
mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of
the meeting.  A Director who voted in favor of such action may not dissent.

        3.11    Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting.  Any action
which could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any committee appointed by
the Board may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the
action so taken is signed by each of the Directors or by each committee member.
Any such written consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the
minutes of a Board or a committee meeting.

        3.12    Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by delivering
written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the
Board, or to the registered office of the Corporation.  Any such resignation
shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time is not
specified, upon deliver thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        3.13    Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors.  Except as
otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the
stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it
is called for that purpose, remove, with cause, any Director and fill the
vacancy by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote on the election of Directors; provided that whenever any Director shall
have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting
separately as a class under the provisions of the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy
filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class.
Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the
stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any
vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other
reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the
authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum.  Any
Director so elected to fill any such vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired
term of his or her predecessor in office.  Any directorship to be filled by
reason of an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by the Board.

        When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a
majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned,
shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take

                                 - 8 -




    

effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each
Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the
filling of other vacancies.

        3.14    Executive and Other Committees.

                3.14.1 Creation and Authority of Committees.  The Board may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the
Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members
of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a
committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place
of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent
provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business, property,
and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to
be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have
power or authority in reference to amending the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the
resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted
by the Board pursuant to authority expressly granted to the Board by the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, fix any of the preferences or rights
of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution
of the assets of the Corporation, or the conversion into, or the exchange of
such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the
same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation), adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the General
Corporation law of the State of Delaware, recommending to the stockholders the
sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's
property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the
Corporation or a revocation of dissolution, or amending these By-laws; and,
unless such resolution or resolutions expressly so provided, no such committee
shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the
issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to
Section 253 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware. Each
committee which has been established by the Board pursuant to these By-laws may
fix its own rules and procedures.  The Board may designate one or more Directors
as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member of members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.

                3.14.2 Minutes of Meetings.  All committees so appointed shall
keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in
books kept for that purpose.

                                 - 9 -




    

                3.14.3 Quorum and Manner of Acting.  A majority of the number of
Directors composing any committee of the Board, as established and fixed by
resolution of the Board, shall constitute quorum for the transaction of business
at any meeting of such committee but, if less than a majority are present at a
meeting, a majority of such Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice.  The act of a majority of the members of a
committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
such committee.

                3.14.4 Resignation.  Any member of any committee may resign at
any time by delivering written notice thereof to the Chairman of the Board, the
President, the Secretary, the Board or the Chairman of such committee.  Any such
resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time is
not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

                3.14.5 Removal. The Board may remove from office any member of
any committee elected or appointed by it or by an Executive Committee, but only
by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the number of Directors
fixed by or in the manner provided in these By-laws.

        3.15    Compensation.  By Board resolution, Directors and committee
members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each Board or
committee meeting, or a fixed sum for attendance at each Board or committee
meeting, or a stated salary as Director or a committee member, or a combination
of the foregoing.  No such payment shall preclude any Director or committee
member from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving
compensation therefor.

                            SECTION 4.  OFFICERS

        4.1     Number.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board. One or
more Vice Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers, including a
Chairman of the Board, may be elected or appointed by the Board, such officers
and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and
perform such duties as are provided in these By-laws or as may be provided by
resolution of the Board. Any officer may be assigned by the Board any additional
title that the Board deems appropriate.  The Board may delegate to any officer
or agent the power to appoint any such subordinate officers or agents and to
prescribe their respective terms of office, authority and duties. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person.

        4.2     Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the Corporation
shall be elected annually by the Board at the Board meeting held after the
annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers is not held at
such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as a Board meeting
conveniently may be held.  Unless an officer dies, resigns, or is removed from
office, he or she shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board
or until his or her successor is elected.

        4.3     Resignation.  Any officer may resign at any time by delivering
written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President,

                                 - 10 -




    

the Secretary or the Board.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time
specified therein, or if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective.

        4.4     Removal.  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board
may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the
Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the persons so removed.

        4.5     Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification, creation of a new office or any other
cause may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term, or for a
new term established by the Board.

        4.6     Chairman of the Board.  If elected, the Chairman of the Board
shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from
time to time and shall preside over meetings of the Board and stockholders
unless another officer is appointed or designated by the Board as of such
meeting.

        4.7     President.  The President shall be the chief executive officer
of the Corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board,
shall preside over meetings of the Board and stockholders in the absence of a
Chairman of the Board, and, subject to the Board's control, shall supervise and
control all of the assets, business and affairs of the Corporation. The
President may sign certificates for shares of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages,
bonds, contracts or other instruments, except when the signing and execution
thereof have been expressly delegated by the Board of by these By-laws to some
other officer or agent of the Corporation or are required by law to be otherwise
signed or executed by some other officer or in some other manner.  In general,
the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and
such other duties as are prescribed by the Board from time to time.

        4.8     Vice President.  In the event of the death of the President or
his or her inability to act, the Vice President (or if there is more than one
Vice President, the Vice President who was designated by the Board as the
successor to the President, or if no Vice President is so designated, the Vice
President first elected to such office) shall perform the duties of the
President, except as may be limited by resolution of the Board, with all the
powers of and subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Any Vice
President may sign with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary certificates
for shares of the Corporation. Vice President shall have, to the extent
authorized by the President or the Board, the same powers as the President to
sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments.  Vice Presidents
shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by
the President or by the Board.

        4.9     Secretary.  The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of
meetings of the stockholders and the Board in one or more books provided for
that purpose; (b)see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the
corporate records and seal of the Corporation; (d) keep registers of the post
office address of each stockholder and Director; (e) sign certificates for

                                 - 11 -




    

shares of the Corporation; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books
of the Corporation; (g) sign, with the President or other officer authorized by
the President or the Board, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other
instruments; and (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or
her by the President or by the Board. In the absence of the Secretary, an
Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.


        4.10.   Treasurer.  If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give a
bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with
such surety or sureties as the Board shall determine.  The Treasurer shall have
charge and custody of and be responsible for all finds and securities of the
Corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the
Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name
of the Corporation in banks, trust companies or other depositories selected in
accordance with the provisions of these By-laws; sign certificates for shares of
the Corporation; and in general perform all of the duties incident to the office
of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him
or her by the President or by the Board. In the absence of the Treasurer, an
Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer.

        4.11    Salaries.  The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time
to time by the Board or by any person or persons to whom the Board has delegated
such authority.  No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by
reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.

              SECTION 5. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

        5.1     Contracts.  The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or
agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may
be general or confined to specific instances.

        5.2     Loans to the Corporation.  No loans shall be contracted on
behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in
its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board. Such authority shall be
confined to specific instances.

        5.3     Checks. Drafts. Etc.  All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents,
of the Corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by
resolution of the Board.

        5.4     Deposits.  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

           SECTION 6.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

        6.1     Issuance of Shares.  No shares of the Corporation shall be
issued unless authorized by the Board, which authorization shall include the
maximum

                                 - 12 -




    

number of shares to be issued and the consideration to be received for each
share.

        6.2     Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing shares of
the Corporation shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of
the Board or the President or the Vice President and by the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  Any or all the
signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  All certificates shall
include on their face written notice of any restrictions which may be imposed on
the transferability of such shares and shall be consecutively numbered or
otherwise identified.

        6.3     Stock Records.  The stock transfer books shall be kept at the
registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation or at the
office of the Corporation's transfer agent or registrar.  The name and address
of each person to whom certificates for shares are issued, together with the
class and number of shares represented by each such certificate and the date of
issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.
The person in whose name shares stand on the hooks of the Corporation shall be
deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

        6.4     Restriction on Transfer.  Except to the extent that the
Corporation has obtained an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Corporation
that transfer restrictions are not required under applicable securities laws, or
has otherwise satisfied itself that such transfer restrictions are not required,
all certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall bear a legend on
the face of the certificate, or on the reverse of the certificate if a reference
to the legend is contained on the face, which reads substantially as follows:

            "The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable state law, and no
interest therein may be sold, distributed, assigned, offered, pledged or
otherwise transferred unless (a) there is an effective registration statement
under such Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such action
involving said securities or (b)this Corporation receives an opinion of legal
counsel for the holder of these securities (concurred in by legal counsel for
this Corporation) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or
this Corporation otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from
registration.  Neither the offering of the securities nor any offering of
materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act of
1933 or any applicable state law."

        6.5     Transfer of Shares.  The transfer of shares of the Corporation
shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation pursuant to
authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by
his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority
to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney
duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. All

                                 - 13 -




    

certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and
no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like
number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

        6.6     Lost or Destroyed Certificates.  In the case of a lost,
destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor
upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board may prescribe.

                        SECTION 7. BOOKS AND RECORDS

        The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of
account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders
and Board and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

                         SECTION 8.  ACCOUNTING YEAR

        The accounting year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year,
provided that if a different accounting year is at any time selected for
purposes of federal income taxes, the accounting year shall be the year so
selected.

                              SECTION 9.  SEAL

                The seal of the Corporation shall consist of the name of the
Corporation, the state of its incorporation and the year of its incorporation.

                        SECTION 10.  INDEMNIFICATION

        10.1    Right to Indemnification.  Each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved
(including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation or that, being or having been
such a Director or officer or an employee of the Corporation, he or she is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee
or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan
(hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as such a Director, officer, employee or agent or
in any other capacity while serving as such a Director, officer, employee or
agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the full
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists
or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), or by other applicable law
as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys'
fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in
settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in
connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee
who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators; provided,
however, that except as provided in subsection 10.2 of this Section with respect

                                 - 14 -




    

to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation
shall indemnity any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof)
was authorized or ratified by the Board.  The right to indemnification conferred
in this subsection 10.1 shall be a contract right and shall include rights to be
paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding
in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses");
provided, however, that if the General Corporation Law of Delaware requires, an
advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a
Director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is
rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an
employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee,
to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final
judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such
indemnitee is not entitled to be iced for such expenses under this subsection
10.1 or otherwise.

        10.2    Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.  If a claim under subsection
10.1 of this Section is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days
after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case
of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period
shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If
successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the
Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of
prosecuting or defending such suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be
entitled to indemnification under this Section upon submission of a written
claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for an advancement of
expenses, where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered
to the Corporation), and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of
proof to overcome the presumption that the indemnitee is not so entitled.
Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal
counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the
commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in
the circumstances not an actual determination by the Corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee is not
entitled to indemnification shall be a defense to the suit or create a
presumption that the indemnitee is not so entitled.

        10.3    Nonexclusivity of Rights.  The rights to indemnification and to
the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of
any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any
statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, provisions
of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the
Corporation or otherwise.

        10.4    Insurance, Contracts and Funding.  The Corporation may maintain
insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee
or agent of the Corporation or another Corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not
the Corporation would have the power to indemnity such person against such

                                 - 15 -




    

expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of Delaware. The
Corporation, without further stockholder approval, may enter into contracts with
any Director, officer, employee or agent in furtherance of the provisions of
this Section and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other
means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure that payment
of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in
this Section.

        10.5    Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.  The
Corporation may, by action of the Board, grant rights to indemnification and
advancement of expenses to employees or agents or groups of employees or agents
of the Corporation with the same scope and effects as the provisions of this
Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of
Directors and officers of the Corporation; provided, however, that an
undertaking shall be made by an employee or agent only if required by the Board.

        10.6    Persons Serving Other Entities.  Any person who is or was a
Director, officer or employee of the Corporation who is or was serving as a
Director or officer of another Corporation of which a majority of the shares
entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the Corporation
shall be deemed to be so serving at the request of the Corporation and entitled
to indemnification and advancement of expenses under subsection 10.1 of this
Section.

                           SECTION 11.  AMENDMENTS

        These By-Laws may be amended or repealed and new By-laws may be adopted
by the Board.  The stockholders may also amend and repeal these By-laws or adopt
new By-laws.  All By-Laws made by the Board may be amended or repealed by the
stockholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these
By-Laws to the contrary, Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.13, 3.2 and 3.13 and this Section
11 of the By-Laws of the Corporation may not be amended or repealed without the
affirmative vote of at least 80% of the members of the Board of Directors.

                                 - 16 -









                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

                          1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

       APPROVED AND ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON MARCH 6, 1996

        SECTION 1.  Purpose.  The purpose of the Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1996
Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to provide a means whereby directors and
selected employees, officers, agents, consultants, and independent contractors
of Family Golf Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), or of any
parent or subsidiary (as defined in subsection 5.7 hereof and referred to
hereinafter as "Affiliates") thereof, may be granted incentive stock options
and/or nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of common stock, $.01 par
value ("Common Stock") in order to attract and retain the services or advice of
such directors, employees, officers, agents, consultants, and independent
contractors and to provide additional incentive for such persons to exert
maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates by encouraging
stock ownership in the Company.

        SECTION 2.      Administration.  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Plan
shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or,
in the event the Board shall appoint and/or authorize a committee of two or more
members of the Board to administer the Plan, by such committee.  The
administrator of the Plan shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Plan
Administrator".

        The foregoing notwithstanding, with respect to grants to be made to
directors:  (a) the Plan Administrator shall be constituted so as to meet the
requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 16b-3 thereunder,
each as amended from time to time, or (b) if the Plan Administrator cannot be so
constituted, no options shall be granted under the Plan to any directors.

                2.1     Procedures.  The Board shall designate one of the
members of the Plan Administrator as chairman.  The Plan Administrator may hold
meetings at such times and places as it shall determine.  The acts of a majority
of the members of the Plan Administrator present at meetings at which a quorum
exists, or acts approved in writing by all Plan Administrator members, shall be
valid acts of the Plan Administrator.

                2.2     Responsibilities.  Except for the terms and conditions
explicitly set forth herein, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in
its discretion, to determine all matters relating to the options to be granted
under the Plan, including, without limitation, selection of whether an option
will be an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option, selection of
the individuals to be granted options, the number of shares to be subject to
each option, the exercise price per share, the timing of grants and all other
terms and conditions of the options.  Grants under the Plan need not be
identical in any respect, even when made simultaneously.  The Plan Administrator
may also establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for the
administration of the Plan.  The interpretation and construction by the Plan
Administrator of any terms or provisions of the Plan or any option issued
hereunder, or of any rule or regulation promulgated in connection herewith,
shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties, so long as such
interpretation and construction with respect to incentive stock options




    
<PAGE>

corresponds to the requirements of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code") Section 422, the regulations thereunder, and any amendments
thereto.  The Plan Administrator shall not be personally liable for any action
made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted thereunder.

                2.3     Rule 16b-3 and Section 16(b) Compliance; Bifurcation of
Plan. It is the intention of the Company that the Plan comply in all respects
with Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")
to the extent applicable, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor
of its meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3.  If any Plan provision is later
found not to be in compliance with such Rule, such provision shall be deemed
null and void.  The Board of Directors may act under the Plan only if all
members thereof are "disinterested persons" as defined in Rule 16b-3 and further
described in Section 4 hereof; and no director or officer or other Company
"insider" subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act may sell shares received
upon the exercise of an option during the six month period immediately following
the grant of the option.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
the Board, in its absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict,
limit, or condition the use of any provision of the Plan to participants who are
officers and directors or other persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act without so restricting, limiting, or conditioning the Plan with respect to
other participants.

        SECTION 3.      Stock Subject to The Plan.  The stock subject to this
Plan shall be the Common Stock, presently authorized but unissued or
subsequently acquired by the Company.  Subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 7 hereof, the aggregate amount of Common Stock to be delivered upon the
exercise of all options granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate
500,000 shares as such Common Stock was constituted on the effective date of the
Plan.  If any option granted under the Plan shall expire, be surrendered,
exchanged for another option, cancelled, or terminated for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall
thereupon again be available for purposes of the Plan, including for replacement
options which may be granted in exchange for such surrendered, cancelled, or
terminated options.

        SECTION 4.      Eligibility.  An incentive stock option may be granted
only to any individual who, at the time the option is granted, is an employee of
the Company or any Affiliate thereof.  A nonqualified stock option may be
granted to any director, employee, officer, agent, consultant, or independent
contractor of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, whether an individual or an
entity.  Any party to whom an option is granted under the Plan shall be referred
to hereinafter as an "Optionee".

                A director shall in no event be eligible for the benefits of the
Plan unless at the time discretion is exercised in the selection of a director
as a person to whom options may be granted, or in the determination of the
number of shares which may be covered by options granted to the director, the
Plan complies with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

        SECTION 5.  Terms and Conditions of Options.  Options granted under the
Plan shall be evidenced by written agreements which shall contain such terms,
conditions, limitations, and restrictions as the Plan Administrator shall deem

                                          2



    
<PAGE>

advisable and which are not inconsistent with the Plan.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, options shall include or incorporate by reference the following terms
and conditions:

            5.1    Number of Shares and Price.

            (a)   Upon first election or appointment to the Board, each non-
employee director will be granted a non-qualified option to purchase 10,000
shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date
of such election or appointment; and

            (b)   Each non-employee director will be annually granted a non-
qualified option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of such grant with the first such grant to
occur at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders at which this Plan is approved by
the Company's stockholders (the "Approval"); and

            (c)   Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) hereof, the maximum
number of shares that may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of each option,
and the price per share at which such option is exercisable (the "exercise
price"), shall be as established by the Plan Administrator; provided, that the
Plan Administrator shall act in good faith to establish the exercise price which
shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the Common
Stock at the time of grant of the option with respect to incentive stock
options; and provided, further, that, with respect to incentive stock options
granted to greater than ten percent stockholders, the exercise price shall be as
required by Section 6 hereof.

            (d)   The provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) hereof shall
supersede the provisions of the Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan
(the "1994 Plan") as to non-employee directors.  After the Approval, no options
shall be granted to non-employee directors under the 1994 Plan.

                5.2     Term and Maturity.  Subject to the restrictions
contained in Section 6 hereof with respect to granting stock options to greater
than ten percent stockholders, the term of each stock option shall be as
established by the Plan Administrator and, if not so established, shall be ten
years from the date of its grant, but in no event shall the term of any
incentive stock option exceed a ten year period.  To ensure that the Company or
Affiliate will achieve the purpose and receive the benefits contemplated in the
Plan, any option granted to any Optionee hereunder shall, unless the condition
of this sentence is waived or modified in the agreement evidencing the option or
by resolution adopted by the Plan Administrator, be exercisable according to the
following schedule:

                Period of Optionee's
                Continuous Relationship
                With the Company or
                Affiliate From the Date                 Portion of Total Option
                the Option is Granted                   Which is Exercisable
               -------------------------               ------------------------

                        1 year                                   33%
                        2 years                                  67%



                                          3



    
<PAGE>

                        3 years                                 100%

                5.3     Exercise.  Subject to the vesting schedule described in
subsection 5.2 hereof, each option may be exercised in whole or in part;
provided, that only whole shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of any
option.  Subject to any other terms and conditions herein, the Plan
Administrator may provide that an option may not be exercised in whole or in
part for a stated period or periods of time during which such option is
outstanding; provided, that the Plan Administrator may rescind, modify, or waive
any such limitation (including by the acceleration of the vesting schedule upon
a change in control of the Company) at any time and from time to time after the
grant date thereof.  During an Optionee's lifetime, any incentive stock options
granted under the Plan are personal to such Optionee and are exercisable solely
by such Optionee.  Options shall be exercised by delivery to the Company of
notice of the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised,
together with payment of the exercise price in accordance with Section 5.4
hereof.

                5.4     Payment of Exercise Price.  Payment of the option
exercise price shall be made in full at the time the notice of exercise of the
option is delivered to the Company and shall be in cash, bank certified or
cashier's check, or personal check (unless at the time of exercise the Plan
Administrator in a particular case determines not to accept a personal check)
for shares of Common Stock being purchased.

                The Plan Administrator can determine at the time the option is
granted in the case of incentive stock options, or at any time before exercise
in the case of nonqualified stock options, that additional forms of payment will
be permitted.  To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator and applicable
laws and regulations (including, without limitation, federal tax and securities
laws and regulations and state corporate law), an option may be exercised by:

                (a)     delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company held
by an Optionee having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, such fair
market value to be determined in good faith by the Plan Administrator;

                (b)     delivery of a properly executed Notice of Exercise,
together with irrevocable instructions to a broker, all in accordance with the
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, to promptly deliver to the Company the
amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any federal,
state, or local withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with
the exercise;

                (c)     delivery of a properly executed Notice of Exercise,
together with instructions to the Company to withhold from the shares of Common
Stock that would otherwise be issued upon exercise that number of shares of
Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the option exercise price.

                5.5     Withholding Tax Requirement.  The Company or any
Affiliate thereof shall have the right to retain and withhold from any payment
of cash or Common Stock under the Plan the amount of taxes required by any
government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such
payment.  No option may be exercised unless and until arrangements satisfactory
to the Company, in its sole discretion, to pay such withholding taxes are made.
At its


                                          4



    
<PAGE>

discretion, the Company may require an Optionee to reimburse the Company for any
such taxes required to be withheld by the Company and withhold any distribution
in whole or in part until the Company is so reimbursed.  In lieu thereof, the
Company shall have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due or to
become due from the Company to the Optionee an amount equal to such taxes or
retain and withhold a number of shares having a market value not less than the
amount of such taxes required to be withheld by the Company to reimburse the
Company for any such taxes and cancel (in whole or in part) any such shares of
Common Stock so withheld.  If required by Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the
election to pay withholding taxes by delivery of shares of Common Stock held by
any person who at the time of exercise is subject to Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act shall be made either six months prior to the date the option
exercise becomes taxable or at such other times as the Company may determine as
necessary to comply with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  Although the
Company may, in its discretion, accept Common Stock as payment of withholding
taxes, the Company shall not be obligated to do so.

                5.6     Nontransferability.

                        5.6.1  Option.  Options granted under the Plan and the
rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be transferred, assigned,
pledged, or hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and
distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in
Section 414(p) of the Code, or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder, and shall not be
subject to execution, attachment, or similar process.  Any attempt to transfer,
assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any option under the Plan
or of any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the Code or to the
provisions of the Plan, or the sale or levy or any attachment or similar process
upon the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall be null and void ab
initio.  The designation by an Optionee of a beneficiary does not, in and of
itself, constitute an impermissible transfer under this subsection 5.6.1.

                        5.6.2  Stock.  The Plan Administrator may provide in the
agreement granting the option that (a) the Optionee may not transfer or
otherwise dispose of shares acquired upon exercise of an option without first
offering such shares to the Company for purchase on the same terms and
conditions as those offered to the proposed transferee or (b) upon termination
of employment of an Optionee the Company shall have a six month right of
repurchase as to the shares acquired upon exercise, which right of repurchase
shall allow for a maximum purchase price equal to the fair market value of the
shares on the termination date.  The foregoing rights of the Company shall be
assignable by the Company upon reasonable written notice to the Optionee.

                5.7     Termination of Relationship.  If the Optionee's
relationship with the Company or any Affiliate thereof ceases for any reason
other than termination for cause, death, or total disability, and unless by its
terms the option sooner terminates or expires, then the Optionee may exercise,
for a three month period, that portion of the Optionee's option which is
exercisable at the time of such cessation, but the Optionee's option shall
terminate at the end of the three month period following such cessation as to
all shares for which it has not theretofore been exercised, unless, in the case
of a nonqualified stock

                                          5



    
<PAGE>

option, such provision is waived in the agreement evidencing the option or by
resolution adopted by the Plan Administrator within 90 days of such cessation.
If, in the case of an incentive stock option, an Optionee's relationship with
the Company or Affiliate thereof changes from employee to nonemployee (i.e.,
from employee to a position such as a consultant), such change shall constitute
a termination of an Optionee's employment with the Company or Affiliate and the
Optionee's incentive stock option shall terminate in accordance with this
subsection 5.7.

                If an Optionee is terminated for cause, any option granted
hereunder shall automatically terminate as of the first discovery by the Company
of any reason for termination for cause, and such Optionee shall thereupon have
no right to purchase any shares pursuant to such option.  "Termination for
cause" shall mean dismissal for dishonesty, conviction or confession of a crime
punishable by law (except minor violations), fraud, misconduct, or disclosure of
confidential information.  If an Optionee's relationship with the Company or any
Affiliate thereof is suspended pending an investigation of whether or not the
Optionee shall be terminated for cause, all Optionee's rights under any option
granted hereunder likewise shall be suspended during the period of
investigation.

                If an Optionee's relationship with the Company or any Affiliate
thereof ceases because of a total disability, the Optionee's option shall not
terminate or, in the case of an incentive stock option, cease to be treated as
an incentive stock option until the end of the 12 month period following such
cessation (unless by its terms it sooner terminates and expires).  As used in
the Plan, the term "total disability" refers to a mental or physical impairment
of the Optionee which is expected to result in death or which has lasted or is,
in the opinion of the Company and two independent physicians, expected to last
for a continuous period of 12 months or more and which causes or is, in such
opinion, expected to cause the Optionee to be unable to perform his or her
duties for the Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity.
Total disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day after the
Company and the two independent physicians have furnished their opinion of total
disability to the Plan Administrator.

                For purposes of this subsection 5.7, a transfer of relationship
between or among the Company and/or any Affiliate thereof shall not be deemed to
constitute a cessation of relationship with the Company or any of its
Affiliates.  For purposes of this subsection 5.7, with respect to incentive
stock options, employment shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on
military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence (as determined
by the Plan Administrator).  The foregoing notwithstanding, employment shall not
be deemed to continue beyond the first 90 days of such leave, unless the
Optionee's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

                As used herein, the term "Affiliate" shall be defined as
follows:  (a) when referring to a subsidiary corporation, "Affiliate" shall mean
any corporation (other than the Company) in, at the time of the granting of the
option, an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if stock
possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of each of the corporations other than the Company is owned by one of the
other corporations in such chain; and (b) when referring to a parent


                                          6



    
<PAGE>

corporation, "Affiliate" shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of
corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the granting of the
option, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing
50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of
the other corporations in such chain.

                5.8     Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while he or she
has a relationship with the Company or any Affiliate thereof or within the three
month period (or 12 month period in the case of totally disabled Optionees)
following cessation of such relationship, any option held by such Optionee, to
the extent that the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise such option,
may be exercised within one year after his or her death by the personal
representative of his or her estate or by the person or persons to whom the
Optionee's rights under the option shall pass by will or by the applicable laws
of descent and distribution.

                5.9     Status of Stockholder.  Neither the Optionee nor any
party to which the Optionee's rights and privileges under the option may pass
shall be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the
Company with respect to any of the shares issuable upon the exercise of any
option granted under the Plan unless and until such option has been exercised.

                5.10    Continuation of Employment.  Nothing in the Plan or in
any option granted pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee any right
to continue in the employ of the Company or of an Affiliate thereof, or to
interfere in any way with the right of the Company or of any such Affiliate to
terminate his or her employment or other relationship with the Company at any
time.

                5.11    Modification and Amendment of Option.  Subject to the
requirements of Section 422 of the Code with respect to incentive stock options
and to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan,
including, without limitation, Section 9.1 hereof, the Plan Administrator may
modify or amend outstanding options granted under the Plan.  The modification or
amendment of an outstanding option shall not, without the consent of the
Optionee, impair or diminish any of his or her rights or any of the obligations
of the Company under such option.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no
outstanding option shall be terminated without the consent of the Optionee.
Unless the Optionee agrees otherwise, any changes or adjustments made to
outstanding incentive stock options granted under the Plan shall be made in such
a manner so as not to constitute a "modification" as defined in Section 424(h)
of the Code and so as not to cause any incentive stock option issued hereunder
to fail to continue to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in
Section 422(b) of the Code.

                5.12    Limitation on Value for Incentive Stock Options.  As to
all incentive stock options granted under the terms of the Plan, to the extent
that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time of the grant of the
incentive stock option) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee
during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option
plans of the Company, an Affiliate thereof or a predecessor corporation) exceeds
$100,000, such options shall be treated as nonqualified stock options.  The

                                          7




    
<PAGE>

foregoing sentence shall not apply, and the limitation shall be that provided by
the Code or the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, if such annual
limit is changed or eliminated by (a) amendment of the Code or (b) issuance by
the Internal Revenue Service of (i) a Revenue ruling, (ii) a Private Letter
ruling to any of the Company, any Optionee, or any legatee, personal
representative, or distributee of any Optionee, or (iii) regulations.

                5.13    Valuation of Common Stock Received Upon Exercise.

                        5.13.1  Exercise of Options Under Sections 5.4(a) and
(c).  The value of Common Stock received by the Optionee from an exercise under
Sections 5.4(a) and 5.4(c) hereof shall be the fair market value as determined
by the Plan Administrator, provided, that if the Common Stock is traded in a
public market, such valuation shall be the average of the high and low trading
prices or bid and asked prices, as applicable, of the Common Stock for the date
of receipt by the Company of the Optionee's delivery of shares under Section
5.4(a) hereof or delivery of the Notice of Exercise under Section 5.4(c) hereof,
determined as of the trading day immediately preceding such date (or, if no sale
of shares is reported for such trading day, on the next preceding day on which
any sale shall have been reported).

                        5.13.2  Exercise of Option Under Section 5.4(b).  The
value of Common Stock received by the Optionee from an exercise under Section
5.4(b) hereof shall equal the sales price received for such shares.

        SECTION 6. Greater Than Ten Percent Stockholders.

                6.1     Exercise Price and Term of Incentive Stock Options.  If
incentive stock options are granted under the Plan to employees who, at the time
of such grant, own greater than ten percent of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, the term of
such incentive stock options shall not exceed five years and the exercise price
shall be not less than 110% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the
time of grant of the incentive stock option.  This provision shall control
notwithstanding any contrary terms contained in an option agreement or any other
document.  The term and exercise price limitations of this provision shall be
amended to conform to any change required by a change in the Code or by ruling
or pronouncement of the Internal Revenue Service.

                6.2     Attribution Rule.  For purposes of subsection 6.1, in
determining stock ownership, an employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned,
directly or indirectly, by or for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse,
ancestors, and lineal descendants.  Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or
for a corporation, partnership estate, or trust shall be deemed to be owned
proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners, or beneficiaries.  If an
employee or a person related to the employee owns an unexercised option or
warrant to purchase stock of the Company, the stock subject to that portion of
the option or warrant which is unexercised shall not be counted in determining
stock ownership.  For purposes of this Section 6, stock owned by an employee
shall include all stock owned by him or her which is actually issued and
outstanding immediately before the grant of the incentive stock option to the
employee.


                                          8



    
<PAGE>


        SECTION 7.      Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization.  The
aggregate number and class of shares for which options may be granted under the
Plan, the number and class of shares covered by each outstanding option, and the
exercise price per share thereof (but not the total price), and each such
option, shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in
the number of issued shares of Common Stock of the Company resulting from a
split or consolidation of shares or any like capital adjustment, or the payment
of any stock dividend.

                7.1.    Effect of Liquidation, Reorganization, or Change in
Control.

                        7.1.1  Cash, Stock, or Other Property for Stock.  Except
as provided in subsection 7.1.2 hereof, upon a merger (other than a merger of
the Company in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger
have the same proportionate ownership of common stock in the surviving
corporation immediately after the merger), consolidation, acquisition of
property or stock, separation, reorganization (other than mere reincorporation
or creation of a holding company), or liquidation of the Company (each, an
"event"), as a result of which the stockholders of the Company receive cash,
stock, or other property in exchange for, or in connection with, their shares of
Common Stock, any option granted hereunder shall terminate, but the time during
which such options may be exercised shall be accelerated as follows:  the
Optionee shall have the right immediately prior to any such event to exercise
such Optionee's option in whole or in part whether or not the vesting
requirements set forth in the option agreement have been satisfied.

                        7.1.2  Conversion of Options on Stock for Exchange
Stock.  If the stockholders of the Company receive capital stock of another
corporation ("Exchange Stock") in exchange for their shares of Common Stock in
any transaction involving a merger (other than a merger of the Company in which
the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock in the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger), consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation,
or reorganization (other than mere reincorporation or creation of a holding
company), all options granted hereunder shall be converted into options to
purchase shares of Exchange Stock unless the Company and corporation issuing the
Exchange Stock, in their sole discretion, determine that any or all such options
granted hereunder shall not be converted into options to purchase shares of
Exchange Stock but instead shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of
subsection 7.1.1 hereof.  The amount and price of converted options shall be
determined by adjusting the amount and price of the options granted hereunder in
the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of Exchange
Stock the holders of the Common Stock receive in such merger, consolidation,
acquisition, separation, or reorganization.  Unless the Board determines
otherwise, the converted options shall be fully vested whether or not the
vesting requirements set forth in the option agreement have been satisfied.

                7.2     Fractional Shares.  In the event of any adjustment in
the number of shares covered by an option, any fractional shares resulting from
such adjustment shall be disregarded and each such option shall cover only the
number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.



                                          9



    
<PAGE>


                7.3     Determination of Board to Be Final.  Except as otherwise
required for the Plan to qualify for the exemption afforded by Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act, all adjustments under this Section 7 shall be made by the
Board, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made, and the
extent thereof, shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  Unless an Optionee
agrees otherwise, any change or adjustment to an incentive stock option shall be
made in such a manner so as not to constitute a "modification" as defined in
Section 424(h) of the Code and so as not to cause the incentive stock option
issued hereunder to fail to continue to qualify as an incentive stock option as
defined in Section 422(b) of the Code.

        SECTION 8.  Securities Law Compliance.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option granted under the Plan unless the exercise of such option
and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with
all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, any applicable
state securities laws, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), the
Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and
shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect
to such compliance, including, without limitation, the availability of an
exemption from registration for the issuance and sale of any shares hereunder.
Inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction,
the authority deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary for the lawful
issuance and sale of any shares hereunder or the unavailability of an exemption
from registration for the issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall
relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the nonissuance or sale of
such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

        As a condition to the exercise of an option, if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, assurances are required by any relevant provision of
the aforementioned laws, the Company may require the Optionee to give written
assurances satisfactory to the Company at the time of any such exercise (a) as
to the Optionee's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
(and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the
Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters)
and that such Optionee is capable of evaluating, either alone or with the
purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the option or (b)
that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present
intention to sell or distribute such shares.  The foregoing requirements shall
be inoperative if the issuance of the shares upon the exercise of the option has
been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under
the Act.

        At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any shares
may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a
legend indicating that the stock may not be pledged, sold, or otherwise
transferred unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel
for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any
applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates in order to
assure exemption from registration.  The Plan Administrator may also require
such other action or agreement by the Optionees as may from time to time be
necessary to comply with the federal and state securities laws.  NONE OF THE
ABOVE SHALL BE


                                          10



    
<PAGE>

CONSTRUED TO IMPLY AN OBLIGATION ON THE PART OF THE COMPANY TO UNDERTAKE
REGISTRATION OF THE OPTIONS OR STOCK HEREUNDER.

        Should any of the Company's capital stock of the same class as the stock
subject to options granted hereunder be listed on a national securities exchange
or on the NASDAQ National Market, all stock issued hereunder if not previously
listed on such exchange or market shall, if required by the rules of such
exchange or market, be authorized by that exchange or market for listing thereon
prior to the issuance thereof.

        SECTION 9.      Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds received by the Company
from the sale of shares pursuant to the exercise of options granted hereunder
shall constitute general funds of the Company.

        SECTION 10. Amendment and Termination.

                10.1    Board Action.  The Board may at any time suspend, amend,
or terminate the Plan, provided, that no amendment shall be made without
stockholder approval within 12 months before or after adoption of the Plan if
such approval is necessary to comply with any applicable tax or regulatory
requirement, including any such approval as may be necessary to satisfy the
requirements for exemptive relief under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any
successor provision.  Rights and obligations under any option granted before
amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by any amendment of the
Plan unless the Company requests the consent of the person to whom the option
was granted and such person consents in writing thereto.

                10.2    Automatic Termination.  Unless sooner terminated by the
Board, the Plan shall terminate ten years from the earlier of (a) the date on
which the Plan is adopted by the Board or (b) the date on which the Plan is
approved by the stockholders of the Company.  No option may be granted after
such termination or during any suspension of the Plan.  The amendment or
termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the option holder,
alter or impair any rights or obligations under any option theretofore granted
under the Plan.

        SECTION 11.     Effectiveness of the Plan.  The Plan shall become
effective upon adoption by the Board so long as it is approved by the holders of
a majority of the Company's outstanding shares of voting capital stock at any
time within 12 months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board.



                                          11



    
<PAGE>

                      FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

           [INCENTIVE][NONQUALIFIED] STOCK OPTION LETTER AGREEMENT

TO: ______________________

        We are pleased to inform you that you have been selected by the Plan
Administrator of the Family Golf Centers, Inc. (the "Company") 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Plan") to receive a(n) [INCENTIVE] [NONQUALIFIED] option
for the purchase of ________ shares of the Company's common stock, $.01 par
value, at an exercise price of $____ per share (the "exercise price").  A copy
of the Plan is attached and the provisions thereof, including, without
limitation, those relating to withholding taxes, are incorporated into this
Agreement by reference.

        The terms of the option are as set forth in the Plan and in this
Agreement.  The most important of the terms set forth in the Plan are summarized
as follows:

        Term.  The term of the option is ten years from date of grant, unless
sooner terminated.

        Exercise.  During your lifetime only you can exercise the option.  The
Plan also provides for exercise of the option by the personal representative of
your estate or the beneficiary thereof following your death.  You may use the
Notice of Exercise in the form attached to this Agreement when you exercise the
option.

        Payment for Shares.  The option may be exercised by the delivery of:

        (a)     Cash, personal check (unless at the time of exercise the Plan
Administrator determines otherwise), or bank certified or cashier's checks;

        (b)     Unless the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion determines
otherwise, shares of the capital stock of the Company held by you having a fair
market value at the time of exercise, as determined in good faith by the Plan
Administrator, equal to the exercise price;

        (c)     Unless the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion determines
otherwise, a properly executed Notice of Exercise, together with instructions to
the Company to withhold from the shares that would otherwise be issued upon
exercise that number of shares having a fair market value equal to the option
exercise price; or

        (d)     Unless the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion determines
otherwise, a properly executed Notice of Exercise, together with irrevocable
instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale
or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price.

        Acceleration. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule for the option set
forth below, the option will be automatically exercisable for the total number
of shares the subject of the option upon a "Change of Control" (as defined
below), or, if advised by the Plan Administrator in writing, upon any actually-
anticipated "Change in Control", unless otherwise advised in writing by the Plan
Administrator, who has complete discretion in determining the specific
conditions upon which the option is to accelerate in connection with a Change in
Control.

        Termination. The option will terminate: (i) immediately upon termination
for cause, as defined in the Plan, or three months after cessation of your
relationship as a director of the Company, unless cessation is due to death or
total disability, in which case the option shall terminate 12 months after
cessation of such relationship; (ii) three months after a "Change in Control",
unless otherwise advised in writing by the Plan Administrator, who has complete
discretion in determining the specific conditions upon which the option is to
terminate in connection with a Change in Control, if at all.

                                 1



    
<PAGE>

to death or total disability, in which case the option shall terminate 12 months
after cessation of such relationship.

        Transfer of Option.   The option is not transferable except by will or
by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order.

        Vesting.  The option is vested according to the following schedule:

                Period of Optionee's
                Continuous Relationship
                With the Company or
                Affiliate From the Date                 Portion of Total Option
                the Option is Granted                   Which is Exercisable
               --------------------------              ------------------------

                        1 year                                    33%
                        2 years                                   67%
                        3 years                                  100%


        Date of Grant.  The date of grant of the option is _______________.

        A "Change of Control" will be deemed to occur (i) should a person or
related group of persons (other than the Company or its affiliates), who does
not own of record 10% or more (a "10% Acquisition") of the Company's outstanding
voting stock, which 10% Acquisition of the Company's outstanding voting stock is
not approved by the Board; and (ii) within any period of twenty-four consecutive
months or less from the date of such 10% Acquisition (the "Period"), there is
effected a change in the composition of the Board of Directors such that a
majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number) cease to be
compromised of individuals who either (A) have been members of the Board
continuously before such 10% Acquisition and throughout the Period or (B) have
been elected or nominated for election as Board members during the Period by at
least a majority of the board members described in clause (A) who were still in
office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.

        YOUR PARTICULAR ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO SECTION 8 OF THE PLAN WHICH
DESCRIBES CERTAIN IMPORTANT CONDITIONS RELATING TO FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES
LAWS THAT MUST BE SATISFIED BEFORE THE OPTION CAN BE EXERCISED AND BEFORE THE
COMPANY CAN ISSUE ANY SHARES TO YOU.  THE COMPANY HAS NO OBLIGATION TO REGISTER
THE SHARES THAT WOULD BE ISSUED UPON THE EXERCISE OF YOUR OPTION, AND IF IT
NEVER REGISTERS THE SHARES, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION UNLESS
AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  AT THE PRESENT TIME, EXEMPTIONS
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS ARE VERY LIMITED AND
MIGHT BE UNAVAILABLE TO YOU PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE OPTION.
CONSEQUENTLY, YOU MIGHT HAVE NO OPPORTUNITY TO EXERCISE THE OPTION AND TO
RECEIVE SHARES UPON SUCH EXERCISE.  IN ADDITION, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR
TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE RAMIFICATIONS TO YOU OF HOLDING OR EXERCISING YOUR
OPTIONS OR HOLDING OR SELLING THE SHARES UNDERLYING SUCH OPTIONS.

        IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, (i) IF YOU WERE A DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR
STOCKHOLDER OF THE COMPANY ON NOVEMBER 6, 1994, YOU MAY NOT, PRIOR TO NOVEMBER
6, 1996, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REGISTRATION OR OTHER RIGHTS THAT YOU MAY HAVE,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OFFER, SELL, CONTRACT TO SELL, GRANT ANY OPTION WITH
RESPECT TO, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF (EITHER PURSUANT TO
RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR OTHERWISE) ANY SHARES
WHICH YOU RECEIVE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ANY OPTIONS HEREUNDER, UNLESS YOU RECEIVE
THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION, 919 THIRD AVENUE, NEW
YORK, NEW YORK 10022 AND (ii) IF YOU WERE A DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR HOLDER OF 5% OR
MORE OF THE COMPANY'S CAPITAL STOCK ON DECEMBER 12, 1995, YOU MAY NOT, PRIOR TO
DECEMBER 13, 1996, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REGISTRATION OR OTHER RIGHTS THAT YOU MAY
HAVE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OFFER, SELL, CONTRACT TO SELL, GRANT ANY OPTION
WITH RESPECT TO, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF (EITHER
PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR OTHERWISE)
ANY SHARES WHICH YOU RECEIVE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ANY OPTIONS HEREUNDER, UNLESS
YOU RECEIVE THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC., 650 FIFTH AVENUE,
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019.

                                   2



    
<PAGE>


        You understand that, during any period in which the shares which may be
acquired pursuant to your option are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and you yourself are also so
subject), in order for your transactions under the Plan to qualify for the
exemption from Section 16(b) provided by Rule 16b-3, a total of six months must
elapse between the grant of the option and the sale of shares underlying the
option.

        Please execute the Acceptance and Acknowledgement set forth below on the
enclosed copy of this Agreement and return it to the undersigned.

                                                Very truly yours,


                                                FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.



                                                BY:_____________________________
                                                   NAME:
                                                   TITLE:



                                       3



    
<PAGE>

     ACCEPTANCE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

        I, a resident of the State of __________, accept the stock option
described above granted under the Family Golf Centers, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan, and acknowledge receipt of a copy of this Agreement, including a copy of
the Plan.  I have read and understand the Plan, including the provisions of
Section 8 thereof.

Dated: _____________________

_______________________________________    ___________________________________
Taxpayer I.D. Number                            Signature


        By his or her signature below, the spouse of the Optionee, if such
Optionee is legally married as of the date of such Optionee's execution of this
Agreement, acknowledges that he or she has read this Agreement and the Plan and
is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and agrees to be bound by all
the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Dated: _____________________


                                        _____________________________
                                        Spouse's Signature


                                        ______________________________
                                        Printed Name

                                 4



    
<PAGE>

                            NOTICE OF EXERCISE

        The undersigned, pursuant to a(n) [incentive] [nonqualified] Stock
Option Letter Agreement (the "Agreement") between the undersigned and Family
Golf Centers, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby irrevocably elects to exercise
purchase rights represented by the Agreement, and to purchase thereunder _______
shares (the "Shares") of the Company's common stock, $.01 par value ("Common
Stock"), covered by the Agreement and herewith makes payment in full therefor.
        1.      If the sale of the Shares and the resale thereof has not, prior
to the date hereof, been registered pursuant to a registration statement filed
and declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
the undersigned hereby agrees, represents, and warrants that:
                (a)     the undersigned is acquiring the Shares for his or her
own account (and not for the account of others), for investment and not with a
view to the distribution or resale thereof;
                (b)     By virtue of his or her position, the undersigned has
access to the same kind of information which would be available in a
registration statement filed under the Act;
                (c)     the undersigned is a sophisticated investor;
                (d)     the undersigned understands that he or she may not sell
or otherwise dispose of the Shares in the absence of either (i) a registration
statement filed under the Act or (ii) an exemption from the registration
provisions thereof; and
                (e)     The certificates representing the Shares may contain a
legend to the effect of subsection (d) of this Section 1.
        2.      If the sale of the Shares and the resale thereof has been
registered pursuant to a registration statement filed and declared effective
under the Act, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has
received the

                                          1



    
<PAGE>

applicable prospectus and a copy of the most recent annual report, as well as
all other material sent to stockholders generally.


                                          2



    
<PAGE>

        3.      The undersigned acknowledges that the number of shares of Common
Stock subject to the Agreement is hereafter reduced by the number of shares of
Common Stock represented by the Shares.
                                        Very truly yours,



                                        ____________________________________
                                        (type name under signature line)

                                        Social Security No. ________________

                                        Address: ___________________________

                                        ____________________________________


                                         3





THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY BE REOFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ON MARCH 7, 1997 OR IF NOT A BUSINESS
DAY, AS DEFINED HEREIN, AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ON THE NEXT FOLLOWING
BUSINESS DAY.

NO. 1


                         WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF
                                 COMMON STOCK
                                      OF
                           FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

                    TRANSFER RESTRICTED -- SEE SECTION 6.02


                                                              _______ SHARES

This certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, Monness, Crespi,
Hardt & Co., Inc., and its registered, permitted assigns (collectively, the
"WARRANTHOLDER"), is entitled to purchase from Family Golf Centers, Inc., a
corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the
"COMPANY"), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time on or
after the date hereof, and before 5:00 P.M., New York time, on March 7, 1997
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, at or before 5:00 P.M., New York time,
on the next following Business Day), the number of fully-paid and
non-assessable shares of common stock (par value $.01 per share) of the
Company stated above at the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price and the number
of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided in
Article III hereof.


                                   ARTICLE I

         Section 1.01:  Definition of Terms.  As used in this Warrant, the
following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

                  (a) Business Day:  A day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which banks in the State of New York are authorized by law to
remain closed.

                  (b) Common Stock:  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
of the Company.

                  (c) Common Stock Equivalents:  Securities that are
convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

                  (d) Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  (e) Exercise Price:  $19 7/8 per Warrant Share, as such
price may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Article III hereof.

                  (f) Expiration Date:  5:00 P.M., New York time, on March
7, 1997 or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding day which
is a Business Day.

                  (g) Holder:  A holder of Warrants and/or Registrable
Securities.

                  (h) NASD:  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.





    
<PAGE>



                  (i) Person:  An individual, partnership, joint venture,
corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any department
or agency thereof.

                  (j) Piggyback Registration:  See Section 7.01.

                  (k) Prospectus: Any prospectus included in any Registration
Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with
respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable
Securities covered by such Registration Statement and all other amendments and
supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all
material incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

                  (l) Public Offering:  A public offering of any of the
Company's equity or debt securities pursuant to a registration statement under
the Securities Act.

                  (m) Registrable Securities: Any Warrant Shares issued or
issuable to the Warrant holder, and/or its designees or transferees as
permitted under Section 6.02 and/or other securities that may be or are issued
by the Company upon exercise of Warrants, including those which may thereafter
be issued by the Company in respect of any such securities by means of any
stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, and as adjusted
pursuant to Article III hereof; provided, however, that as to any particular
security contained in Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to
be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to
the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities
Act; or (ii) when they shall have been sold or are saleable pursuant to Rule
144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

                  (n) Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to
performance of or compliance with Article VII, including, without limitation,
(i) all SEC, stock exchange, NASD registration and filing fees, listing and
transfer agent fees; (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with securities
or blue sky laws (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable
Securities); (iii) all printing, mailing, messenger and delivery expenses and
(iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its
independent certified public accountants, including the expenses of any
special audits and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such
performance and compliance, but excluding underwriting fees, discounts and
commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

                  (o) Registration Statement: Any registration statement of
the Company filed or to be filed with the SEC which covers any of the
Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including
the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement,
including post-effective amendments and all exhibits to and material
incorporated by reference by such registration statement.

                  (p) SEC:  The Securities and Exchange Commission or any
other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act.

                  (q) Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  (r) Warrant Shares:  Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants.

                  (s) Warrantholder: The person(s) or entity(ies) to whom this
Warrant is originally issued, or any successor in interest thereto, or any
assignee or transferee thereof, in whose name this Warrant is registered upon
the books to be maintained by the Company for that purpose.

                                     - 2 -





    
<PAGE>





                  (t) Warrants:  This Warrant and all other warrants that may
be issued in its or their place (together initially evidencing the right to
purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of Common Stock).


                                  ARTICLE II

                       Duration and Exercise of Warrant

         Section 2.01: Duration of Warrant. (a) Subject to the terms contained
herein, this Warrant may be exercised at any time after the date hereof, and
before 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the Expiration Date. If this Warrant is
not exercised on the Expiration Date, it shall become void, and all rights
hereunder shall thereupon cease.

         Section 2.02 :  Exercise of Warrant. (a) The Warrantholder may
exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, as follows:

                           i) By presentation and surrender of this Warrant to
         the Company at its corporate office at 225 Broadhollow Road,
         Melville, New York 11747, with the Subscription Form annexed hereto
         duly executed and accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for
         each Warrant Share to be purchased. Payment for Warrant Shares shall
         be made in cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the
         order of the Company; or

                           ii) By presentation and surrender of this Warrant
         to the Company at its corporate office set forth above, with a
         Cashless Exercise Form annexed hereto duly executed (a "CASHLESS
         EXERCISE"). Such presentation and surrender shall be deemed a waiver
         of the Warrantholder's obligation to pay all or any portion of the
         aggregate Exercise Price. In the event of a Cashless Exercise, the
         Warrantholder shall exchange its Warrant for that number of shares of
         Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares
         for which the Warrantholder desires to exercise this Warrant by a
         fraction, the numerator of which shall be the difference between the
         then current market price per share of the Common Stock and the
         Exercise Price, and the denominator of which shall be the then
         current market price per share of Common Stock. For purposes of any
         computation under this Section 2.02(a)(ii), the then current market
         price per share of Common Stock at any date shall be deemed to be the
         average for the thirty consecutive business days immediately prior to
         the Cashless Exercise of the daily closing prices of the Common Stock
         on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common
         Stock is admitted to trading or listed, or if not listed or admitted
         to trading on any such exchange, the closing prices as reported by
         the Nasdaq National Market, or if not then listed on the Nasdaq
         National Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest
         reported asked prices as reported by the National Association of
         Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System ("Nasdaq") or if
         not then publicly traded, the fair market price of the Common Stock
         as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (b) Upon receipt of this Warrant with the Subscription Form
duly executed and accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price or
upon receipt of this Warrant with a Cashless Exercise form duly executed, in
each case as set forth in Section 2.02(a) for the Warrant Shares for which
this Warrant is then being exercised, the Company shall cause to be issued
certificates for the total number of whole shares of Common Stock for which
this Warrant is being exercised or the net amount of Warrant Shares which the
Warrantholder is entitled to receive upon a Cashless Exercise (adjusted to
reflect the effect of the anti-dilution provisions contained in Article III
hereof, if any, and as provided in Section 4.04 hereof) in such denominations
as are requested for delivery to the Warrantholder, and the Company shall
thereupon deliver such certificates to the Warrantholder. If at the time this
Warrant is exercised a registration statement is not in effect to register
under

                                    - 3 -




    
<PAGE>





the Securities Act the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant,
the Company may require the Warrantholder to make such investment intent
representations, and may place such legends on certificates representing the
Warrant Shares, as may be reasonably required in the opinion of counsel to the
Company to permit the Warrant Shares to be issued without such registration.

                  (c) In case the Warrantholder shall exercise this Warrant
with respect to less than all of the Warrant Shares that may be purchased
under this Warrant, the Company shall execute a new warrant in the form of
this Warrant for the balance of such Warrant Shares and deliver such new
warrant to the Warrantholder.

                  (d) The Company shall pay any and all stock transfer and
similar taxes which may be payable in respect of the issue of this Warrant or
in respect of the issue of any Warrant Shares. The Company shall not, however,
be required to pay any tax imposed on income or gross receipts of the
Warrantholder or any tax which may be payable by the Warrantholder in respect
of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of this Warrant or of
Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Warrantholder at the time of
surrender and, until the payment of such tax, shall not be required to issue
such Warrant Shares.

                  (e) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all
Warrant Shares to be listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which
similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if not then
listed, cause such Warrant Shares to be included in a national automated
quotation system.


                                  ARTICLE III

                     Adjustment of Shares of Common Stock
                       Purchasable and of Exercise Price

         The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant Shares shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events
as provided in this Article III.

         Section 3.01: Mechanical Adjustments. (a) If at any time prior to the
exercise of this Warrant in full, the Company shall (i) pay a dividend or make
a distribution on its shares of Common Stock in either case in shares of
Common Stock; (ii) subdivide, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding
Common Stock into a greater number of shares; (iii) combine, reclassify or
recapitalize its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares; or
(iv) issue by reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of capital stock
of the Company, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date of
such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination, reclassification or
recapitalization shall be adjusted so that the Warrantholder shall be entitled
to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number and kind of
shares which, if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to
such time, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive
upon such dividend, subdivision combination, reclassification or
recapitalization. Any adjustment required by this paragraph 3.01(a) shall be
made whenever any event listed in this paragraph 3.01(a) shall occur.

                  (b) If at any time prior to the exercise of this Warrant in
full, the Company shall issue or distribute to the holders of shares of Common
Stock evidences of its indebtedness, any other securities of the Company or
any cash, property or other assets (excluding a dividend, distribution,
combination, reclassification or recapitalization referred to in Section
3.01(a), cash dividends or cash distributions paid out of net profits legally
available therefor if the full amount thereof, together with the value of
other dividends and distributions made substantially concurrently therewith or
pursuant to a plan which includes payment thereof, is equivalent to not more
than 5% of the Company's net worth) (any such nonexcluded event being herein
called a "SPECIAL DIVIDEND"), the Exercise Price shall be decreased
immediately after the


                                    - 4 -





    
<PAGE>



effective date of such Special Dividend to a price determined by multiplying
the Exercise Price then in effect by a fraction the numerator of which shall
be the then current market price per share of the Common Stock (as defined in
Section 3.01(e)) on such effective date less the fair market value (as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) of the evidences
of indebtedness, securities or property, or other assets issued or distributed
in such Special Dividend applicable to one share of Common Stock and the
denominator of which shall be the then current market price per share of
Common Stock. Any adjustment required by this paragraph 3.01(b) shall be made
whenever the effective date of any such Special Dividend occurs.

                  (c) If at any time prior to the exercise of this Warrant in
full, the Company shall make a distribution to the holders of shares of Common
Stock other than dividends or distributions covered by Section 3.01(a) or (b)
of subscription rights, options or warrants for Common Stock or Common Stock
Equivalents, then in each such case the Exercise Price in effect after the
effective date of such distribution shall be adjusted to the price determined
by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior thereto by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the current market price per share
of Common Stock (as defined in Section 3.01(e)), less the fair market value
(as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) of said
Common Stock subscription rights, options and warrants or of such Common Stock
Equivalents applicable to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of
which shall be the current market price per share of Common Stock. Any
adjustment required by this paragraph 3.01(c) shall be made whenever the
effective date of any such distribution occurs. To the extent such shares of
Common Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) are not delivered after the
expiration of such subscription rights, options or warrants, the Exercise
Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect
had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights, options or warrants
been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common
Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) actually delivered, but no such
readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price to an
amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Exercise Price on the original
adjustment date (prior to the original adjustment) or (ii) the Exercise Price
that would have resulted from any other adjustments pursuant to this Article
III (other than adjustments for the issuance of subscription rights, options
or warrants which expire unexercised).

                  (d) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of
each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to one or more of paragraphs (a), (b) and
(c) of this Section 3.01, the Warrant Shares shall simultaneously be adjusted
by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise
of each Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the date
thereof and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as
adjusted.

                  (e) For the purpose of any computation under this Section
3.01, the current market price per share of Common Stock at any date shall be
deemed to be the average of the daily closing price for 30 consecutive
Business Days commencing 45 Business Days before such date. The closing price
for each day shall be the closing price of the Common Stock as reported by the
national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or if
not listed on any such exchange, the average of the closing prices as reported
by the Nasdaq National Market, or if not then listed on the Nasdaq National
Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked
prices as reported by Nasdaq, or if not then publicly traded, as the fair
market price as determined by the Company's Board of Directors.

                  (f) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required
unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least ten
cents


                                    - 5 -




    
<PAGE>




($.10) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by
reason of this paragraph (f) are not required to be made shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations
under this Section 3.01 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest
one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.

                  (g) If at any time, as a result of any adjustment made
pursuant to Section 3.01(a), the Warrantholder thereafter shall become
entitled to receive any shares of the Company other than Common Stock,
thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any
Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on
terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to
the Common Stock contained in this Section 3.01.

                  (h) In case any event shall occur as to which the other
provisions of this Article III are not strictly applicable but as to which the
failure to make any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights
represented by this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and
principles hereof then, in each such case, the Warrantholders representing the
right to purchase a majority of the Warrant Shares subject to all outstanding
Warrants may appoint a firm of independent public accountants of recognized
national standing reasonably acceptable to the Company, which shall give their
opinion as to the adjustment, if any, on a basis consistent with the essential
intent and principles established herein, necessary to preserve the purchase
rights represented by the Warrants. Upon receipt of such opinion, the Company
will promptly mail a copy thereof to the Warrantholder and shall make the
adjustments described therein. The fees and expenses of such independent
public accountants shall be borne by the Company.

                  (i) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this
Article III, the Warrantholder thereafter surrendered for exercise shall
become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock or
shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company, the Board of
Directors (whose determination shall be conclusive and shall be described in a
written notice to the Warrantholder promptly after such adjustment) shall
determine the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between or among
shares or such classes of capital stock or shares of Common Stock and other
capital stock.

         Section 3.02: Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the number of Warrant
Shares or the Exercise Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall
prepare and deliver to the Warrantholder a certificate signed by its
President, any Vice President, Treasurer or Secretary, setting forth the
adjusted number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and
the Exercise Price of such shares after such adjustment, setting forth a brief
statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the
computation by which such adjustment was made.

         Section 3.03: No Adjustment for Dividends. Except as provided in
Section 3.01(b) and (c) of this Agreement, no adjustment in respect of any
cash dividends shall be made during the term of this Warrant or upon the
exercise of this Warrant.

         Section 3.04: Preservation of Purchase Rights in Certain
Transactions. In case of any capital reorganization or reclassification, or
any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party other than a
merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation, or
in case of any sale or conveyance to another entity of the property of the
Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case of any
statutory exchange of securities with another corporation (including any
exchange effected in


                                    - 6 -





    
<PAGE>




connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Company), this
Warrantholder shall have the right thereafter to receive on the exercise of
this Warrant the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which
the Warrantholder would have owned or have been entitled to receive
immediately after such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance had this Warrant been exercised
immediately prior to the effective date of such reorganization,
reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or
conveyance and in any such case, if necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be
made in the application of the provisions set forth in this Article III with
respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Warrantholder to the end
that the provisions set forth in this Article III shall thereafter
correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in
relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter
deliverable on the exercise of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section
3.04 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications,
consolidations, mergers, statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances. The issuer
of any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter deliverable
on the exercise of this Warrant shall be responsible for all of the agreements
and obligations of the Company hereunder. Notice of any such reorganization,
reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or
conveyance and of said provisions so proposed to be made, shall be mailed to
the Holders of the Warrants not less than 30 days prior to such event. A sale
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company for a consideration
consisting primarily of securities shall be deemed a consolidation or merger
for the foregoing purposes.



                                     - 7 -




    
<PAGE>






         Section 3.05: Form of Warrant After Adjustments. The form of this
Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustments in the Exercise Price
or the number or kind of the Warrant Shares, and Warrants theretofore or
thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind
of shares as are stated in this Warrant, as initially issued.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                           Other Provisions Relating
                          to Rights of Warrantholder

         Section 4.01: No Rights as Stockholders; Notice to Warrantholders.
Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the
Warrantholder or his or its transferees the right to vote or to receive
dividends or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of
any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or of
any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company. The
Company shall give notice to the Warrantholder if at any time prior to the
expiration or exercise in full of the Warrants, any of the following events
shall occur:

                  (a) the Company shall declare any dividend payable in any
securities upon shares of Common Stock or make any distribution (other than a
cash dividend subject to the parenthetical set forth in Section 3.01(b)) to
the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                  (b) the Company shall offer to the holders of shares of
Common Stock any additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
or any right to subscribe thereto;

                  (c) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company
(other than in connection with a consolidation, merger, or sale of all, or
substantially all, of its property, assets, and business as an entirety) shall
be proposed; or

                  (d) any consolidation of the Company with or merger of the
Company into another corporation, or in the case of any sale or conveyance to
another corporation of the property of the Company, as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety shall be proposed.

Such giving of notice shall be initiated (i) at least ten (10) Business Days
prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing of the
Company's stock transfer books for the determination of the stockholders
entitled to such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights, or for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such proposed merger,
consolidation, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Such
notice shall specify such record date or the date of closing the stock
transfer books, as the case may be. Failure to provide such notice shall not
affect the validity of any action taken in connection with such dividend,
distribution or subscription rights, or proposed merger, consolidation, sale,
conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

         Section 4.02: Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants. If this
Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such
terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its discretion impose (which
shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof),
issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as, and in substitution
for, this Warrant.


                                    - 8 -




    
<PAGE>




         Section 4.03:  Reservation of Shares.

                  (a) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep
available for the exercise of this Warrant such number of authorized shares of
Common Stock as are sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

                  (b) Prior to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon
exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall use its best efforts to secure the
listing of such shares of Common Stock upon the securities exchange or
automated quotation system, if any, upon which shares of Common Stock are then
listed.

                  (c) The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock
issued on exercise of this Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid,
nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.

         Section 4.04: No Fractional Shares. Anything contained herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to issue any
fraction of a share in connection with the exercise of this Warrant, and in
any case where the Warrantholder would, except for the provisions of this
Section 4.04, be entitled under the terms of this Warrant to receive a
fraction of a share upon the exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall, upon
the exercise of this Warrant and receipt of the Exercise Price, issue the
smaller number of whole shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and
shall make a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction of a share to which
the Warrantholder would otherwise be entitled.


                                   ARTICLE V

                          Treatment of Warrantholder

         Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this
Warrant, the Company may deem and treat the Warrantholder as the absolute
owner of this Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other
writing hereon) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to
the contrary.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                            Split-Up, Combination.
                       Exchange and Transfer of Warrants

         Section 6.01: Split-Up, Combination and Exchange of Warrants. Subject
to the provisions of Section 6.02 hereof, this Warrant may be split up,
combined or exchanged for another Warrant or Warrants containing the same
terms to purchase a like aggregate number of Warrant Shares. If the
Warrantholder desires to split up, combine or exchange this Warrant, he or it
shall make such request in writing delivered to the Company and shall
surrender to the Company this Warrant and any other Warrants to be so split
up, combined or exchanged. Upon any such surrender for a split up, combination
or exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver to the person entitled
thereto a Warrant or Warrants, as the case may be, as so requested. The
Company shall not be required to effect any split up, combination or exchange
which will result in the issuance of a Warrant entitling the Warrantholder to
purchase upon exercise a fraction of a share of Common Stock or a fractional
Warrant. The Company may require such Warrantholder to pay a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with
any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Warrants.


                                    - 9 -




    
<PAGE>




         Section 6.02: Restrictions on Transfer. This Warrant may not be sold,
hypothecated, exercised, assigned or transferred (any such action, a
"TRANSFER") except in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. If at the
time of a Transfer, a Registration Statement is not in effect to register this
Warrant, the Company may require the Warrantholder to make such
representations, and may place such legends on certificates representing this
Warrant, as may be reasonably required in the opinion of counsel to the
Company to permit a Transfer without such registration.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                 Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933

         Section 7.01:  Piggyback and Demand Registration.

                  (a) Right to Include Registrable Securities. If at any time
after March 7, 1997 and prior to March 7, 1999, the Company proposes to
register any shares of the Common Stock or any other class of equity security
or any Common Stock Equivalent under the Securities Act on any form for the
registration of securities under such Act, whether or not for its own account
(other than (i) a registration of a stock option, stock purchase or
compensation or incentive plan or of stock issued or issuable pursuant to any
such plan, or a dividend investment plan; (ii) a registration of securities
proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of, or in
connection with a merger or consolidation with, another corporation; or (iii)
a registration of securities proposed to be issued in exchange for other
securities of the Company) in a manner which would permit registration of
Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act (a
"PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION"), it shall at such time give written notice to all
Holders of its intention to do so and of such Holders' rights under this
Section 7.01. Such rights are referred to hereinafter as "PIGGYBACK
REGISTRATION RIGHTS". Upon the written request of such Holder made within 20
days after the giving of any such notice (which request shall specify the
Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the
intended method of disposition thereof), the Company shall include in the
Registration Statement the Registrable Securities which the Company has been
so requested to register by the Holders thereof.

                  (b) Withdrawal of Piggyback Registration by Company. If, at
any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any
securities in a Piggyback Registration but prior to the effective date of the
related Registration Statement filed in connection with such Piggyback
Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such
securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to
each Holder and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register
any Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggyback Registration. All
best efforts obligations of the Company pursuant to Section 7.03 shall cease
if the Company determines to terminate any registration where Registrable
Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 7.01.

                  (c) Piggyback Registration of Underwritten Public Offerings.
If a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten offering, then all
Holders requesting to have Registrable Securities included in the Company's
registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters
selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to other
selling stockholders.

                  (d) Payment of Registration Expenses for Piggyback
Registration. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection
with each


                                    - 10 -




    
<PAGE>




registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to a
Piggyback Registration Right contained in this Section 7.01, except for the
fees and disbursements of any counsel retained by the Holders for whom
Registrable Securities are being registered and any underwriting fees, selling
discounts or commissions or transfer taxes.

                  (e) Priority in Piggyback Registration. If a Piggyback
Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter
advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, marketing or other
factors require or make it desirable for there to be a limitation of the
number of shares to be underwritten, then the Registrable Securities to be
offered for the accounts of Holders pursuant to a Piggyback Registration Right
shall be eliminated entirely or reduced pro rata as to all requesting Holders
on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities each such Holder
has requested to be included in such registration, to the extent necessary to
reduce the total amount or kind of Registrable Securities to be included in
such offering to the amount advised by such managing underwriter; provided,
however, that no securities may be offered in such registration for the
account of persons other than the Company (including for this purpose any
affiliate of the Company) by virtue of their also having "piggyback"
registration rights, or otherwise, unless the Registrable Securities requested
to be included in such registration are so included on a pro rata basis (by
percentage of each class of securities) as to such other persons holding
"piggyback" registration rights and the Holders requesting registration and
provided, further, that nothing in this paragraph (e) shall be implied to
permit the Company to include in such registration shares of any person other
than persons holding "piggyback" registration rights unless the Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such registration are so included.

                  (f) Expiration of Piggyback Registration Rights. The
Piggyback Registration Rights shall survive the exercise of the Warrant or the
transactions or events pursuant to which such Registrable Securities were
issued, but all such rights will terminate in all events on March 7, 1999.

                  (g) Demand Registration. The Holder of Warrants to purchase at
least 36,000 shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to demand that the Company
use its best efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-3 registering
the shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant at any time 31 days after the
closing of the Company's next public offering and, if such offering does not
occur by six months from May 24, 1996, such Holder shall have such demand rights
from and after such date.

         Section 7.02: Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is
required to use its best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any
Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Article
VII, the Company shall, at its expense and as expeditiously as practicable:

                  (a) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or
any amendment or supplements thereto, including documents incorporated by
reference after the initial filing of any Registration Statement, the Company
shall furnish to the selling Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement
and the underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be
filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and
underwriters;

                  (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
post-effective amendments to a Registration Statement as may be necessary to
keep such Registration Statement effective for at least 90 days or until the
Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the
Registration Statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; cause the
related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement,
and as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities
Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the
disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during
such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the
sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to such
Prospectus;


                                    - 11 -




    
<PAGE>




                  (c) notify the selling Holders and the managing
underwriters, if any, promptly, and (if requested by any such Person) confirm
such advice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or
post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to a Registration
Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information; (iii) of the
issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;
(iv) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company
contemplated by paragraph (l) below cease to be true and correct; (v) of the
receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of
the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any
jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose; and (vi) of the happening of any event that makes any statement made
in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any document incorporated
therein by reference untrue or which requires the making of any changes in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus so that they will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

                  (d) deliver to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if
any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses
(including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement
thereto as such Persons may reasonably request; the Company consents to the
use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the
selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering
and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement thereto;

                  (e) cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing
underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing
any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may
request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities
to the underwriters;

                  (f) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
paragraph (c)(vi) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to
the applicable Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document
incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that,
as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being
sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading;

                  (g) with respect to each issue or class of Registrable
Securities, use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered
by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities
exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then
listed or, if not then listed, cause such Registered Securities to be included
in a national automated quotation system;

                  (h) make available for inspection by a representative of the
selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to
such registration and any attorney or accountant retained by such selling
Holders or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers,


                                    - 12 -




    
<PAGE>




directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any
such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with
such registration; provided, that any records, information or documents that
are designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be kept
confidential by such Persons unless disclosure of such records, information or
documents is requested by court or administrative order;

                  (i) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to
its security holders an earnings statement, covering a period of not less than
12 months satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) or Rule 158 of the
Securities Act not later than 16 months after the first day of the month
following the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

                  (j) use its best efforts to cause such Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or
approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be
necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such
Registrable Securities; and

                  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company
shall have sole control in connection with the preparation, filing,
withdrawal, amendment or supplementing of each Registration Statement, the
selection of underwriters and the distribution of any preliminary prospectus
included in the Registration Statement, and may include within the coverage
thereof additional shares of Common Stock or other securities for its own
account or for the account of one or more of its other security holders.

                  Holders shall have no registration rights hereunder in
respect of any proposed transfer of such securities if, in the opinion of
recognized securities counsel to the Company, (A) registration under the
Securities Act is not required for the transfer of the Registrable Securities
in the manner provided by such Holder or (B) a post-effective amendment to an
existing registration statement would be legally sufficient for such transfer
and such post-effective amendment is filed with the SEC and declared
effective.

                  Each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any
registration is being effected shall furnish to the Company such information
regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information as
may otherwise be required by the Securities Act to be included in such
Registration Statement.

                  Each Holder shall give at least three (3) business days'
prior written notice (a "Sale Notice") to the Company of any proposed sale of
Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement effective pursuant to
this Section 7.02 and shall not make such sale (i) unless such three (3) days
lapse without written response from the Company, or (ii) in the event the
Company responds by stating that a prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment will be filed pursuant to this Section 7.02, until the Company has
notified such Holder pursuant to Section 7.02
l(c) that any such post-effective amendment has become effective or prospectus
supplement has been filed. The Sale Notice shall specify the proposed date of
sale and the amount of Registrable Securities to be sold. A Sale Notice shall
be effective for 30 days after it is given, unless terminated earlier by
notice to the Company by the Holder withdrawing such Sale Notice or until the
Holder giving such Sale Notice shall no longer own any Registrable Securities
or Warrants; provided, however, that if during the period when such Sale
Notice is effective the Company notifies the Holder that a prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment must be filed pursuant to Section
7.02(c) as a result of the happening of an event that results in the
Registration Statement, as then in


                                    - 13 -





    
<PAGE>




effect, including an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing,
the Holder shall not make any sale until the Company has notified the Holder
pursuant to Section 7.02(c) that any such post-effective amendment has become
effective or prospectus supplement has been filed.

                  Each Holder agrees by acquisition of such Registrable
Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening
of any event of the kind described in paragraph (c) hereof, such Holder will
forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by
such Registration Statement or Prospectus until such Holder's receipt of the
copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by paragraph (f)
hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the
applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any
additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference in such
Prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to
the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file
copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such
Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

         Section 7.03:  Indemnification.

                  (a) Indemnification by Company. The Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its officers, directors and agents
and each Person who controls such Holder or agents (within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) against
any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several
(including any reasonable investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in
connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or
proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state
law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration
Statement, Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however,
that such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder (or any
Person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) on account of any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities arising from the sale of the Registrable
Securities if such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission was made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary
prospectus, or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Holder
specifically for use therein. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters
and selling brokers participating in the distribution, their officers and
directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the
same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the
Holders, if requested. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any
liability which the Company may otherwise have.

                  (b) Indemnification by Selling Holders. In connection with
any registration, each selling Holder will furnish to the Company in writing
such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with
any Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify, to the same
extent as the indemnification provided by the Company in Section 7.03(a), the
Company,


                                    - 14 -





    
<PAGE>




its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company
(within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) but only insofar as such losses, claims, damages and liabilities
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission which was made in the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for use therein. In no
event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount
than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the
sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification
obligation. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from
underwriters and selling brokers participating in the distribution, to the
same extent as provided above with respect to information so furnished in
writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus,
Registration Statement or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto.

                  (c) Conduct of Indemnification Procedure. Any party that
proposes to assert the right to be indemnified hereunder will, promptly after
receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against
such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying
party or parties under this Section, notify each such indemnifying party of
the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all
papers served. No indemnification provided for in Section 7.03(a) or 7.03(b)
shall be available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in
this Section 7.03(c) if the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of
the proceeding to which such notice would have related and was prejudiced by
the failure to give such notice, but the omission so to notify such
indemnifying party of any such action, suit or proceeding shall not relieve it
from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party for contribution
or otherwise than under this Section. In case any such action, suit or
proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify
the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party
shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish,
jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the
defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified
party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party
of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall
not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses,
except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ its counsel in
any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the
expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by such
indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties,
(ii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between the indemnifying parties and the indemnified
party in the conduct of the defense of such action (in which case the
indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such
action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (iii) the indemnifying parties
shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a
reasonable time after notice of the commencement thereof, in each of which
cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the
indemnifying parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any
settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or claim effected without its
written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. It is
understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection
with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable
for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm in such jurisdiction
at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties.


                                    - 15 -




    
<PAGE>




         Section 7.04: Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable
Securities. Each Holder whose Registrable Securities are covered by a
Registration Statement filed pursuant to Article VII hereof agrees, if
requested by the managing underwriters in an underwritten offering, not to
effect any public sale or distribution of any securities of the Company of the
same class as the securities included in such Registration Statement,
including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as part
of such underwritten registration), during the 10-day period prior to, and
during the 90-day period beginning on, the closing date of each underwritten
offering made pursuant to such Registration Agreement, to the extent timely
notified in writing by the managing underwriters.


                                    - 16 -






    
<PAGE>





                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                 Other Matters

         Section 8.01: Expenses of Transfer. The Company shall from time to
time promptly pay, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01 and paragraph (d)
of Section 2.02, all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company in
respect to the issuance or delivery of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of
this Warrant by the Warrantholder.

         Section 8.02:  Successors and Assigns.  All the covenants and
provisions of this Warrant by or for the benefit of the Company shall bind and
inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns hereunder.

         Section 8.03: Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Warrant,
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waiver or consents to departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of
Holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities
(assuming exercise of the Warrants). Holders shall be bound by any consent
authorized by this Section whether or not certificates representing such
Registrable Securities have been marked to indicate such consent.

         Section 8.04: Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         Section 8.05:  Governing Law.  This Warrant shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         Section 8.06: Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances,
is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provisions in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired
thereby.

         Section 8.07: Integration/Entire Agreement. This Warrant is intended
by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a
complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the
parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. This Warrant
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with
respect to such subject matter.

         Section 8.08: Attorneys' Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to
enforce any provisions of this Warrant, or where any provisions hereof are
validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall be entitled to
recover reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements in addition to its costs
and expenses and any other available remedy.

         Section 8.09: Computations of Consent. Whenever the consent or
approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is
required hereunder, Warrants and/or Registrable Securities held by the Company
or its affiliates (other than the Warrantholder or subsequent Holders if they
are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such
Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such
consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.


                                    - 17 -




    
<PAGE>




         Section 8.10: Notices. Notice or demand pursuant to this Warrant to
be given or made by the Warrantholder to or on the Company shall be
sufficiently given or made if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid,
addressed, until another address is designated in writing by the Company, as
follows:

                          Family Golf Centers, Inc.
                             225 Broadhollow Road
                           Melville, New York 11747

         Any notice or demand authorized by this Warrant to be given or made
by the Company to or on the Warrantholder or a Holder of Registrable
Securities shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first class mail,
postage prepaid, to the Warrantholder or the Holder of Registrable Securities
at his or its last known address as it shall appear on the books of the
Company.

         Section 8.11:  Headings.  The headings herein are for convenience
only and are not part of this Warrant and shall not affect the interpretation
thereof.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the
Company under its corporate seal as of the ___ day of May, 1996.

                                  FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.



                                  By:
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                  Name:  Dominic Chang,
                                  Title: President,
                                         Chief Executive Officer and
                                         Chairman of the Board




Attest:
       -------------------------
               Secretary

                                  The undersigned accepts this Warrant and
                                  agrees to abide by the terms herein which
                                  are applicable to the Warrantholder.





                                  -------------------------------------------
                                             (Name of Warrantholder)




                                  By:
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                        (Name and title of duly authorized
                                        officer)



                                    - 18 -




    
<PAGE>





                                  ASSIGNMENT


         (To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant Certificate)

                  For value received, _________________________ hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto _____________________ the within Warrant
Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________ attorney, to
transfer said Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company
with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below, with full power of
substitution in the premises:


    Name(s) of
    Assignee(s)                 Address               No. of Warrants





And if said number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants represented by
the Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate is to be issued in the name
of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the Warrants represented by
said Warrant Certificate.

Dated:                     , 19
      ---------------------    --        -------------------------------------
                                         Note: The above signature should
                                               correspond exactly with the
                                               name on the face of this
                                               Warrant Certificate.




                                    - 19 -




    
<PAGE>





                               SUBSCRIPTION FORM
                   (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)


FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.:

         The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of
purchase represented by the within Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase
thereunder, _____________________ shares of Common Stock, as provided for
therein, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full in the
form of cash or a certified or official bank check in the amount of $ .

         If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable
under the within Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate is to be
issued in the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares
purchasable thereunder.

         Please issue a certificate or certificates for such Common Stock in
the name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:



                              Name:
                                   ------------------------------------------
                              (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                              Security No.)

                              Address:
                                      ---------------------------------------


                              -----------------------------------------------


                              -----------------------------------------------

                              Social Security Number:
                                                     ------------------------

                              Signature:
                                        -------------------------------------
                              NOTE: The above signature should correspond
                              exactly with the name on the first page of this
                              Warrant Certificate or with the name of the
                              assignee appearing in the assignment form below.



                                    - 20 -




    
<PAGE>





                            CASHLESS EXERCISE FORM
                   (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant
                       pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii))

         The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to surrender its Warrant
for ___________ shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Cashless Exercise
provisions of the within Warrant, as provided for in Section 2.02(a)(ii) of
such Warrant.

         If said number of shares shall not be all the shares exchangeable or
purchasable under the within Warrant, a new Warrant is to be issued in the
name of the undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable
thereunder.

         Please issue a certificate or certificates for such Common Stock in
the name of, and pay cash for fractional shares to:


                              Name:
                                   ------------------------------------------
                              (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                              Security No.)

                              Address:
                                      ---------------------------------------


                              -----------------------------------------------


                              -----------------------------------------------

                              Social Security Number:
                                                     ------------------------

                              Signature:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        NOTE: The above signature should
                                        correspond exactly with the name on
                                        the first page of this Warrant or with
                                        the name of the assignee appearing in
                                        the assignment form below.



                                    - 21 -





<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT 11.1

                      COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,                                      MARCH 31,
                          -------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
                                                                                                               PRO FORMA
                                                                                                             -----------
                               1993         1994          1995      PRO FORMA 1995     1995         1996         1996
                          ------------  -----------  ------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                       <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
Net income (loss) .......   $ (763,000)  $  488,000    $1,074,000     $  176,000    $    2,000   $   69,000   $  (17,000)
                          ------------  -----------  ------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Shares:
Weighted average number
 of common shares
 outstanding (1) ........    3,272,000    3,637,000     5,117,000      5,117,000     4,938,000    8,367,000    8,367,000
Shares to be issued in
 connection with
 acquisitions of golf
 facilities .............                                 267,000        366,000                                 131,000
Shares issuable upon
 exercise of dilutive
 options and warrants  ..                                                267,000                    792,000      792,000
Less shares assumed
 repurchased ............                                (113,000)      (113,000)                  (511,000)    (511,000)
                          ------------  -----------  ------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Pro forma shares ........    3,272,000    3,637,000     5,271,000      5,637,000     4,938,000    8,648,000    8,779,000
                          ============  ===========  ============  ==============  ===========  ===========  ===========
Income (loss) per common
 share ..................      $(0.23)      $0.13        $0.22          $0.03          $0.00        $0.01        $0.00
                          ============  ===========  ============  ==============  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

- ------------

   (1) In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission requirements,
       common shares, options and warrants issued in Family Golf Centers, Inc.
       and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries during the twelve-month
       period prior to the filing of the initial public offering have been
       included in the calculation as if they were outstanding for all periods
       prior to the offering.











<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                         WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF
                          FAMILY GOLF CENTERS, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SUBSIDIARY                                       STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ---------------------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                            <C>
Orient Associates International, Inc.  .......    New York
Skydrive Alley Pond Company, Inc. ............    New York
Skydrive Greenburgh Co., Inc. ................    New York
Skycon Construction Co., Inc. ................    New York
Skydrive Willowbrook NJ, Inc. ................    New Jersey
Skydrive Co., Inc. ...........................    New York
Pelham Family Golf Centers, Inc. .............    Delaware
Richmond Family Golf Centers, Inc. ...........    Delaware
Peachtree Family Golf Centers, Inc.  .........    Delaware
Alpharetta Family Golf Centers, Inc.  ........    Delaware
Valley View Family Golf Centers, Inc.  .......    Delaware
Mesa Family Golf Centers, Inc. ...............    Delaware
Flemington Family Golf Centers, Inc.  ........    Delaware
Yorktown Family Golf Centers, Inc. ...........    Delaware
Virginia Beach Family Golf Centers, Inc.  ....    Delaware
Indian River Family Golf Centers, Inc.  ......    Delaware
The Practice Tee, Inc. .......................    California
TPT El Segundo, Inc. .........................    California
Global/Golf Gavilan ..........................    California
</TABLE>










                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated March 15, 1996 relating to the consolidated financial
statements of Family Golf Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries, and to the reference
to our Firm under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




                                        /s/ Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP
                                        RICHARD A. EISNER & COMPANY, LLP

New York, New York
May 24, 1996



    
<PAGE>




                      [LETTERHEAD ANNE EVANS GORRY, P.C.]







                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR



     I hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of my report dated February 12, 1996, relating to the financial statements of
Owls Creek Golf Center, Inc. and to the reference to my Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Anne Evans Gorry
- -----------------------
Anne Evans Gorry, P.C.
Virginia Becah, Virginia
May 24, 1996




    
<PAGE>

                     [LETTERHEAD Ehrenkrantz and Company]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated February 28, 1996, relating to the financial statements of
Flemington Golf & Sports Center LCC, and to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




                                        /s/ Ehrenkrantz and Company
                                        ----------------------------
                                            Ehrenkrantz and Company

Roseland, New Jersey
May 24, 1996





    
<PAGE>



                     [LETTERHEAD MANGINI, TRAEGER & COMPANY, P.C.]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated April 8, 1996, relating to the financial statements of
202 Golf Associates, Inc. and to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C.
- ----------------------------
    Mangini, Traeger & Company, P.C.

Armonk, New York
May 24, 1996




    
<PAGE>





 [LETTERHEAD SILVERSTEIN LOFTUS & ROSS, CPAs, P.C.]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated July 12,1995, relating to the financial statements of
Hiland Park Golf Course and to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ SILVERSTEIN, LOFTUS & ROSS, CPAs, P.C.
- -----------------------------------------
    SILVERSTEIN, LOFTUS & ROSS, CPAs, P.C.

    Queensbury, New York
    May 24, 1996



    
<PAGE>



               [LETTERHEAD BRADSHAW, GORDON & CLINKSCALES, P.A.]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated April 25, 1995, relating to the financial statements of
Pelham Enterprises, and to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Roger B. Clinkscales
- ----------------------------------------
    Bradshaw, Gordon & Clinkscales, P.A.

    Greenville, South Carolina
    May 24, 1996



    
<PAGE>

         [LETTERHEAD DRUNAGEL, JOHNSON, RUTHERFORD & WILKINS, P.L.C.]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated August 8, 1995, relating to the financial statements of
RFC Enterprises, Incorporated and to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Drunagel, Johnson, Rutherford & Wilkins, P.L.C.
- ---------------------------------------------------
    DRUNAGEL, JOHNSON, RUTHERFORD & WILKINS, P.L.C.


    Warrenton, Virginia
    May 24, 1996

<PAGE>



    

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 of our Reports
dated November 7, 1995, relating to the financial statements of UPPER HEMBREE
PARTNERS, LP and to the reference to my Firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Prospectus.




/s/ Ernest T. Northrup
- -----------------------------------------
   Ernest T. Northrup, CPA

   Atlanta, GA
   May 24, 1996



    
<PAGE>

                         [LETTERHEAD ROBERT DEL RIEGO]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR



     I hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Form SB-2
of my report dated September 14, 1995 relating to the financial statements of
The Practice Tee, Inc., and to the reference to my firm under the caption
"Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Robert Del Riego
- ----------------------------------------
    Robert Del Riego
    Certified Public Accountant
    Manhattan Beach, California
    May 24, 1996





    
<PAGE>

                       [LETTERHEAD SEWELL & Co., Inc.]











                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form SB-2
of our report dated November 2, 1995, relating to the financial statements of
Golf Masters Limited Partnership and Airdome Limited Partnership, and to the
reference to our Firm under the captions "Summary Financial information",
"Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in the Prospectus.




/s/ Sewell & Co., Inc.
- ---------------------------------------------------

    Cleveland, Ohio
    May 24, 1996










                [LETTERHEAD HOULIHAN LOKEY HOWARD & ZUKIN, INC.]

                 CONSENT OF HOULIHAN LOKEY HOWARD & ZUKIN, INC.


The Board of Directors
of Family Golf Centers, Inc.


     We hereby consent to the reference to our name and our opinion, dated
October 30, 1995 in the Registration Statement of Family Golf Centers, Inc. and
to the inclusion of our opinion, in its entirety as an exhibit to such
Registration Statement.



HOULIHAN LOKEY HOWARD & ZUKIN, INC.

/s/ Robert F. Howard
- ---------------------------------------------------
    Robert F. Howard
    Senior Managing Director


Dated: May 24, 1996
Los Angeles, California


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission